Home

Tecplot 360 Scripting Guide - SCC

Contents

1. Parameters Syntax Default Notes TRANSFORMATION lt transformation gt Transformation Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANGLESPEC lt anglespec gt RADIANS Specifies whether data is in degrees or radians CREATENEW lt boolean gt NO If YES then new variables X Y Z will be created if converting to rectangular coordinates or R THETA PHI if converting to VARIABLES spherical If NO then you must specify the output variables PSIVAR lt integer gt PSI variable number REQUIRED if the transformation is spherical to rectangular or if CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO RVAR lt integer gt R variable number REQUIRED if the transformation is polar to rectangular or spherical to rectangular or if CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO THETAVAR lt integer gt NONE Theta variable number REQUIRED if the transformation is polar to rectangular or spherical to rectangular or if CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO XVAR lt integer gt X variable number REQUIRED if the transformation is rectangular to polar or rectangular to spherical or CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO YVAR lt integer gt Y variable number REQUIRED if the transformation is rectangular to polar or rectangular to spherical or CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO ZONELIST lt set gt all zones Set of zones to operate on ZVAR lt integer gt Z variable number REQUIRED if the transformation or rectangular to spherical or CREATENEWVARIABLES is NO Example Trans
2. Parameter Syntax Default Notes NORMAL lt lt xyZz gt gt X 0 Y 0 Z 1 SYMBOLLIFT lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 6 FRACTION VECTORLIFT lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 7 FRACTION Example GLOBALTHREED LIGHTSOURCE XYZDIRECTIO 0 39 0 43 0 80 X Y Z GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED GLOBALTHREED N 8226616447 5028248588 7567944438 LIGHTSOURCE INTENSITY 80 LIGHTSOURCE BACKGROUNDLIGHT 25 LIGHTSOURCE SURFACECOLORCONTRAST 85 GLOBALTHREED ROTATEORIGIN X 4 36052333891 LINELIFTFRACTION 7 SYMBOLLIFTFRACTION VECTORLIFTFRACTION PERFORMEXTRA3DSORTING YES 6 0 5 Syntax GLOBALTHREEDVECTOR optional parameters GLOBALTHREEDVECTOR Descri ption A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with 3D vector plots Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your in installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes ARROWHEADANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 18 Angle is in degrees HEADSIZEASFRACTIO lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 2 Head is sized as a fraction of the stem length N HEADSIZE INFRAMEUN lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 Value is in Y frame units ITS REFVECTOR SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt BLACK MAGNITUDE lt
3. Parameters Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt Zone to interpolate to Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes SOURCEZONES lt set gt All zones except the destination zone VARLIST lt set gt All variables Choose the variables to interpolate The spatial variables X Y except spatial and Z if 3D are not allowed variables Example Do linear interpolation from zones 2 3 and 4 onto zone 7 Interpolate only variables 3 7 I LINEARINTERPOLATE SOURCEZONES 2 4 DESTINATIONZONE 7 VARLIST 3 7 Syntax LINEMAP lt set gt optional parameters LINEMAP Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns attributes for individual Line mappings The lt set gt parameter immediately following the LINEMAP command is optional If lt set gt is omitted then the assignment is applied to all Line mappings otherwise the assignment is applied only to the Line mappings specified in lt set gt 157 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ASSIGN ZONE lt integer gt T XAXISVAR lt op gt lt integer gt YAXISVAR lt op gt lt integer gt 2 THETAAXISVAR lt op gt lt integer gt RAXISVAR lt op gt lt integer gt XAXIS lt op gt lt integer gt 1 YAXIS lt op gt lt integer gt 1 FUNCTIONDEPENDENCY lt functiondependency gt XINDEPENDENT SHOWINLEGEND ALWAYS NEVER AUTO AUTO SORT lt sortby gt NONE S
4. Parameter Syntax Default Notes DRIVER ee Only applies if using the Tecplot 360 printer drivers See lt printerdriver gt INTERFACE USETECPLOTPRINT FORCEEXTRA3D lt boolean gt SORTING JOBCONTROL These strings contain characters to be sent at the beginning and ending of a print file These strings most often contain escape sequences used to switch modes on the printer Non printable POSTMOPUPSTR lt string gt characters can be inserted Use nnn to insert a character with z ordinal value nnn Use to force the character after the to be EGMOPUPSTR sstring gt inserted Use B for a Backspace E for Esc C for a carriage POSTSETUPSTR lt string gt return and X for the Delete key LGSETUPSTR lt string gt IMAGERESOLUTION lt integer gt NUMHARDCOPYCOPIES lt op gt lt integer gt Applies only when DRIVER PS NUMLIGHTSOURCESHA lt integer gt DES PALETTE lt palette gt Must choose options valid for current DRIVER setting PRECISION lt op gt lt integer gt Applies only if EXPORTFORMAT is PS EPS or RASTERMETAFILE PRINTFNAME lt string gt Name of the file to write to if SENDPRINTTOFILE is YES PRINTRENDERTYPE lt printrendertyp e gt RGBLEGENDOUTPUT lt integer gt 50 Determines the number of triangles which compose the bottom layer of the RGB Legend This option is only available through RESOLUTION macro language for example the config file SENDPRINTTOFILE lt boolean gt If YES then PRI
5. Parameters Syntax Default Notes RANGESTART lt integer gt 1 RANGEEND lt integer gt 1 Example Delete streamtraces 3 5 STREAMTRACE DELETERANGE RANGESTART 3 RANGEEND 5 STREAMTRACE RESETDELTATI ME Syntax STREAMTRACE RESETDELTATIME no parameters Descri ption Reset the time delta for dashed streamtraces The delta time is reset such that a stream dash in the vicinity of the maximum vector magnitude will have a length approximately equal to 10 percent of the frame width Example STREAMTRACE RESETDELTATIME 201 STREAMTRACE SETTERMI NATI ONLINE Sy ntax STREAMTRACE SETTERMINATIONLINE lt xyrawdata gt Descri ption set the position of the termination line for streamtraces Required Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes lt xyrawdata gt In 3D the termination line is defined in the eye coordinate system Example Set the termination line using 3 points STREAMTRACE SETTERMINATIONLINE RAWDATA uu Bw goo Won goo STREAMTRACELAYERS Sy NntaxX STREAMTRACELAYERSSHOW lt boolean gt Descri ption Turn streamtraces on or off Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWPATHS lt boolean gt YES SHOWDASHES lt boolean gt YES SHOWARROWHEADS lt boolean gt YES SHOWMESH lt boolean gt YES SHOWCONTOUR
6. variables The spatial variables X Y and Z if 3D are not allowed Example Interpolate variables 7 10 from zone 4 to zone 2 151 I SOSURFACEATTRI BUTES Syntax ISOSURFACEATTRIBUTES lt group gt optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command which changes attributes associated with iso surfaces The optional group parameter can range from 1 8 and defaults to 1 when absent 152 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWGROUP lt boolean gt YES ISOSURFACESELECTION lt isosurfacesselection gt ONESPECIFIC VALUE ISOVALUE1 lt double gt 1x 19159 ISOVALUE2 lt double gt 1x 10150 ISOVALUE3 lt double gt 1x 10150 MESH LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 1 MESHTYPE lt meshtype gt OVERLAY CONTOUR PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES CONTOURTYPE lt contourtype gt FLOOD PRIMARYVALUE and AVERAGECELL not allowed FLOODCOLORING lt contourcoloring gt GROUP1 LINECONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 1 LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID EFFECTS USEVALUEBLANKING lt boolean gt YES LIGHTINGEFFECT lt lightingeffect gt GOURAUD SURFACETRANSLUCENCY lt translucency g
7. Go To Loop Bounce Forward and Backward are only used by the interface Forward and Backward can be simulated using appropriate values STARTVALUE and ENDVALUE If ENDVALUE lt STARTVALUE the animation goes backward If ENDVALUE gt STARTVALUE the animation goes forward Goto can be simulated if ENDVALUE STARTVALUE i e the animation goes one step Loop and Bounce can be accomplished by calling the file multiple times When recording a macro that macro animates exactly as done in the interface So if you bounce three times through the data you will record three sets of forward and backwards commands Similarly if you use the one step options a lot you will record a lot of individual macro commands If you interrupt part way through an animation you will record a partial animation macro of those steps you did animate through Syntax ANIMATEZONES START lt integer gt END lt integer gt optional parameters ANI MATEZONES Descri ption Produce an animation showing one zone at a time To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command This command will not work if the active frame contains a transient data set 67 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes START lt integer gt Starting zone number END lt integer gt Ending zone number Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONEAN
8. READDATASET basedir t1 plt basedir t2 p1t Syntax READSTYLESHEET lt string gt optional parameters READSTYLESHEET Descri ption Read in a stylesheet file The lt string gt is the name of the file to read Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes INCLUDEAUXDATA lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to read auxiliary data INCLUDECONTOUR lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to read in all contour levels LEVELS INCLUDEFRAMESIZE lt boolean gt NO Set to YES if you want the active frame to be sized and ANDPOSITION positioned exactly like the frame used to create the stylesheet INCLUDEGEOM lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any geometries in the stylesheet file INCLUDEPLOTSTYLE lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to process commands related to plot style mesh color vector type and so on INCLUDESTREAM lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to read in streamtrace starting positions POSITIONS INCLUDETEXT lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any text in the stylesheet file MERGE lt boolean gt NO Set to NO to reset all frame attributes back to their factory defaults prior to reading in the stylesheet Exam ple Read the stylesheet file t sty Do not read in any text or geometries READSTYLESHEET t sty INCLUDETEXT NO INCLUDEGEOM NO Syntax REDRAW optional parameters Description Redraw the active frame REDR
9. Assignment Value Expressions Constants are also supported as listed in the following table BASEe Natural logarithm base e DEG Degrees per radian GAMMA Euler Mascheroni constant PHI Golden ratio 5 1 2 PI p RAD Radians per degree The following table shows the operator precedence and associativity for assignment value expressions Operators with higher precedence are listed in the higher rows of the table while operators that are in the same row have the same precedence The associativity describes how an operator associates with its operand Operator Type Operators Associativity Expression O Left to right Power A x Right to left Unary Right to left Multiplicative Left to right Additive ee Left to right Relational s eee Left to right Logical AND amp amp Left to right Logical OR I Left to right Conditional 2 Right to left Unlike C relational expressions do not evaluate to 0 or 1 instead they evaluate to true or false As such they may only be used with other logical operators or with the conditional operator Examples of common expressions used in the Tecplot 360 macro language follow note that all expressions evaluate to a simple lt dexp gt value In addition to the more common operators mentioned above some relational and logical operators are IIF 2 a gt Fla ich If a gt 0 0 VarSet root1 V
10. Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DEPTH INCLUDE lt boolean gt NO If YES draws only those portions at the plot with depth values within the FROMFRONT and FROMBACK limits FROMFRONT lt double gt 0 FROMFRONT and FROMBACK are expressed as percentages of the overall 3D depth FROMBACK lt double gt 0 FROMFRONT and FROMBACK are expressed as percentages of the overall 3D depth IJK INCLUDE lt boolean gt NO IJKBLANKMODE lt op gt lt boolean gt IMINFRACT 0 Minimum and maximum fractions are in terms of percentages lt ijkblankmode gt 0 100 Zero represents an index of one and 100 the maximum JMINFRACT lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 index KMINFRACT lt op gt lt dexp gt IMAXFRACT lt op gt lt dexp gt 50 JMAXFRACT lt op gt lt dexp gt 50 KMAXFRACT lt op gt lt dexp gt 50 ZONE lt integer gt 0 Only one zone can be assigned to use IJK blanking VALUE BLANKENTIRECELL lt boolean gt YES Set to NO to get precision blanking CONSTRAINT nnn nnn lt integer gt 1 Use lt integer gt to specify which constraint to modify COLOR lt color gt BLACK CONSTRAIN USECONSTAN TOP2MODE lt constrainintop2 T mode gt INCLUDE lt boolean gt NO LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 4 PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 RELO
11. Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATATYPE lt datatype gt SINGLE Assign the precision given to the destination variable that is the variable on the left hand side of the equation This only applies if the equation creates a new variable See Example 2 IGNOREDIVIDEBYZERO lt boolean gt NO If YES the equation will be processed even if it includes a division by zero 0 0 will result in 0 while other divisions will return the largest or smallest possible result depending on the sign of the dividend If NO an equation with a division by zero will not be processed at all IRANGE See Range Parameters following for information on specifying range index values MIN lt integer gt MAX lt integer gt 0 SKIP lt integer gt 1 JRANGE See Range Parameters following for information on specifying range index values MIN lt integer gt MAX lt integer gt 0 SKIP lt integer gt KRANGE See Range Parameters following for information on specifying range index values MIN lt integer gt MAX lt integer gt 0 SKIP lt integer gt 1 VALUELOCATION lt valuelocation gt AUTO Assign the location to destination variable Range Parameters The IRANGE JRANGE and KRANGE parameters limit the data altered by the equation The specification of range indices follow these rules e All indices start with 1 and go to some maximum index m e The number 0 can be used to represent the maximum index m If th
12. lt integer gt COLOR lt color gt BLACK COLORBYZONEMAP lt boolean gt NO DISTANCESKIP lt op gt lt dexp gt INCLUDEBOX lt boolean gt YES INDEXSKIP lt op gt lt integer gt 1 NODELABELTYPE lt labeltype gt INDEX NODELABELVAR lt op gt lt integer gt NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt gt See Notes FORMATTING BESTFLOAT CUSTOMLABEL 1 PRECISION 4 SHOWDECIMALSONWHOLENUMBE RS NO REMOVELEADINGZEROS NO SHOWNEGATIVESIGN YES TIMEDATEFORMAT yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 00 SHOWCELLLABELS lt boolean gt NO SHOWNODELABELS lt boolean gt NO SKIPMODE lt skipmode gt TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Not allowed to change size units Helvetica ISBOLD NO parameter ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 3 ISBOLD lt boolean gt YES ISITALIC lt boolean gt NO LEGEND ANCHORALIGNMENT lt lt anchorpos gt gt TOPRIGHT 136 Parameter Syntax Default Notes BOX lt lt textbox gt gt See Notes BOXTYPE HOLLOW MARGIN 10 LINETHICKNESS 0 1 COLOR BLACK FILLCOLOR WHITE ROWSPACING lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 2 SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWTEXT lt boolean gt YES TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Not allowed to change size units Helvetica ISEBOLD YES parameter ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 3 XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 95 Y 80 REFSCATSY
13. 3 GETCONNECTIVITYREFCOUNT ABC ZONE 2 123 GETCURFRAMENAME Syntax GETCURFRAMENAME lt macrovar gt no parameters Descri ption Query Tecplot 360 for the name of the active frame The lt macrovar gt represents the macro variable to receive the results Exam ple Put the name of the active frame into the macro variable CFRAME IGETCURFRAMENAME CFRAME GETFI ELDVALUE Sy ntaxX GETFIELDVALUE lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt INDEX lt integer gt Descri ption Fetch the field value data set value at the specified point index and assign the value to lt macrovar gt If the zone referenced is IJ or JK ordered then the point index is calculated by treating the 2 or 3Dimensional array as a 1 D array Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes INDEX lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Example A data set contains 2 zones and 3 variables Zone 2 is dimensioned 5 by 3 Fetch the value from variable 3 at IJ location 2 2 and store it in the macro variable ABC 1GETFIELDVALUE ABC ZONE 2 VAR 3 INDEX 7 Note INDEX was calculated using INDEX I J 1 MAXI K 1 MAXI MAXJ 5 2 1 4 2 7 GETFI ELDVALUEREFCOUNT Sy ntax GETFIELDVALUEREFCOUNT lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt no optional parameters De
14. Parameter Syntax Default Notes AXIS lt xyaxis gt x Default is T for polar plot type AXISNUM lt integer gt 1 Only XY line plots allow for this to be a number greater than 1 Example Set the range on the Z axis to have nice values for the axis labels VIEW AXISMAKECURRENTAXISVALUESNICE AXIS 72 VI EW AXI SNI CEFI T Syntax VIEW AXISNICEFIT optional parameters 209 Descri ption Reset the range on a specific axis so that it equals the minimum and maximum of the data being plotted but makes the axis values nice by setting labels to have the smallest number of significant digits possible If the axis dependency is not independent then this action may also affect the range on another axis Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AXIS lt xyaxis gt x Default is T for polar plot type AXISNUM lt integer gt 1 Only XY frame mode allows for this to be a number greater than 1 Example Reset the range on the Y axis to fit the data being plotted with nice values on the axis line VIEW AXISNICEFIT AXIS Y VI EW CENTER Syntax VIEW CENTER no parameters Descri ption center the data within the axis grid area VI EW COPY Syntax vIew copy no parameters Descri ption copy the current view to the view paste buffer See also VIEW PASTE IVIEW DATAFIT Syntax VIEW DATAFIT
15. This example does the following Turns on the contour legend Sets the flood cutoff to go from 3 to 5 Reverses the color map Inserts a color map override of yellow between contour level number 7 and level number 9 GLOBALCONTOUR 1 LEGEND SHOW YES J 130 COLORCUTOFF RANGEMIN 3 RANGEMAX 5 INCLUDEMIN YES INCLUDEMAX YES COLORMAPFILTER REVERSECOLORMAP YES COLORMAPOVERRIDEACTIVE YES COLORMAPOVERRIDE 1 INCLUDE YES COLOR YELLOW STARTLEVEL 7 ENDLEVEL 9 ww GLOBALEDGE Syntax GLOBALEDGE Descri ption A SetValue command that sets attributes which sets the minimum crease angle for edges Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes MINCREASEANGLE lt double gt 135 GLOBALFRAME Syntax GLOBALFRAME optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that sets attributes which apply to all frames If you would like the settings in this command to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes FRAMEHEADERFORMAT lt string gt The lt string gt
16. YVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions ZVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions DATATYPE lt datatype gt SINGLE Example Create a rectangular IJ ordered zone dimensioned 20 by 30 where X ranges from 0 to 3 and Y from 3 to 9 CREATERECTANGULARZONE IMax JMax X1 Y1 X2 Y2 20 30 3 3 9 Syntax CREATESIMPLEZONE lt xyrawdata gt optional parameters CREATESI MPLEZONE Descri ption create anew zone by specifying only a list of XY pairs of data If other zones exist prior to using this function and there are more than 2 variables then the additional variables are also created and 92 set to zero Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt xyrawdata gt See Chapter 13 Raw Data for details Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATATYPE lt datatype gt SINGLE Example Create a simple XY zone that has the XY pairs 1 0 2 1 3 7 and 5 9 Syntax cREATESLICEZONEFROMPLANE optional parameters CREATESLI CEZONEFROMPLANE Descri ptio NN Create a new zone as a slice through existing 3D volume zones Use GLOBALTHREED to define the slicing plane orientation Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automat
17. a gt 4 al c amp amp rs gt 0 0 b sqrt b 2 s x It is important not to confuse an TE relation lt relation gt that controls the evaluation of a compound expression with the conditional expression lt conditionalexp gt that controls the execution of control commands such as IF and WHILE For example the following is a valid macro command since it has a valid expression syntax and a valid control command syntax lif Jal gt PI r 2 EndIf The following is also a valid macro command because like the last example it has a valid expression syntax and a valid control command syntax lIf Ja 2 Jb gt 5 1 lEndIf The following is not a valid macro command since it has an invalid expression syntax and consequently an invalid control command syntax IFf a gt PI r 42 EndIf As with the invalid example above if Tecplot 360 encounters a relation lt relation gt within an expression lt expression gt enclosed within and delimiters it expects to find the conditional operator and and the two required expressions following the specified relation 268 Raw Data Some macro commands contain a raw data section A raw data section is defined by using the keyword RAWDATA followed by the raw data values unique to the macro command Most raw data sections start with a single count value which represents the number of blocks
18. lt boolean gt YES SHOWSHADE lt boolean gt YES SHOWMARKERS lt boolean gt YES USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES SYSTEM Syntax SYSTEM lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption Instruct Tecplot 360 to submit a command to the operating system For security reasons execution of the SYSTEM command can be disabled to prevent unauthorized execution of system commands via macros Use the OKTOEXECUTESYSTEMCOMMAND option to the INTERFACE macro command 202 Example Submit the system command to copy the file t7 plt to xxx plt UNIX ISYSTEM cp t7 plt xxx plt Example Submit the system command to copy the file t7 plt to xxx plt WINDOWS ISYSTEM cmd c t7 plt xxx plt Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes WAIT lt boolean gt YES If YES Tecplot 360 will wait until the execution of the system command has completed before continuing Syntax THREEDAXIS optional parameters THREEDAXIS Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a 3D frame 203 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ASPECTRATIOLIMIT lt op gt lt dexp gt 25 Restrict the aspect ratio of the data ASPECTRATIORESET lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 Set aspect ratio for the data to
19. lt color gt BLACK MAGNITUDE lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 ANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 80 Y 80 MAGNITUDELABEL SHOW lt boolean gt NO TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See Notes FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD YES ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 3 NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt gt OFFSET lt double gt 2 RELATIVELENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 RELATIVELENGTH lt boolean gt YES If YES and USERELATIVE is YES then vectors are sized in Grid on eee ee SIZEHEADBY lt boolean gt YES If YES HEADSIZEASFRACTION is used to size arrowheads FRACTION otherwise HEADSIZEINFRAMEUNITS is used UNIFORMLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 Value is in Y frame units USERELATIVE lt boolean gt YES If NO vectors are all the same size UNIFORMLENGTH UVAR lt integer gt Variable number for the X vector component VAR lt integer gt Variable number for the Y vector component Example This example does the following e Doubles the vector length assume vectors currently drawn using relative length e Make the vector heads uniform in size 2 percent in frame units 141 e Make the head angle 15 degrees GLOBALTWODVECTOR RELATIVELENGTH 2 SIZEHEADBYFRACTION NO HEADSTZEINFRAMEUNITS 2 HEADANGLE 15 l 1F ENDIF Syntax IF lt conditionalexp gt ENDIF Descri ptio
20. lt integer gt 1 SLICES OBEYSOURCEBLANKING lt boolean gt NO CLIPPLANE lt clipplane gt NONE Use slice as a clipping plane with one of the clipplane types OBEYCLIPPLANES lt boolean gt YES Clip slice by any clipping planes that intersect it PRIMARYPOSITION X lt double gt 0 5 Y lt double gt 0 5 Z lt double gt 0 5 I lt integer gt 5 J lt integer gt 5 K lt integer gt 5 SHADE SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt BLACK USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES SHOWGROUP lt boolean gt YES SHOWINTERMEDIATE lt boolean gt NO SLICES SHOWPRIMARYSLICE lt boolean gt YES SHOWSTARTENDSLICE lt boolean gt NO SLICECONSTRAINT INCLUDE lt boolean gt BOXDIMENSION lt lt xyZ gt gt ORIGIN lt lt xyz gt gt SLICESURFACE lt slicesurface gt XPLANES STARTPOSITION X lt double gt 0 05 Y lt double gt 0 05 Z lt double gt 0 05 I lt integer gt 0 J lt integer gt 0 K lt integer gt 0 SURFACEEFFECTS LIGHTINGEFFECT lt lightingeffect gt SURFACETRANSLUCENCY lt translucency gt USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt VECTOR SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt BLACK 195 Parameter Syntax Default Notes ISTANGENT lt boolean gt NO LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 1 VECTORTYPE lt vectortype gt TAILATPOINT ARROWHEADSTYLE lt arrowheadstyle gt PLAIN PATTERNLENGTH lt dex
21. By default Tecplot 360 uses all available processors in the machine NUMVARS Number of variables in the current dataset NUMZONES Number of zones in the current dataset OPSYS Returns 1 UNIX Linux Macintosh 2 Windows PAPERHEIGHT The height of the paper in inches PAPERSIZE The size of the paper e g Letter or A4 PAPERWIDTH The width of the paper in inches PLATFORMNAME Returns the type of platform e g SGI or Windows PLOTTYPE en the plot type of a frame 0 Sketch 1 XY Line 2 2D 3 3D 4 Polar PRINTFNAME Returns the file name of the last file sent for printing SLICEPLANETYPE Plane type to which slices are assigned SOLUTIONTIME The current solution time for the specified zone fieldmap or linemap STARTSLICEPOS Position of the first slice in a group STREAMSTARTPOS nnn Indicates the starting position in X Y Z coordinates of streamtrace number nnn For example to indicate the starting position of the first streamtrace use ISTREAMSTARTPOS 1 STREAMTYPE Returns streamtrace type such as Surface Line or Surface Ribbon TECHOME Path to the home directory TECPLOTVERSION The version number of the Tecplot product TIME The current time in the form of hh mm ss VARNAME The name of a variable specified by index 21 Variables Notes ZONEMESHCOLOR nnn Returns the color of the mesh for zone nnn IZONENAM
22. If YES the specified zone will no longer share that variable with the other zones If NO the variable will still be shared and the change to the variable will be shown for all zones where it is shared FIELDVALUE lt dexp gt INDEX lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Example A data set contains 2 zones and 3 variables Zone 2 is dimensioned 5 by 3 Set the value for variable 3 at IJ location 2 2 to be 37 5 SETFIELDVALUE ZONE 2 VAR 3 INDEX 7 FIELDVALUE 37 5 AUTOBRANCH YES Note that the INDEX value was calculated using INDEX I J 1 MAXI K 1 MAXI MAXJ 5 2 1 2 7 SETFRAMEBACKGROUNDCOLOR Sy ntax SETFRAMEBACKGROUNDCOLOR lt color gt Descri ption sets the frame background to the specified color and surveys all basic color assignments in Tecplot 360 converting the all basic colors using the following rules to achieve the best contrast 1 For all line type basic colors that match the new basic frame color set the basic line color to the best show color of the basic frame color 2 For all fill type basic colors that match the best show color of the new basic frame color set the fill color to the new frame color Exceptions 1 For geometries and text boxes if the line and fill colors are the same and filling is active then both lines and fill follow the fill rules above 2 For zone slice iso surface a
23. NO IMAGESELECTION ONEPERFRAME QUIT Syntax Quit Descri ption Terminate the execution of the Tecplot 360 program Example C QUIT R RAWCOLORMAP Syntax RAWCOLORMAP lt colormaprawdata gt Descri ption Assign the RGB values that define the Raw user defined color map This does not set the color map to use the Raw user defined color map Use COLORMAP to set the current color map Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt colormaprawdata gt This is a list of RGB values Example Assign the Raw user defined color map to a gray scale using 11 colors RAWCOLORMAP RAWDATA 11 2 2 25 25 50 50 75 75 100 100 125 125 150 150 175 175 180 2 25 75 100 125 150 175 200 200 200 225 225 225 255 255 255 READDATASET Syntax READDATASET lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption The READDATASET macro command has two separate uses The parameters available for the command are dependent upon the intended use It may either be used to load data in Tecplot 360 s file format plt or dat or in a foreign data file format To load data in Tecplot 360 s file format use the parameters listed in Table 9 2 To load data in a foreign file format use the parameters listed in Table 9 1 along with a set of name value pairs The name value pairs are specific to the data loader and described i
24. Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone Example CREATEISOZONES CREATELI NEMAP Syntax CREATELINEMAP no parameters Descri ption create a new Line mapping Example CREATELINEMAP CREATEMI RRORZONES Syntax CREATEMIRRORZONES SOURCEZONES lt set gt optional parameters Descri ption Create new zones that are mirror images of the source zones 90 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes SOURCEZONES lt set gt Zone s to create mirror zone s from Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes MIRRORVAR lt mirrorvar gt x This variable in the new zone is multiplied by 1 after the zone is copied Mutually exclusive with MIRRORVARS MIRRORVARS lt set gt Set of variables in the new zone to be multiplied by 1 after the zone is copied Mutually exclusive with MIRRORVAR Example Create a mirror of zones 2 4 across the Y axis that is mirror the X variable in 2D frame mode CREATEMIRRORZONES SOURCEZONES 2 4 MIRRORVAR ye CREATENEWFRAME Syntax CREATENEWFRAME optional parameters Descri ption Creates a new frame Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes HEIGHT lt dexp gt
25. Use to reference the nth parameter See RUNMACROFUNCTION In the user interface Crtl M must be pressed before using the keyboard shortcut specified by the KEYSTROKE option For example if the KEYSTROKE option is set to P the user must press CTRL M P 162 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes NAME lt string gt Name of the macro function Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes KEYSTROKE lt string gt Allows keyboard shortcuts RETAIN lt boolean gt NO Set this to YES if you want Tecplot 360 to retain this macro function when the macro in which this macro function was defined terminates If the macro function is retained then it can be called when another macro is loaded at a later time SHOWINMACROPANEL lt boolean gt YES Used only for macro functions within the tecplot mcr file Set this to NO if you do not want Tecplot 360 to include the macro function in Tecplot 360 s Quick Macro Panel Example Define a macro function that redraws the active frame n times when lt Ctrl gt M is hit and then the R key is pressed where n is passed to the macro function MACROFUNCTION NAME ABC KEYSTROKE R LOOP n REDRAW ENDLOOP ENDMACROFUNCTION NEWLAYOUT Syntax NEWLAYOUT no parameters Description Clear the current layout and start again When a new layout is created
26. WHILE myvar lt 1 0 VARSET myvar 0 01 ENDWHILE WORKSPACEVI EW Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the WORKSPACEVIEW compound function family are described separately in the following sections The WORKSPACEVIEW compound functions are WORKSPACEVIEW FITALLFRAMES WORKSPACEVIEW FITPAPER WORKSPACEVIEW FITSELECTEDFRAMES WORKSPACEVIEW LASTVIEW WORKSPACEVIEW MAXIMIZE WORKSPACEVIEW TRANSLATE WORKSPACEVIEW UNMAXIMIZE WORKSPACEVIEW ZOOM 213 WORKSPACEVI EW FITALLFRAMES Sy ntax WORKSPACEVIEW FITALLFRAMES no parameters Descri ption Change the view in the workspace so all frames are fit just inside the edges of the workspace WORKSPACEVIEW FITPAPER Sy ntax WORKSPACEVIEW FITPAPER no parameters Descri ption change the view in the workspace so the entire paper is fit just inside the edges of the workspace WORKSPACEVIEW FITSELECTEDFRAMES Sy ntax wORKSPACEVIEW FITSELECTEDFRAMES no parameters Descri ption change the view in the workspace so the currently selected frames that is the frames with pick handles are fit just inside the edges of the workspace WORKSPACEVIEW LASTVI EW Syntax WORKSPACEVIEW LASTVIEW no parameters Descri ption Retum to the previous workspace view WORKSPACEVIEW MAXI MI ZE Sy ntax WORKSPACEVIEW MAXIMIZE no parameters Descri ption iTemporarily expand the work area as large as pos
27. an add on You may incorporate Python scripts with Tecplot 360 in several different ways 1 Using a macro file that calls Python modules 2 Using the Python Quick Scripts dialog 3 Running standalone Python modules launched via the Play Macro or Script dialog accessed via Scripting gt Play Macro Script Refer to Chapter 30 Working With Python Scripts in the User s Manual for details on each of the above scenarios 15 2 Installation and Setup When you install Tecplot 360 a Python interpreter version 2 7 2 is included in TEC_360_2013R1 python where TEC_360_2013R1 is the directory of your Tecplot 360 installation TEC_PYTHON_HOME to point to it and Tecplot 360 will use the specified Python Ifyou would rather use your own Python 2 7 2 installation set the environment variable interpreter instead of the included copy In order to access your Python scripts via the Tecplot 360 interface ensure that the following line is included in your tecplot add file located at base directory of your Tecplot 360 installation LoadAddon pythonutil Python scripts can be accessed via Scripting gt Play Macro Script properly Refer to the Section 30 5 Python Installation Notes in the User s Manual for additional details This is a Python requirement not a Tecplot 360 requirement i It is imperative that your PYTHONHOME and PYTHONPATH environment variables be set Several Python scripting samples have
28. lt spherescatterrenderquality gt LOW MEDIUM HIGH lt standardcolormap gt SMRAINBOW LGRAINBOW MODERN GRAYSCALE TWOCOLOR lt stipplemode gt ALL CRITICAL NONE lt streamdirection gt FORWARD REVERSE BOTH lt streamdistributionregion gt POINT RAKE SURFACESOFACTIVEZONES SURFACESOFSELECTEDOBJECTS lt streamtype gt SURFACELINE VOLUMELINE VOLUMERIBBON VOLUMEROD TWODLINE lt string gt lt charactersequence gt lt charactersequence gt 4 lt stylebase gt FACTORY CONFIG lt subboundary gt ADD ADDONLY ALL REMOVE lt sunrasterformat gt OLDFORMAT STANDARD BYTEENCODED 264 Assignment Value Table Value Identifier Allowable Values lt surfacestoplot gt BOUNDARYFACES ALL IPLANES JPLANES KPLANES IJPLANES JKPLANES IKPLANES IJKPLANES EXPOSEDCELLFACE NONE lt textanchor gt LEFT CENTER RIGHT MIDLEFT MIDCENTER MIDRIGHT HEADLEFT HEADCENTER HEADRIGHT lt textboxtype gt NONE FILLED HOLLOW lt threedviewchangedrawlevel gt FULL TRACE lt thetamode gt DEGREES RADIANS ARBITRARY lt tickdirection gt IN OUT CENTERED lt tiffbyteorder gt INTEL MOTOROLA lt transformation gt POLARTORECT RECTTOPOLAR SPHERICALTORECT RECTTOSPHERICAL lt translucency gt Valid integer from one to 99 lt twoddraworder gt BYZONE BYLAYER lt unloadstrategy gt MINIMIZEMEMORYUSE NEVERUNLOAD AUTO lt valueblankcellmode gt ALLCORNERS ANYCORNER PRIMARYVALUE lt valu
29. nice values spanning the entire range of the cur rently selected contouring variable with a specified number of entries SICREATECIRCULARZONE sierras iva iess ia bien a i Naaa E Eia aa E TA 87 Create a circular or cylindrical IJ or IJK ordered zone SICREATEBOUNDARY ZONES pisiasi arine A A EN N Aa aaia E E a A 87 When YES boundary zones are created Use this command when working with StarCCM data to preserve backward compatibility StarCCM Loader ONLY SICREATECON FOURLINEZONES vroes a ss a ieir EESE SEEE E EKA AN E KAK AE Ea 88 Create zones from the currently defined contour lines One zone can be created from each contour level in that plot or one zone for every polyline can be generated SICREATEFEBOUNDARY narai rnor riin aioin Sr Kiin EAEN EAA O A EAA T E Ea 89 Zone edges for finite element data cannot be turned on or off using the edge plot layer in Tecplot 360 You can however create a separate zone which is the boundary of a finite element zone This new zone can then be turned on or off CREATEFESURFA CEFROMIORDERED eesesesisieesesessisesertrrerestssstststtttttestststststttttttesestsesesttetesestseseseeeet 89 A FE Surface zone can be generated from two or more I Ordered zones To get the best possible output it is recommended that the source zones should have their nodes arranged in a similar manner so that the connecting lines between points are as straightforward as possible For this reason indices from sour
30. 8 Units are in inches XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 1 02 Y 0 25 Units are in inches relative to the top left edge of the paper WIDTH lt dexp gt 9 Units are in inches The default position and size of the initial frame created when Tecplot 360 starts up can be changed in the Tecplot 360 configuration file Example The following example creates a 5 by 5 inch frame with the upper left hand corner of the frame positioned 2 inches from the left edge of the paper and 1 inch from the top CREATENEWFRAME XYPOS X Y WIDTH 5 HEIGHT 5 2 1 CREATERECTANGULARZONE Syntax CREATERECTANGULARZONE optional parameters 91 Descri ption create a rectangular zone If no data set exists when this command is executed a data set is created with variables X Y and Z if KMax gt 1 If a data set exists prior to this command the non coordinate variables for the zone created are initialized to zero Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes IMax lt integer gt 1 I dimension JMax lt integer gt 1 J dimension KMax lt integer gt 1 K dimension X1 lt dexp gt 0 X minimum Y1 lt dexp gt 0 Y minimum Z1 lt dexp gt 0 Z minimum X2 lt dexp gt 1 X maximum Y2 lt dexp gt 1 Y maximum Z2 lt dexp gt 1 Z maximum XVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions
31. 9 11 12 debugging 11 running from the command line 11 running from the Quick Macro Panel 12 running from the Tecplot interface 11 Macros vs macro functions vs macro commands 11 Magnification set for view 212 zoom 212 Magnify picked objects 172 Major macro commands 27 Managing Tecplot macros 11 Mandatory parameters 17 Mappings delete 99 duplicate 101 Mass calculation example 229 Mass flux example 229 Mass weighted average example 229 MAXCHRSINTEXTLABELS 156 MAXCUSTOMCOLORSININTERFACE 147 Maximum index 229 Maximum values as variables 20 MAXNUMCONTOURLEVELS 156 MAXPTSINALINE 156 MEDIUMSTEP 149 Mesh attributes 110 Mesh plot show 109 Mesh plots plot types 262 Message display 167 Minimum values as variables 21 MINPIXELSFORDRAG 147 Mirror zones create 90 Modern color maps 127 Modifiers command specific 17 Modules Python import 279 Monochrome hardcopy 249 Mouse button assignments 257 Mouse mode set for picking 173 Mouse pointer 263 Move picked objects 174 Movie files 61 63 64 65 66 67 68 N Name get frame name 124 egative values 59 229 ULL Pointers 283 umber format 245 umber formats 265 umber of cycles for animation 64 65 66 umber of ellipse points 70 number of zones 21 numberformat subcommand 245 Numbers formatting in macro variables 24 UMPTSALLOWEDBEFOREAPPROX 147 UMSMOOTHPASSES 143 UMSTREAMRAKE 122 UMSTREAMRAKEPOINTS 122 UMSTREAMSURFACEPOINTS 122 N N N N N N ZZZZZ
32. AXISMODE lt axismode gt Set to INDEPENDENT or XYDEPENDENT GRIDAREA lt lt gridarea gt gt PRECISEGRID lt lt precisegrid gt gt PRESERVEAXISSCALE lt boolean gt WHENRANGEISCHANGED VIEWPORTNICEFIT lt double gt BUFFER VIEWPORTPOSTITION lt lt rect gt gt VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt integer gt 100 TARGET VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt integer gt 10 TOLERANCE XDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt VARNUM 1 YDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt VARNUM 2 Example Set the X axis to use variable 3 for a 2D plot TWODAXIS XDETAIL VARNUM 3 207 VARSET Syntax IVARSET lt macrovar gt lt op gt lt dexp gt no parameters or VARSET lt macrovar gt lt string gt no parameters Descri ption Assign a value to a macro variable If the macro variable did not exist prior to this command then it is defined here A macro variable can be assigned a value or a string Examples Example 1 Set the macro variable myvar to 3 IVARSET myvar 3 Example 2 Add 2 to the macro variable myvar IVARSET myvar 2 Example 3 Set the macro variable File1 to be myfile plt IVARSET Filel myfile pIt Example 4 Set the macro variable F1 to equal v2 V3 where V2 and V3 are predefined variables IVARSET V2 4 VARSET V3 5 VARSET F1 V2 V3 VIEW Required Contro
33. Delete all objects that are currently picked These objects cannot be retrieved Example PICK CLEAR PI CK COPY Syntax PIck copy no parameters Descri ption copy all objects that are currently picked to the paste buffer Example PICK COPY PI CK CUT Syntax PIck CUT no parameters Descri ption copy all objects that are currently picked to the paste buffer and then delete them Example PICK CUT PICK EDIT Syntax PIck EDIT parameters Descri ption Perform a global edit operation on the currently picked objects Only one edit operation is allowed per PICK EDIT command Objects are edited only if the supplied parameter is relevant Actions taken using the Quick Edit dialog in Tecplot 360 generate these commands Parameters Must select one from this table Parameters Syntax Default Notes ARROWHEADANGLE lt dexp gt Angle is in degrees ARROWHEADATTACHMENT lt arrowheadattachment gt ARROWHEADSIZE lt dexp gt Value is in Y frame units 0 100 ARROWHEADSTYLE lt arrowheadstyle gt ASCTICHAR lt string gt BARCHARTS Only operates on XY line mapping objects 170 Parameters Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt CONTOU
34. Example 2 Calculate the pressure coefficient for the current data set The freestream density and speed of sound are 1 0 the defaults EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCULATE FUNCTION PRESSURECOEF CALCULATEACCURACY Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SCALCULATEACCURACY ZONES lt set gt optional parameters Descri ption Calculate the order accuracy of the solution contained in the listed zones Optionally plot the overall accuracy versus grid spacing and plot the accuracy at each grid node 225 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONES lt set gt Indicates the three zones from which to perform the accuracy calculation Optional Parameters Parameter Syn Syntax Default Notes tax MAXACCURACY lt double gt 2 0 The maximum theoretical accuracy of the solver which generated the solution Used to limit the calculated accuracy DATASETVAR lt integer gt 1 The data set variable with which to perform the accuracy calculation PLOTDETAILED lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE a new frame will be created containing the accuracy calculated at each grid node ACCURACY PLOTOVERALL lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE a new frame will be created containing the 1 norm and max norm of the estimated error for each solution zone plotted ACCURACY versus grid res
35. Line maps 2 4 6 8 and 10 TANIMATELINEMAPS START 2 END 10 SKIP 2 ANIMATESLI CES Syntax ANIMATESLICES Group START lt integer gt END lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption The macro command ANIMATESLICES uses the currently defined start and end slice position Use SLICEATTRIBUTES to set these positions ANIMATESLICES then redefines how many intermediate slices are to be used then animates a sub set of those slices To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes START lt integer gt START and END are measured in steps based on NUMSLICES between the slice group s start slice value at step 1 and end slice values at step NumSlices END lt integer gt START and END are measured in steps based on NUMSLICES between the slice group s start slice value at step 1 and end slice values at step NumSlices NUMSLICES lt integer gt Number of slices to distribute between the start and end slice locations as defined by START and END in SLICEATTRIBUTES Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes GROUP lt integer gt 1 values 1 8 CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands LIMITSCREENSPEED lt boolean gt MAXSCREENSPEED lt double gt Go To Loop Bounce Forward an
36. ORDERFRAMESDIALOG PAPERSETUPDIALOG POLARDRAWINGOPTIONSD IALOG PRINTDIALOG RULERGRIDDIALOG SAVEASDIALOG SAVEDIALOG SCATTERLEGENDDIALOG SCATTERREFERENCESYMB OLDIALOG SCATTERSIZEANDFONTDI ALOG SLICESDIALOG SMOOTHDIALOG SPATIALVARSDIALOG STREAMTRACESDIALOG STYLELINKINGDIALOG THREEDAXISLIMITSDIAL OG THREEDORIENTATIONAXI SDIALOG THREEDVIEWDETAILSDIA LOG THREEDVIEWROTATEDIAL OG Syntax lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt l
37. Syntax Default Notes INCOMPRESSIBLE lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE indicates an incompressible fluid DENSITY lt double gt 1 0 For INCOMPRESSIBLE TRUE indicates the density of the fluid SPECIFICHEAT lt double gt 2 5 For INCOMPRESSIBLE TRUE The value of the fluid s specific heat USESPECIFICHEAT lt boolean gt FALSE For INCOMPRESSIBLE TRUE VAR SPECIFICHEATVAR lt integer gt 1 For INCOMPRESSIBLE TRUE and USESPECIFICHEATVAR TRUE The data set variable that holds the fluid s specific heat GASCONSTANT lt double gt 1 0 For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE The value of the fluid s specific gas constant USEGASCONSTANTV lt boolean gt FALSE For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE AR GASCONSTANTVAR lt integer gt 1 For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE and USEGASCONSTANTVAR TRUE The data set variable which holds the fluid s specific gas constant GAMMA lt double gt 1 4 For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE The value of the fluid s ratio of specific heats Must be between 1 and 5 3 USEGAMMAVAR lt boolean gt FALSE For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE GAMMAVAR lt integer gt 1 For INCOMPRESSIBLE FALSE and USEGAMMAVAR TRUE The data set variable that holds the fluid s ratio of specific heats VISCOSITY lt double gt 1 0 The value of the fluid s dynamic viscosity USEVISCOSITYVAR lt boolean gt FALSE VISCOSITYVAR lt integer gt 1 For USEVISCOSITYVAR TRUE The data set variable which holds the fluid s dynami
38. TIMESTEP 1 0e 6 HAVEMASS TRUE COEFFS DETAILED CALCTEMPERATURE MASS 3e 14 TRUE 223 RADIUS 1 5e 6 DRAGCOEFFOPTION CALCULATE SPECIFICHEAT 703 NUSSELTOPTION CALCULATE TERMOPTION ABLATE TEMPERATURE 2250 LATENTHEAT 1 5e5 CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION optional parameters Descri ption calculate a turbulence related function from two variables in the current data set Add the result to the data set as a new variable using the function s name or overwrite the variable if it already exists Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CALCULATEONDEMAND lt boolean gt FALSE FUNCTION lt turbulencefunction gt FREQUENCY May be ENERGY DISSITPATIONRATE FREQUENCY or VISCOSITY ID1 lt turbulencefunction gt ENERGY The turbulence quantity the first data set variable represents VARTABLE1 lt integer gt 1 The number of the first data set variable ID2 lt turbulencefunction gt DISSIPATIONRATE The turbulence quantity the second data set variable represents VARTABLE2 lt integer gt 2 The number of the second data set variable VALUELOCATION lt valuelocation gt NODAL The location of new variables added to the data set Can be NODAL or CELLCENTERED Exam ple Calculate turbulent kinematic viscosity from turbulent
39. TecVals AppendArbParam TecVals Appendint TecVals AppendDouble TecVals AppendSet TecVals AppendStringList TecVals AppendArray The second item in the value tuple holds the actual data what is usually the third parameter in the C version of the TecUtilArgListAppend function When the data are in the form of a Set StringList or Array then again the native Python lists can be used Any TecUtil X function that requires a parameter that is a pointer is not supported by the Python interpreter 16 3 6 Input Parameters With Mixed Types In the ADK ArbParam_t is used to cast input parameters when the data being passed may take different forms integer double list etc When an input parameter is an ArbParam_t in the C syntax the ADK Reference Manual will indicate the type of data actually expected usually depending on other input parameters In the Python call simply use the appropriate built in type see also Section 16 3 Input Types For example when calling TecUtilStateChanged for Zones Added the ArbParam_t parameter references a Set_pa Since Set_pa maps to a Python list the call would simply be TecUtil StateChanged TecVals StateChange ZonesAdded 1 2 3 16 3 7 Opaque Types Some functions return a pointer to an opaque type These are references that cannot be manipulated in the Python code they are used only as input parameters for subsequent calls to other TecUtil functions In these
40. The following example attaches to the active frame the data set from the frame drawn next to last when doing a Redraw All ATTACHDATASET Syntax aTTACHGEOM optional parameters lt geometryrawdata gt Descri ption Attach a geometry to the active frame ATTACHGEOM 69 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt geometryrawdata gt This is the data which defines the size and relative shape of the geometry This must be at the end of the command after any other parameters Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHORPOS lt lt anchorpos gt gt This assigns the anchor position of the geometry ARROWHEADANGLE lt dexp gt 12 Set the angle for arrowheads in degrees ARROWHEADATTACHMENT T NONE lt arrowheadattachment gt ARROWHEADSIZE lt dexp gt 5 Set the arrowhead size in Y frame units 0 100 ARROWHEADSTYLE lt arrowheadstyle gt PLAIN ATTACHTOZONE lt boolean gt NO If YES must include ZONE CLIPPING lt clipping gt CLIPTTOVIEWPORT COLOR lt color gt BLACK DATATYPE lt fielddatatype gt FLOAT DRAWORDER lt draworder gt AFTERDATA FILLCOLOR lt color gt WHITE GEOMTYPE lt geomtype gt LINESEGS IMAGEFILENAME lt string gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt 0 1 Set the line t
41. U S and or other countries SENSOR is licensed and distributed only by Coats Engineering and by JOA Oil and Gas a world wide authorized reseller MySQL is a registered trademark or trademark of Oracle in the U S and or other countries MySQL is a trademark of Oracle Corpora tion and or its affiliates All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners NOTICE TO U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraphs a through d of the Commercial Computer Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 when applicable or in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 and or in similar or successor clauses in the DOD or NASA FAR Supplement Contractor manufacturer is Tecplot Inc 3535 Factoria Blvd Ste 550 Bellevue WA 98006 U S A 13 360 07 1 Rev 1 2013 Table of Contents PEFOCIICUIONN sce citesctadtanncastasniadlevaGatleiaubisiiatatiietnrnlenuaidenatusn 5 Tecplot 360 Macro Commands Introduction to Macro COMMAMNAS ou cecececccssesseeeseeseeesteeseessee 9 Managing Macros ou ccccssessssesssssecsssecsssscssseccssccssuccssscessseccsseessseccsseceesseee 11 Macros vs Macro Functions vs Macro Command S ccccccsssscssescsssesessseseseeees 11 Running Macros from the Command Line sess testes eesneeeseeeneeny 11 Running Macros from the T
42. YES INCLUDEPLOTSTYLE lt boolean gt YES INCLUDESTREAMPOSI lt boolean gt YES TIONS INCLUDEFACTORY lt boolean gt NO DEFAULTS USERELATIVEPATHS lt boolean gt INCLUDEAUXDATA lt boolean gt YES Example write outa stylesheet for the active frame to f1 sty WRITESTYLESHEET f1 sty INCLUDEFACTORYDEFAULTS YES XYLINEAXIS Syntax xvLINEAXIS optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in an XY Line plot Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOADJUSTRANGES lt boolean gt NO TONICEVALUES AXISMODE lt axismode gt INDEPENDENT Set to INDEPENDENT or XYDEPENDENT DEPXTOYRATIO lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 AXISMODE must be XYDEPENDENT to use this This applies only to the X1 and Y1 axes GRIDAREA lt lt gridarea gt gt See Notes DRAWBORDER N0 COLOR BLACK LINE THICKNESS 0 4 PRECISEGRID lt lt precisegrid gt gt See Notes INCLUDE NO SIZE 0 0045 COLOR BLACK ISFILLED NO FILLCOLOR WHITE DRAWGRIDLAST NO PRESERVEAXISSCALE lt boolean gt NO VIEWPORTNICEFIT lt double gt Between 1 and 100 BUFFER VIEWPORTPOSITION See Notes X1 13 Y1 11 X2 8 Y 88 VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt integer gt 100 TARGET VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt integer gt 10 TOLERANCE XDETAIL lt integer gt The lt integer gt option specifies which axis to operate on 1 lt n lt lt lt axisde
43. and 7 for zones 1 to 3 244 lt lt numberformat gt gt Descri ptio N Set the format used to draw a number Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes FORMATTING lt valueformat gt CUSTOMLABEL lt integer gt DYNAMICLABELNAME lt string gt Name of the dynamic label generator to use when Formatting is set to DynamicLabel PRECISION lt op gt lt integer gt SHOWDECIMALSONWH lt boolean gt FALSE OLENUMBERS REMOVELEADING lt boolean gt FALSE ZEROS SHOWNEGATIVESIGN lt boolean gt TRUE POSITIVEPREFIX lt string gt POSITIVESUFFIX lt string gt NEGATIVEPREFIX lt string gt NEGATIVESUFFIX lt string gt TIMEDATEFORMAT lt string gt ZEROPREFIX lt string gt ZEROSUFFIX lt string gt Example set the number format for axis labels on the X axis in a 2D field plot to use the float format with a precision of 3 and add the phrase DAYS WITHOUT RAIN after every positive value Example Set the number format for axis labels on the X axis in a 2D field plot to use the Time Date format Add the time and date in format 245 lt lt papersize gt gt Descri ption change dimensions or hardclip offsets for LETTER DOUBLE A3 A4 CUSTOM1 and CUSTOM2 paper sizes Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes All values are in inches WIDTH lt op gt lt dexp gt HEIGHT lt op gt lt dexp gt LEFTHARDCLIPOFFSET
44. attach to frame command 68 naming 189 variable 124 write 216 Data set variables set value from macro variable 189 Data sharing branching connectivity 79 branching variables 80 connectivity 191 field variables 191 reference count 124 Data type 92 258 DATAFILEVARLOADMODE 113 Debugging macro files 12 Debugging macros 11 Delay 98 Delete objects 170 Delete picked objects 170 Derivative position 259 DERIVATIVEBOUNDARY 143 Destination map 101 zone 151 Dialog drop a Tecplot dialog 101 Display render 150 Display message 167 DISPLAYBOUNDARIES macro command 220 226 DISTRIBUTIONREGION 200 DOAUTOFNAMEEXTENSION 113 Double 260 Double buffer compound functions 100 turning off 100 turning on 100 Double expression 260 Draw order 265 Line mappings 192 sort level 138 204 Dropdown menus 239 Duplicate zones 101 Dura labels labeling node 261 E Edge attributes 110 Edge plot show 109 Edge setting 260 Edit global edit on picked objects 170 Ellipse 297 INDEX raw data 269 ENABLEDELAYS 146 ENABLEINTERRUPTS 146 ENABLEPAUSES 146 ENABLEWARNINGS 146 Encapsulated PostScript preview image 260 EndLoop command 162 Environment variables 22 EQUATIONFILE 113 Equations 59 Error bars plot types 260 Examples 2D axes attributes 175 207 3D axis attributes 204 activating field zones for plotting 57 Adding contour levels 84 adding Line maps 58 adding zones to the set of active zones 57 assigning attributes for
45. automate Tecplot 360 f not all of Tecplot 3 ipti derma 360 s functionality is e scripting processes an transforms n capabilities accessible s Add ons o extend Tecplot 360 s writing a new data requires a compiler igs and development capability loader experience Macro processing capabilities are included in your Tecplot 360 distribution Macro language syntax and usage are provided in Scripting Guide Macros can be accessed loaded via the Scripting menu and from the Quick Macro Panel also accessed via the Scripting menu Your Tecplot 360 installation includes a Python interpreter along with an interface connection and a Python library version 2 7 2 as well as supporting Python files Information on working with Tecplot 360 and Python is provided in Chapter 30 Working With Python Scripts in the User s Manual The syntax for the Python commands can be found using the syntax rules provided in Chapter 16 Python Syntax Rules along with the ADK Reference Manual To create add ons for Tecplot 360 you need to have a compiler for C C or FORTRAN Refer to the ADK User s Manual for instructions for creating add ons along with sample add ons Part 1 Tecplot 360 Macro Commands Introduction to Macro Commands A Tecplot 360 macro is a set of instructions called macro commands which perform actions in Tecplot 360 Macro commands can be used to accomplish virtually any task that can
46. be 2 dimensional startl Integer Optional 1 1 based value for the starting I index start Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first J index returnVal None Return object 288 16 6 6 Convenience Functions IJ KOrderedDataValuesGet The IJKOrderedDataValuesGet function reads data from the active frame in Tecplot 360 The frame must contain ordered data not FE data The values are returned in a list object in a 3 dimensional format The function has the following syntax ptList TecUtil IJKOrderedDataValuesGet zoneNum varNum startI endI start endJ startK endK Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone containing data to be read varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be read startI Integer Optional 1 1 based value for the starting I index Optional Max endl Integer data I 1 based value of the last I index inclusive dimension start Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first J index Optional Max endJ Integer data J 1 based value of the last J index dimension startK Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first K index Optional Max endK Integer data J 1 based value of the last K index dimension New reference 3 dimensional list containing KMax lists pilis List Return object of JMax lists of IMax values 16 6 7 IJKOrderedDataValuesSet The IJK
47. boundary and appears in the same format as on the Geometry and Boundaries dialog For all boundaries list the boundary condition and the set of zones separated by a comma The index range type boundary follows this with the boundary face the first starting index the first ending index the second starting index and the second ending index All entries are separated by commas The boundary condition is one of INFLOW OUTFLOW WALL SLIPWALL SYMMETRY EXTRAPOLATED The boundary face is one of I 1 I IMAX J 1 J JMAX K 1 and K KMAX Refer to Section 22 4 Setting Geometry and Boundary Options in the User s Manual for more information on boundaries Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AXISYMMETRIC lt boolean gt FALSE Can only be TRUE if the current plot type is 2D Cartesian If TRUE indicates that the data represents an axisymmetric solution SYMMETRYVAR lt XorY gt Y For AXISYMMETRIC TRUE Can be X or Y Indicates which axis variable is constant along the axis of symmetry SYMMETRYVALUE lt double gt 0 0 For AXISYMMETRIC TRUE Indicates the value of the SYMMETRYVAR along the axis of symmetry CONNECTZONES lt boolean gt TRUE If TRUE indicates that adjacent zones should be connected where boundary faces coincide NODETOLERANCE lt double gt 1 0E 6 Indicates how close two nodes must be before they will be considered coincident for the purpose of matching zone
48. color maps 81 SMALLSTEP 149 SMOOTHBNDRYCOND 143 Smoothing data 197 SMOOTHWEIGHT 143 SNAPTOGRID 131 SNAPTOPAPER 132 Solution time 21 Source maps 101 Source zones 89 90 91 Specify fieldmaps 57 line maps 58 STARTSLICEPOS 21 Steps per cycle in animation 66 STEPSIZE 149 304 Stipple 264 Stop macro execution 167 Stream dashes animation 66 Stream markers animation 66 STREAMSTARTPOS 21 Streamtrace positioning 21 Streamtrace commands 197 202 add 199 delete all 201 delete range 201 reset time increments 201 set termination line 202 Streamtrace paths 66 Streamtraces animate 66 animation dashes or markers 66 create zones 95 delete all 201 direction 264 global settings 197 type 264 STREAMTYPE 21 Strings assigning 23 STROKEFONTLINETHICKNESS 115 STYLEFILE 113 Stylesheet read 183 write to file 217 Stylesheets macro control commands 273 Subscript 115 SUBSUPFRACTION 115 SunRaster format options 264 Superscript 115 Surface Effects 110 Surfaces to plot 265 Symbol shape 250 261 Symbol shapes setting 250 Symbols line plots 160 symbolshape subcommand 250 SYMBOLSIZES 77 Syntax example macros 268 for CFD Analyzer macro commands 220 System command instructions 202 System environment variables 22 T TECHOME using as variable 21 Tecplot starting 5 Tecplot Interface 11 Tecplot interface set attributes 142 Tecplot macro 9 tecplot mcr 12 TEMPFILEPATH 114 Text 251 anchor 72 265 a
49. common operators and functions familiar to most C and FORTRAN programmers Arithmetic operators include the common multiply divide add and subtract and as well as a few others and that are worth noting The raise operator or returns the result of raising the first number by the second Expressions may also contain macro variables and an assortment of useful functions and constants Following are tables of supported functions and constants and a short explanation for each abs x Absolute value of x acos x Arc cosine of x between 1 and 1 Return an angle between 0 and p radians asin x Arc sine of x between 1 and 1 Return an angle between p 2 and p 2 radians atan x Arc tangent of x Return an angle between p and p radians atan2 y x Arc tangent of y x Return an angle between p and p radians ceil x Smallest integer larger than or equal to x cos x Cosine of x in radians cosh x Hyperbolic cosine of x exp x Exponential of x floor x Largest integer smaller than or equal to x frac x Fractional part of x int x Integer part of x log x Natural logarithm of x 1og10 x Logarithm to the base 10 of x max x y Larger of x or y min x y Smaller of x or y pow x y xy sin x Sine of x in radians sinh x Hyperbolic sine of x sqrt x Square root of x tan x Tangent of x in radians tanh x Hyperbolic tangent of x 266
50. data set variable in Tecplot 360 SIRENAMEDATASETZONE isc scssssiescetssestodcadessiosceiesvsvescensaees codes ssvsnsa ves si cgneasducisasevodes tvavenossetosesredteloaventenen canes 185 Rename a data set zone in Tecplot 360 SIRESE TSIDAXES 2 cies cede cates fics cavsata cunssiovescenvensasiaontorvaiuasscesesebstiees pets sisevegiba sates egiones ER REA A 185 Reset the ranges on the 3D axes SIRESE T3D ORIGIN prsest epei rie E EEEE EE EE IEEE AEE aap EE VENELE EE atone ees 185 Reposition the rotation origin in 3D to be at the specified location 44 SIRESET3DSCALEFACTORS oie scescucvssaciusyis ccuacasusstscsisvistevesccesscoveaveassesu Ea EAr E EEE EEI EEE eE i EEE ERE EE 186 Recalculate the scale factors for the 3D axes Aspect ratio limits are taken into account SIRESET VECTORLENG TH aigicsssssevascensssenssecsisnscnsncausezensncstendccencasens cenistensstevsstsessnseasaszsseseasnsceasicasusaeenseeensatanionss 186 Reset the length of the vectors Tecplot 360 will find the vector with the largest magnitude and set the scal ing factor so it will appear on the screen using the length specified by FRAMESETUP VECTDEFLEN GIRO TATE2ZD DD ADA rr i sca eo ck vous sd Faas aaah AT wba ens USS Sea bs as eee ass 186 Rotate field data in 2D about any point SURO TAT ES DD VILE W sororia oioi ects assis sucasuseasdnsusshsnete sucess EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EE E N 187 Do a 3D rotation about a given axis The lt rotateaxis gt must be suppli
51. dexp gt lt dexp gt lt dexp gt lt dexp gt Two values supplied Values are RX and RY Two values supplied Values are width and height lt geometryrawdata gt square lt dexp gt Only one value supplied Value is the width 269 Raw Data Name Value Type s Notes per Block lt xyrawdata gt lt dexp gt lt dexp gt lt xyzrawdata gt lt dexp gt lt dexp gt lt dexp gt lt 2 2 a A count value does not precede the raw data in this case Examples Example 1 Raw data for a circle with radius equal to 1 7 Example 2 Raw data for a line segment geometry with two segments Segment 1 has 4 points and segment 2 has 3 points Example 3 Raw data to define five contour levels Example 4 Raw data to define three RGB values 270 Example 5 For greater control of contour levels in a macro set the levels with RAWDATA This example allows you to choose the number of levels then sets new levels based on the minimum and maximum values of the current contour variable 271 272 Macro Language Limitations The only macro control commands allowed in stylesheets and layout files are VARSET and REMOVEVAR The only SetValue command allowed in color map files is COLORMAP Layout files stylesheet files and colormap files cannot contain any of the following commands OPENLAYOUT READSTYLESHEET LOADCOLORM
52. domain If the spacing is non uniform this variable is used in conjunction with each dependent variable for interpolation to create a uniform frequency domain for the transform Window function or tapering function applied to the dependent variables before performing the transform but after performing the non uniform interpolation For details see http en wikipedia org wiki Window_function DEPENDENTVARS lt set gt Set of dependent variables on which to perform a Fourier transform The variables must not be the same as the independent variable This must not be NULL or an empty set and must be a subset of the variables in the source zones SOURCEZONES lt set gt Set of source zones containing the dependent variables on which to perform the Fourier transform This must not be NULL or an empty set and must be a subset of the data set s available zones INCLUDECONJUGATES lt boolean gt For purely real numbers the Fourier transform output satisfies the Hermitian redundancy where out i is the conjugate of out n i If this parameter is YES the conjugates are included otherwise they are not and approximately half of the output values n 2 1 are computed OBEYSOURCEZONEBLANKING lt boolean gt If value blanking is active and this value is YES value blanking is applied to the data values of both the independent and dependent variables before the data is interpolated for non uniformity If data
53. expanded to their value at the time the macro statement is processed Example The following macro commands will result in a rotation of the data about the X axis by 10 degrees IVARSET al 10 ROTATE X ANGLE al 7 1 Internal Variables The following table lists variables maintained by Tecplot 360 that may be referenced by macro commands Since these variables are maintaned by Tecplot 360 you cannot assign values to them For internal variables that represent an attribute of a Tecplot 360 object of which Tecplot 360 supports multiple instances such as a frame a dataset or a zone the variable by default refers to the current or active instance for example to the active frame if the variable refers to an attribute of frames If there is no obvious default instance the variable name by itself usually refers to the first instance For such variables you may specify the desired instance of the referenced type of object by enclosing an index in square brackets immediately following the variable name For example AUXZONE 3 BC refers to the zone auxiliary data named BC in the third zone 19 In most cases the index may also be written as ACTIVEOFFSET n to specify the nth active instance of an object type For example ENDSLICEPOS ACTIVEOFFSET 2 refers to the end position of the second active slice group Variables Notes AUXDATASETAuananel AUXDATA
54. faces DEFAULTBC lt string gt EXTRAPOLATED Indicates the boundary condition that will be applied to all zone boundary faces not connected to adjacent zones or covered by zone boundaries defined by the RAWDATA section Exam ple Specify that the solution data represents an axisymmetric solution about X 1 Do not allow adjacent zones to be connected Identify two zone type boundaries and one zone face and index range type boundary EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES AXISYMMETRIC TRUE SYMMETRYVAR X SYMMETRYVALUE 1 CONNECTZONES FALSE RAWDATA WALL 2 3 INFLOW 4 OUTFLOW 1 I IMAX 1 10 1 20 SETREFERENCEVALUES Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 232 COMMAND SETREFERENCEVALUES optional parameters Macro Command Description Descri ption Specify the reference free stream properties of the solution identify two variables in the current data set for use with other commands Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes RVELOCITY1ID lt string gt MACHNUMBER Identification of the first free stream velocity component May be UVELOCITY or MACHNUMBER RVELOCITY1 lt double gt 0 0 The value of the first free stream velocity component RVELOCITY2ID lt string gt ANGLEOFATTAC Identification of the second free stream velocity compone
55. for particle path and streakline calculations 10 2 Macro Command Description The syntax mandatory and optional parameters for each of the macro commands listed in Section 10 1 are described below Items within single angle brackets lt gt are defined in Section 10 3 The COMMAND strings below must be contained on a single line in your macro command file although they appear on multiple lines below ANI MATESTREAKLI NES Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDANALYZER3 COMMAND SANIMATESTREAKLINES 220 Macro Command Description optional parameters Descri ption Animates previously calculated streaklines to the screen or to a file Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DESTINATION lt string gt SCREEN Specifies the destination of the animation May be SCREEN AVIFILE or RASTERMETAFILE FILENAME lt string gt ee The name of the file to which to save the animation Must be specified for DESTINATION values of AVIFILE or RASTERMETAF ILE WIDTH lt integer gt 300 The width of the animation when saved to a file SPEED lt double gt 10 0 The speed in frames per second of the animation Only used for animations saved to an AVI file USEMULTIPLECOLO lt boolean gt FALSE Specifies whether animations saved to a file should include R one color table for each frame The default is to use a single color table TABLES INCLUDEZONE lt boolean g
56. gt Default extension for ASCII output data files OUTPUTBINARYDATAFILE lt string gt Default extension for binary output data files OUTPUTLAYOUTFILE lt string gt Default extension for saving linked layout files OUTPUTLAYOUTPACKAGEF lt string gt Default extension for saving layout ILE package files STYLEFILE lt string gt Default extension for style files LAYOUTCONFIG INCLUDEDATA lt boolean gt NO If YES layout packages are the default format for layouts INCLUDEPREVIEW lt boolean gt NO If YES preview images are saved with layout packages USERELATIVEPATHS lt boolean gt YES If YES files will be referenced using relative paths in layout files LOADONDEMAND ALLOW lt boolean gt YES If YES Tecplot 360 will use it s load on demand features for loading and unloading variables 113 Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATASTORESTATEGY lt dataloadstrategy gt AUTO Set the data store strategy for load on demand If set to AUTO Tecplot 360 will use store large allocations in the temporary directory and use memory mapped I O to read and write to the regions when possible otherwise it will use the memory heap usually this provides better performance for large data If set to HEAP Tecplot 360 will not use the temporary directory for large allocations this opon is usually slower when working with large data UNLOADSTRATEGY lt unloadstrategy gt AUTO Set the unload strategy for load o
57. gt See notes BOXTYPE HOLLOW MARGIN 10 LINETHICKNESS 0 1 COLOR BLACK FILLCOLOR WHITE FIELDLAYERCONTROL Determines which field layers colors are included in legend USEMESH lt boolean gt NO USECONTOUR lt boolean gt NO USEVECTOR lt boolean gt NO USESCATTER lt boolean gt NO USESHADE lt boolean gt NO USEEDGE lt boolean gt NO HEADERTEXT lt string gt May include dynamic text variables HEADERTEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK HEADERTEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See notes FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD YES ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 2 5 LABELTEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK LABELTEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See notes FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD NO ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 2 5 LINELAYERCONTROL Determines which line layers colors are included in legend USELINES lt boolean gt NO USESYMBOLS lt boolean gt NO USEBARS lt boolean gt NO USEERRORBARS lt boolean gt NO ROWSPACING lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 2 SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWSYMBOLOUTLINE lt boolean gt YES SORTBYLABELTEXT lt boolean gt YES SYMBOLHEIGHT lt dexp gt 25 75 Parameter Syntax Default Notes SYMBOLLINETHICKNESS lt dex 0 1 SYMBOLWIDTH lt 2 5 XYPOS lt X 95 Y 75 Example Create a basic color legend for a fruity plot Syntax BASICSIZE optional parameters BASI CSI ZE Descri
58. gt YES WITHDATAFILE BINARY lt boolean gt YES If NO you can include PRECISION and USEPOINTFORMAT INCLUDEAUTOGEN lt boolean gt NO FACENEIGHBORS INCLUDECUSTOM lt boolean gt YES LABELS INCLUDEDATA lt boolean gt YES INCLUDEDATASHAREL lt boolean gt NO INKAGE INCLUDEGEOM lt boolean gt YES INCLUDETEXT lt boolean gt YES PRECISION lt integer gt 12 Only used if ASCII that is BINARY is NO TECPLOTVERSION lt string gt TecplotCurrent Optional designation of binary file version Possible values are TOWRITE TecplotCurrent Tecplot2009 Tecplot2008 and Tecplot2006 USEPOINTFORMAT lt boolean gt NO Only used if ASCII that is BINARY is NO VARPOSITIONLIST lt set gt All vars Use this to limit the number of variables written out ZONELIST lt set gt All zones Use this to limit the number of zones written out Example Write out only zone 3 to a file called zone3 p1t WRITEDATASET zone3 p1t INCLUDETEXT NO INCLUDEGEOM NO INCLUDECUSTOMLABELS NO ZONELIST 3 Syntax wWRITESTYLESHEET lt string gt optional parameters WRITESTYLESHEET Descri ption Write the style for the active frame to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to 217 Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes INCLUDECONTOUR lt boolean gt YES LEVELS INCLUDETEXT lt boolean gt YES INCLUDEGEOM lt boolean gt
59. in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes AXISBOXPADDING lt op gt lt dexp gt 5 AXISSCALEFACT lt lt XkyZ gt gt X 1 Y 1 Z 1 The 3D axis must be INDEPENDENT for this option to work properly See THREEDAXIS LIGHTSOURCE BACKGROUNDLIGHT lt double gt 25 INCLUDESPECULAR lt boolean gt YES INTENSITY lt double gt 75 SPECULARINTENSIT lt integer gt 40 Range 1 100 Y SPECULARSHININES lt integer gt 60 Range 1 100 S SURFACECOLORCONT lt double gt 100 RAST XYZDIRECTION Sees X 0 2 Y 0 2 Always specify all three components here Tecplot 360 Z 0 959 normalizes X Y and Z after processing the Z component X Y and Z represent a vector in the eye coordinate system FORCEGOURADFOR3D lt boolean gt YES CONTFLOOD FORCEPANELED lt boolean gt YES FOR3DCELLFLOOD LINELIFTFRACTION lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 2 NEARPLANEFRACTION lt dexp gt 0 1 Specify the position of the near plane In a 3D plot the near plane acts as a windshield anything in front of this plane does not display PERFORMEXTRA3D lt boolean gt NO SORTING PLACEMENTPLANE Specify the coordinate of the placement plane POSITION X lt double gt lt double gt Z lt double gt ROTATEORIGIN lt lt xyz gt gt X 0 5 Y 0 5 Z 0 5 SLICE ORIGIN lt lt xyz gt gt X 0 Y 0 Z 0 138
60. is a registered trademark or trademark of X Consortium Incorporated in the U S and or other countries ANSYS Fluent and any and all ANSYS Inc brand product service and feature names logos and slogans are registered trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS Incorporated or its subsidiaries in the U S and or other countries PAM CRASH is a registered trademark or trademark of ESI Group in the U S and or other countries LS DYNA is a registered trademark or trademark of Livermore Software Technology Coroporation in the U S and or other countries MSC NASTRAN is a registered trademark or trademark of MSC Software Corporation in the U S and or other countries NASTRAN is a registered trademark or trademark of National Aeronautics Space Administration in the U S and or other countries 3DSL is a registered trademark or trademark of StreamSim Technologies Incorporated in the U S and or other countries SDRC IDEAS Universal is a registered trademark or trade mark of UGS PLM Solutions Incorporated or its subsidiaries in the U S and or other countries Star CCM is a registered trademark or trademark of CD adapco in the U S and or other countries Reprise License Manager is a registered trademark or trade mark of Reprise Software Inc in the U S and or other countries Python is a registered trademark or trademark of Python Software Foundation in the U S and or other countries Abaqus the 3DS logo SIMULIA and CATIA are registered trademarks or trademarks of Dassa
61. is disabled if the zone assigned here is inactive Examples Example 1 The following example creates the text ABC and positions it in the lower left corner of the frame 72 ATTACHTEXT TEXT ABC Example 2 The following example creates the text TEXT AT AN ANGLE and places it in the center of the frame The text is drawn at an angle of 45 degrees Example 3 The following example creates the text TIMES ROMAN using the Times Roman font This text includes a text box BASICCOLOR Syntax BAsICCcOLor optional parameters Descri ptio N A SetValue command that sets the red green and blue components for any of the basic colors in Tecplot 360 73 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes BLACK lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 0 G 0 B 0 BLUE lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 45 G 45 B 255 CUSTOM1 lt lt rgb gt gt The default varies CUSTOM56 CYAN lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 0 G 255 B 255 GREEN lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 0 G 210 B 0 PURPLE lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 255 G 0 B 0 RED lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 210 G 0 B 0 WHITE lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 255 G 255 B 255 YELLOW lt lt rgb gt gt See Notes R 255 G 255 B 45 Example Set the customs color to be brown BASICCOLOR CUSTOM8 Re l65 Gua B 42 J BASI CCOLORLEGEND Syntax BasICCOLORLEGEND optional parameters D
62. lt lt symbolshape gt gt See Notes ISASCII NO GEOMSHAPE SQUARE SHADE COLOR lt color gt WHITE SHOW lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES SURFACES IRANGE lt lt indexrange gt gt See Notes MIN 1 Max 0 Skip 1 JRANGE lt lt indexrange gt gt See Notes MIN 1 Max 1 Skip 1 KRANGE lt lt indexrange gt gt See Notes MIN 1 Max 1 Skip 1 SURFACESTOPLOT lt surfacestoplot gt NONE VECTOR ARROWHEADSTYLE lt arrowheadstyle gt PLAIN COLOR lt color gt BLACK ISTANGENT lt boolean gt NO LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt 0 1 PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt YES VECTORTYPE lt vectortype gt TAILATPOINT VOLUMEMODE VOLUMEMODE applies to volume zones with the exception that POINTSTOPLOT also applies to VOLUMEOBJECTSTOPLOT lt lt volumeobjectstoplot gt gt SHOWISOSURFACES YE__ finite element surface zones S SHOWSLICES YES SHOWSTREAMTRACES YES GROUP lt integer gt 1 Assign a group number to the supplied set of zones Examples 111 Example 1 Change the contour plot type to flood for zones 1 12 Example 2 Change the mesh color to red for all zones default mesh color is black FILECONFIG Syntax FILECONFIG optional parameters Descri ptio NA SetValue command that sets file path information in Tecplot 360 112 Optional Parameters Parameter Syn
63. lt op gt lt dexp gt RIGHTHARDCLIPOFFSET lt op gt lt dexp gt TOPHARDCLIPOF FSET lt op gt lt dexp gt BOTTOMHARDCLIPOFFSET lt op gt lt dexp gt Example cChange the left hardclip offset for LETTER size paper to be 0 25 inches PAGE PAPERSIZEINFO LETTER LEFTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 25 lt lt precisegrid gt gt Descri ption Change settings for the precise dot grid Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes INCLUDE lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt SIZE lt double gt Size is in centimeters Example Turn on the precise dot grid in an XY plot XYAXIS PRECISEGRID INCLUDE YES lt lt rect gt gt Descri ption Change settings for a rectangle The rectangle is defined using two points X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 246 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes X1 Y1 X2 Y2 lt op gt lt dexp gt lt op gt lt dexp gt lt op gt lt dexp gt lt op gt lt dexp gt Units are based on the parent command Example set the 2D axis grid area to be positioned 10 percent from all edges of the frame lt lt refscatsymbol gt gt Descri ptio N Set the attributes for the reference scatter symbol Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt FILLCOLOR lt color gt MAGNITU
64. macro function remains defined in Tecplot 360 even if the macro in which it was defined is replaced by another macro Retained macro functions may be called by other macros that are loaded at a later time 3 2 Running Macros from the Command Line A simple way to run a Tecplot 360 macro is to include it in the command line with the p flag The following command runs Tecplot 360 and plays a macro called a mcr tecplot p a mcr If you use the mcr extension for the macro file name then the p flag is optional If you want to debug the macro include the z flag as well 3 3 Running Macros from the Tecplot 360 Interface You can run a macro file by going to Scripting gt Play Macro Script A dialog appears choose the macro to play 11 If you want to debug a macro file go to the Scripting menu and select the View Debug Macro option The Macro Viewer dialog appears so you can load in a macro When the macro is loaded Tecplot 360 waits at the first macro command for you to step through the commands See Section 28 3 Macro Debugging in the User s Manual for complete details on how to use the Macro Viewer 3 4 Running Macros from the Quick Macro Panel Macros that you use frequently or want rapid access to may be defined as macro functions within a special file called tecplot mcr in either the current directory your home directory or the Tecplot 360 home directory When Tecplot 360 starts it looks for this file in each of
65. of active line mappings TACTIVELINEMAPS 33 36 Example 3 Remove line maps 1 2 3 9 10 and 11 from the set of active line mappings ACTIVELINEMAPS 1 3 9 11 ADDMACROPANELTITLE sstring gt no optional pa amete s Description Add a title to the Quick Macro Panel Example The following example adds the title Bar Charts to the Quick Macro Panel ADDMACROPANELTITLE Bar Charts ALTERDATA Syntax ALTERDATA zonelist EQUATION lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption The ALTERDATA function operates on a data set within Tecplot 360 using FORTRAN like equations See Section 21 1 Data Alteration through Equations in the User s Manual for more information on using equations in Tecplot 360 The lt zonelist gt parameter specifies the set of zones 58 on which to operate where zonelist is a list of zones or zone ranges separated by a comma Zone ranges are separated by a hyphen If lt zonelist gt is omitted all zones are affected NOTE the values for the lt zonelist gt parameter must be enclosed in square brackets For example use ALTERDATA 1 3 to apply ALTERDATA to zones 1 and 3 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes EQUATION lt string gt This assigns the equation to use to operate on the data Optional Parameters
66. of these objects and is responsible for performing DECREFs decrement the reference count when the objects are no longer needed 16 5 Exceptions to the Rules A small number of functions use slight variations to the rules shown above e ViewDealloc e The C syntax indicates that the address of amp operator be prepended to the variable name Since this is not a valid Python operator the opaque pointer is passed in as is e ContourGetLevels The list of levels is returned as the third item in the return tuple In Python do not call TecUtilArrayDealloc as noted in the instructions although the return tuple should be de referenced when it is no longer needed 16 6 Convenience Functions Tecplot 360 s Python interpreter includes a small library of convenience functions for reading and writing data The following functions are provided e ZoneGetDimensions e OrderedDataValuesGet e IOrderedDataValuesSet e TJ OrderedDataValuesGet e TJOrderedDataValuesSet e IJKOrderedDataValuesGet e TJ KOrderedDataValuesSet 16 6 1 ZoneGetDimensions ZoneGetDimensions is an abbreviated version of ZoneGetInfo that skips all the FieldData_pa returns It has the following syntax dims TecUtil ZoneGetDimensions zoneNum On return dims will reference a tuple with the following values dims 0 I dimension for ordered data or number of data points for FE data dims 1 J dimension for ordered data or number o
67. only SHOWONVIEWPORTTOP lt boolean gt TRUE Polar only SHOWONVIEWPORTBOTTOM lt boolean gt TRUE Polar only SHOWONVIEWPORTLEFT lt boolean gt TRUE Polar only SHOWONVIEWPORTRIGHT lt boolean gt TRUE Polar only TITLEMODE lt axistitlemode gt TEXT lt string gt COLOR lt color gt TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt OFFSET lt double gt PERCENTALONGLINE lt double gt 50 Exam ple Create a R axis title saying Harmonic Motion in red times size 6 font POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE TEXT Harmo POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE OFFSET 4 POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE COLOR RED nic Motion 238 POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE TEXTSHAPE FONTFAMILY Times POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE TEXTSHAPE ISBOLD NO POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE TEXTSHAPE ISITALIC NO POLARAXIS RDETAIL TITLE TEXTSHAPE HEIGHT 6 Expands to Descri ption Assign name to a basic color lt lt basiccolorcontrol gt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes NAME lt string gt i May include dynamic text variables SHOW lt boolean gt YES Controls visibility of the basic color in a basic color legend percent Example cChange the medium line pattern length for drop down menus in the interface to be five BASICSIZE LINEPATLENGTHS MEDIUM 5 i lt lt basicsizelist gt gt Descri ptio N Assign basic sizes The units for the
68. operates on frame objects SIZE lt dexp gt Value is in Y frame units This applies to things like symbols SYMBOLS Only operates on line mapping objects SHOW lt boolean gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt TEXTCOLOR lt color gt TEXTHEIGHTBYPERCENT lt dexp gt Value is in Y frame units 0 100 TEXTHEIGHTBYPOINTS lt dexp gt Value is in points VECTOR Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt VECTORTYPE lt vectortype gt Examples Example 1 Set all picked objects to use the color yellow PICK EDIT COLOR YELLOW Example 2 Set all picked objects to use the dashed line pattern IPICK EDIT LINEPATTERN DASHED Example 3 Set all picked objects which are zones to use the contour plot type of flooding PICK EDIT CONTOUR CONTOURTYPE FLOOD Syntax PICK MAGNIFY MAG lt dexp gt 172 PI CK MAGNI FY Descri ption Magnify all picked objects The objects will also be translated proportional to the distance between their anchor position and the anchor position of the first object picked Example Magnify all objects by 1 5 PICK MAGNIFY MAG 1 5 PI CK PASTE Syntax PICK PASTE no parameters Descri ption Paste the currently picked objects from the paste buffer to the work area PI CK POP Syntax PIck POP no parameters Descri ption Change the order in which objects are drawn by popping the cu
69. ordered zones LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt 0 1 SHOW lt boolean gt YES USEBLANKING lt boolean gt EFFECTS LIGHTINGEFFECT lt lightingeffect gt GOURAUD SURFACETRANSLUCENCY lt translucency gt 50 SURFACETRANSLUCENCY range is one to 99 USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES USEVALUEBLANKING lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to include value blanking in the specified zones USECLIPPLANES lt set gt 1 6 Use clipping planes specified to clip zones specified in set for FIELDMAP or all zones if none specified Possible values include none or any combination of the numbers 1 6 enclosed in brackets MESH COLOR lt color gt BLACK LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 MESHTYPE lt meshtype gt OVERLAY PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt YES POINTS IIKSKIP lt lt ijk gt gt I 1 J 1 K 1 Limits the number of vectors or 110 scatter symbols drawn Parameter Syntax Default Notes POINTSTOPLOT lt pointstoplot gt SURFACENODES SCATTER COLOR lt color gt BLACK FILLCOLOR lt color gt WHITE FILLMODE lt fillmode gt NONE ae aaa SIZEBYVARIABLE is NO LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 SHOW lt boolean gt YES SIZEBYVARIABLE lt boolean gt NO Scatter sizing variable must be defined before this can be set to YES See the GLOBALSCATTER command SYMBOLSHAPE
70. parameters Descri ption Moves the active frame to the top of the drawing order Example FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPACTIVE 118 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNAME Syntax FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNAME NAME lt name gt Descri ption Moves the frame specified by name to the top of the frame drawing order Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Name lt string gt Specify name of the frame to move to the top of the drawing order Example Moves the frame named Topography to the top of the drawing order FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNAME NAME TOPOGRAPHY FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNUMBER Syntax FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNUMBER FRAME lt number gt Descri ption Moves the frame specified by number to the top of the frame drawing order If no frame number is specified this command will move the bottom frame to the top of the frame drawing order Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Frame lt integer gt Specify number of the frame to move to the top of the drawing order Example Moves frame 4 to the top of the drawing order FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNUMBER FRAME 4 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMACTI VE Syntax FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMACTIVE no parameters Descri ption Moves the active frame to the top of the frame drawing order Example FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMACTIVE FRA
71. particle Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE TEMPTIMECONST lt double gt 1 0 For GENERAL coefficients with CALCTEMPERATURE TRUE only the temperature relaxation factor of the particle Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE MASS lt double gt 1 0 For DETAILED coefficients only the particle mass Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE RADIUS lt double gt 1 0 For DETAILED coefficients only the particle initial radius Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE 222 Macro Command Description Parameter Syntax Default Notes DRAGCOEF FOPTION lt specifyoption gt SPECIFY For DETAILED coefficients only If SPECIFY specify DRAGCOEFF If CALCULATE Tecplot 360 will calculate the drag coefficient Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE 1 0 DRAGCOEFF lt double gt For DETAILED coefficients only with DRAGCOEFFOPTION SPECIFY the particle drag coefficient Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE 1 0 SPECIFICHEAT lt double gt For DETAILED coefficients with CALCTEMPERATURE TRUE only the particle specific heat Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE NUSSELTOPTION lt specifyoption gt SPECIFY For DETAILED coefficients with CALCTEMPERATURE TRUE only If SPECIFY specify NUSSELT If CALCULATE Tecplot 360 will calculate the Nusselt number Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE 1 0 NUSSELT lt double gt For DETAILED coefficients with CALCTEMPERA
72. the streamtype is a volume rod or volume ribbon X lt dexp gt 0 0 Y lt dexp gt 0 0 Z lt dexp gt 0 0 DIRECTION lt streamdirection gt FORWARD DISTRIBUTIONREGION lt streamdistributionregion gt If not present use NUMPTS to decide whether to add a single streamtrace or a rake of streamtraces NUMPTS lt integer gt 1 Use 1 to add a single streamtrace Use n n gt 1 for a rake of streamtraces STARTPOS Z is necessary only if dealing with a 3D streamtrace X lt dexp gt 0 0 lt dexp gt 0 0 Z lt dexp gt 0 0 STREAMTYPE lt streamtype gt Tecplot 360 determines the default STREAMTYPE based on a number of factors It is best to always specify this parameter explicitly Example 1 Add a rake of 5 streamtraces in a 2D field plot Example 2 Add a single volume ribbon Start the ribbon oriented parallel to the Z axis 200 X 3 0 Y 4 0 Z 8 0 STREAMTRACE DELETEALL Syntax STREAMTRACE DELETEALL no parameters Descri ption Deletes all streamtraces in the active frame If the frame mode is 2D all 2D streamtraces are deleted If the frame mode is 3D all 3D streamtraces are deleted Example STREAMTRACE DELETEALL STREAMTRACE DELETERANGE Syntax STREAMTRACE DELETERANGE optional parameters Descri ption Delete a range of streamtraces Streamtraces are numbered sequentially in the order they were created Optional Parameters
73. the J index Actual J index is equal to JMINFRACT JMAX KMINFRACT lt dexp gt 0 1 Minimum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for the K index Actual K index is equal to KMINFRACT KMAX IMAXFRACT lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for the I index Actual I index is equal to IMAXFRACT IMAX JMAXFRACT lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for the J index Actual J index is equal to JMAXFRACT JMAX KMAXFRACT lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for the K index Actual K index is equal to KMAXFRACT KMAX IMINFRACT2 lt dexp gt 0 8 Minimum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the I index Actual I index is equal to IMINFRACT IMAX IMINFRACT2 lt dexp gt 0 8 Minimum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the J index Actual J index is equal to JMINFRACT JMAX KMINFRACT2 lt dexp gt 0 8 Minimum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the K index Actual K index is equal to KMINFRACT KMAX IMAXFRACT2 lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the I index Actual I index is equal to IMAXFRACT IMAX IJMAXFRACT2 lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the J index Actual J index is equal to JMAXFRACT JMAX KMAXFRACT2 lt dexp gt 1 0 Maximum fraction for blanking at the end of animation for the K index Actual K index is eq
74. the first data set with t plt and the second data set with the two files a plt and b plt IOPENLAYOUT multiframe lay ALTDATALOADINSTRUCTIONS t plt a plt b p1t P Q PAGE Syntax PAcE optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that sets the paper characteristics 164 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes PAPERATTRIBUTES BACKGROUNDCOLOR lt color gt WHITE ISTRANSPARENT lt boolean gt YES ORIENTPORTRAIT lt boolean gt NO PAPERGRIDSPACING lt papergridspacing gt HALFINCH Set the spacing for the tick marks on the paper PAPERSIZE lt papersize gt LETTER REGIONINWORKAREA lt lt rect gt gt X1 1 Y1 0 25 X2 10 Specify rectangle that must fit within Y2 8 25 the workarea Units are in inches that is in the paper coordinate system RULERSPACING lt paperrulerspacing gt ONEINCH SHOWGRID lt boolean gt YES SHOWPAPER lt boolean gt NO SHOWRULER lt boolean gt NO USESOFTWARERENDERING lt boolean gt Use the painter s algorithm meaning display graphics cell by cell from front to back instead of using OpenGL NAME lt string gt Name parameter is empty until specified Example This example does the following e Turns off the paper grid e Makes the paper size CUSTOM1 e Makes the dimensions for CUSTOM1 to be 4 by 5 inches PAGE PAPERATTRIBU
75. the following steps occur 1 All pages are deleted 2 A new page is created 3 A new frame is added to the page OPENLAYOUT Syntax 0PENLAYOUT lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption Open and read in a new layout file The lt string gt is the name of the file to open 163 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ALTDATALOAD lt string gt Null Specify alternate data load instructions Tecplot 360 data files This is a list of filenames to use as INSTRUCTIONS replacements for data files referenced in the layout file Use to enclose file names that contain spaces or the symbol By default separate file names listed in the ALTDATALOADINSTRUCTIONS are assigned to successive data sets that are referenced within a layout file If you have a data set that references multiple data files use the plus symbol to group file names Non Tecp ot 360 formats including data being input via a data loader add on This is a list of instructions that are passed on to the loader APPEND lt boolean gt NO Set to NO if you want Tecplot 360 to delete the current layout prior to reading in the new one Examples Example 1 Open a new layout file called abc lay and replace the data file referenced in the layout file with t plt OPENLAYOUT abc lay ALTDATALOADINSTRUCTIONS t plt Example 2 Open a new layout file called multiframe lay and replace
76. them within parentheses after the macro command name 187 Example Run macro function XYZ and pass the value 7 as the first parameter and the value 3 5 as the second parameter RUNMACROFUNCTION XYZ 7 3 5 SAVELAYOUT Syntax SAVELAYOUT lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption Save the current layout to a file You must supply the file name Optional Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes INCLUDEDATA lt boolean gt NO If YES a layout package file will be created The extension lpk is recommended INCLUDEPREVIEW lt boolean gt YES Applies only if INCLUDEDATA is YES USERELATIVEPATHS lt boolean gt NO If YES all files referenced in the layout file will use relative paths Example Save the current layout to a file called ex1 lay SAVELAYOUT exi1 lay SET3DEYEDI STANCE Syntax SET3DEYEDISTANCE EYEDISTANCE lt dexp gt Descri ption sets the distance from the viewer to the plane of the current center of rotation Example SET3DEYEDISTANCE EYEDISTANCE 13 5 SETAUXDATA Syntax SETAUXDATA AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame linemap NAME lt string gt VALUESTRING lt string gt optional parameters Descri ptio N Add Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs to zones frames or datasets The name must begin with an underscore or letter and may be followed by one or more underscore peri
77. 0 to submit a command to the operating system For security reasons execution of the SYSTEM command can be disabled to prevent unauthorized execution of system commands via macros Use the OKTOEXECUTESYSTEMCOMMAND option to the INTERFACE macro command GITHREEDAXIS seiu aaia a E eis eea e r a e a N EEA a a RRAS 203 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a 3D frame SITHREEDVIEW ee a 204 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with the 3D view SITRANSFORMCOORDINATES sooie iias is SAE AAAA hove A ATA 205 Transforms all points in one or more zones from one coordinate system to another PIRIS IN GULATE moriis ee e ETE E EEE ONTA E OT ni vali be eS GES E AR R 206 Create a new zone by forming triangles from data points in existing zones 47 SIT WODAXIS oronro inara Ea EREEREER REE EEA TE EER ASEE 207 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a 2D frame DIVA RSE T avesedyssiscs iinne nn EE ENE aunts E O E EEE E E E EEEE E EE EA S 208 Assign a value to a macro variable If the macro variable did not exist prior to this command then it is defined here A macro variable can be assigned a value or a string S IVIEW Required Control Option sesesseseseeeseesesserereesereerereeresesresesresrsresrsreersreersreeresenreseereseeresterestererreeere 208 The different commands in the VIEW compound function family are described separately in the following sections SEV TEW A
78. 135 249 set command in macros 73 shading 249 zebra shading 255 Command Line 11 Command parameters 17 Conditional execute 213 Conditional expressions 258 Configuration OpenGL 248 Configuration file SetValue macro commands 273 Configuring dropdown menus 239 Continue command 82 Continue to execute a set of commands 213 Contour color map 240 override 240 zebra shading 255 line mode 258 plot type 258 Contour color map 81 Contour commands 82 87 Contour labels 82 129 258 Contour levels 85 258 animate 60 animation 61 delete 84 new 85 raw data 269 Contour plot animation 60 attributes 110 color map 81 127 global changes 128 label 82 labels 129 levels 60 add 84 copy to another frame 218 delete 84 85 reset 86 show 109 variable 129 Control commands If Endif 142 268 Control points 81 contour color maps 240 Convenience functions Python scripting 286 290 Coordinates convert polar to rectangular 175 Copy picked objects 170 Curve details write to file 216 Curve equations write 216 Cut delete picked objects 170 Cutaway views blanking 77 D Data 143 adjust axes to fit 209 center in view 210 fit to axis grid area 210 211 read 181 reading 263 rotate 186 rotating 19 smooth 197 Data alteration 58 Data extraction 107 Data fit 210 Data labels 136 Data manipulation 58 polar to rectangular coordinates 175 Data operations zone number specification 60 Data point adjust 143 moving 143 select 143 Data set
79. 219 220 ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS 219 221 CALCPARTICLEPATH 219 221 CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION 219 224 CALCULATE 219 224 CALCULATEACCURACY 220 225 conditionally processing 142 DISPLAYBOUNDARIES 220 226 EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE 220 226 EXTRAPOLATESOLUTION 220 227 INTEGRATE 220 227 macro variables 19 major 27 SAVEINTEGRATIONRESULTS 220 229 SETFIELDVARIABLES 220 230 SETFLUIDPROPERTIES 220 230 SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES 220 232 SETREFERENCEANDFIELDVARIABLES 232 SETREFERENCEVALUES 220 SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS 220 233 spacing 18 Macro control commands 57 allowed in stylesheets and layouts 273 Break 80 Continue 82 Delay 98 include macro 142 Loop Endloop 162 pause 167 run macro function 187 stop execution 167 system commands 202 While Endwhile 213 Macro definitions 12 Macro files 17 debugging 12 first line 17 nesting one file within another 142 Macro function execute 187 Macro function files example 12 loading your own 12 Macro functions 11 12 definition 162 retaining 11 run command 23 Macro language restrictions and limitations 273 Macro Panel 12 Macro panel 163 title 58 Macro syntax examples 268 Macro variable set field value 189 values 22 Macro variables assigning strings 23 assigning value or string 208 assigning values 22 function 23 get active frame name 124 get field value 124 name 22 remove user defined 184 select variable by name 126 strings 23 using formats 24 Macro viewer 12 MACROFILE 113 Macros
80. 3 74 249 BASICSIZE 74 76 77 239 BLANKING 77 79 BRANCHCONNECTIVITY 79 BRANCHFIELDDATAVAR 80 BREAK 80 COLORMAP 127 in color map files 273 COLORMAPCONTROL COPYSTANDARD 81 COLORMAPCONTROL REDISTRIBUTECONTROLPOINTS 81 COLORMAPCONTROL RESETTOFACTORY 81 COMPATIBILITY 81 CONTINUE 82 CONTOURLABELS 82 CONTOURLABELS ADD 82 83 CONTOURLABELS DELETEALL 83 CONTOURLEVELS ADD 84 CONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST 84 85 CONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE 85 CONTOURLEVELS NEW 85 CONTOURLEVELS RESET 86 CONTOURLEVELS RESETTONICE 86 87 CREATEBOUNDARYZONE 87 CREATECIRCULARZONE 87 CREATECONTOURLINEZONES 88 CREATEFEBOUNDARY 89 CREATEFESURFACEFROMIORDERED 89 CREATEISOZONES 90 CREATELINEMAP 90 CREATEMIRRORZONES 90 91 CREATENEWFRAME 91 CREATERECTANGULARZONE 91 92 CREATESIMPLEZONE 92 93 CREATESLICEZONEFROMPLANE 93 CREATESLICEZONES 94 CREATESPHERICALZONE 94 CREATESTREAMZONES 95 DATASETUP 95 DEFAULTGEOM 96 97 DEFAULTTEXT 97 DELAY 98 DELETEAUXDATA 98 DELETELINEMAPS 99 DELETEZONES 99 100 DOUBLEBUFFER OFF 100 DOUBLEBUFFER ON 100 DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP 100 SSsexsxsee 293 INDEX DRAWGRAPHICS 101 DROPDIALOG 101 DUPLICATELINEMAP 101 DUPLICATEZONE 101 IELSE 102 ELSEIF 103 IENDIF 142 ENDLOOP 162 ENDWHILE 213 EXPORT 104 EXPORTCANCEL 104 EXPORTFINISH 104 EXPORTNEXTFRAME 105 EXPORTSETUP 105 106 EXPORTSTART 106 IEXTEND
81. 301 INDEX Oo Object size 74 76 OKTOEXECUTESYSTEMCOMMAND 148 Opaque types 284 OpenGL rendering settings 248 OpenGL rendering 248 OPENGLCOMNFIG 148 Operating system using as variable 21 Operating system instructions 202 Optional box settings 251 Optional parameters 17 Output file configuration 112 OUTPUTASCIIDATAFILE 113 OUTPUTBINARYDATAFILE 113 OUTPUTLAYOUTFILE 113 OUTPUTLAYOUTPACKAGEFILE 113 Overrides color map 240 P Page color 164 create page 166 name the current page 167 set next page to active 166 set previous page to current 166 set specifications 164 show grid 164 show ruler 164 Page control commands 165 167 Paper 246 color 164 fit within workspace view 214 grid spacing 263 set specifications 133 164 show grid 164 show ruler 164 size 133 246 Paper ruler spacing 263 Paper size 263 papersize subcommand 246 Parameter assignment 17 Parameter Assignment Values 257 Parameter assignment values 234 Parameter assignments 17 257 Parameter subcommands 17 235 Parameters data setup command 95 for CFD Analyzer macro commands 220 Parameters for dynamic frame attributes 121 Paste 173 from view paste buffer 211 Paths configuring for output 112 Pattern length 70 Pause macro execution 167 PERCENTAGEOFPOINTSTOKEEP 148 Pick copy picked objects 170 302 delete picked objects 170 global edit on picked objects 170 magnify picked objects 172 mouse mode set 173 move picked objects 174 ob
82. 5 X2 4 25 Y2 9 75 WRITECOLORMAP Syntax wRITECOLORMAP lt string gt no parameters Descri ption Write the current color map to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to Example WRITECOLORMAP mycolors map WRITECURVEI NFO Syntax WRITECURVEINFO lt string gt SOURCEMAP lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Write out the curve details or the calculated data points for the equation s used to draw the curve for a selected line mapping The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes SOURCEMAP lt integer gt This must be the number of a line mapping that does some type of curve fit or spline Optional Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes CURVEINFOMODE CURVE Use CURVE DETAILS or CURVEPOINTS lt curveinfomode DETAILS Example Write out the coefficients for XY line mapping number 3 to map3 out WRITECURVEINFO map3 out SOURCEMAP 3 CURVEINFOMODE CURVE DETAILS WRITEDATASET Syntax WRITEDATASET lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption write the data set attached to the active frame to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to 216 Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes ASSOCIATELAYOUT lt boolean
83. 6 3 OrderedDataValuesSet The IOrderedDataValuesSet function updates data in the active frame in Tecplot 360 The zone and variable must already exist this simply populates the values The values are passed using a list object in a 1 dimensional format This function can be used whether the data in Tecplot 360 are XY 2D or 3D and ordered or FE data The IOrder refers to the format of the input list object not the format of the data in the frame The function has the following syntax returnVal TecUtil IOrderedDataValuesSet zoneNum varNum ptList start 16 6 4 IJ OrderedDataValuesGet Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone to be modified varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be modified List containing the data values Must be 1 dimensional ptlist List Required no references to other lists 1 based index of the first point to be output Points will Start Integer Optional 1 be written to the end of the list or the end of the zone size whichever comes first returnVal None Return object The IJOrderedDataValuesGet function reads data from the active frame in Tecplot 360 The frame must contain ordered data not FE data The values are returned in a list object in a 2 dimensional format i e a list of lists 287 The function has the following syntax ptList TecUtil IJOrderedDataValuesGet zo
84. 60 the Tecplot 360 logo Preplot Enjoy the View Master the View and Framer are registered trademarks or trademarks of Tecplot Inc in the United States and other countries 3D Systems is a registered trademark or trademark of 3D Systems Corporation in the U S and or other countries Macintosh OS is a registered trademark or trademark of Apple Incorporated in the U S and or other countries Reflection X is a registered trade mark or trademark of Attachmate Corporation in the U S and or other countries EnSight is a registered trademark or trademark of Computation Engineering Internation CEI Incorporated in the U S and or other countries EDEM is a registered trademark or trademark of DEM Solutions Ltd in the U S and or other countries Exceed 3D Hummingbird and Exceed are registered trademarks or trademarks of Hummingbird Limited in the U S and or other countries Konqueror is a registered trademark or trade mark of KDE e V in the U S and or other countries VIP and VDB are registered trademarks or trademarks of Halliburton in the U S and or other countries ECLIPSE FrontSim is a registered trademark or trademark of Schlumberger Information Solutions SIS in the U S and or other countries Debian is a registered trademark or trademark of Software in the Public Interest Incorporated in the U S and or other countries X3D is a registered trademark or trademark of Web3D Consortium in the U S and or other countries X Window System
85. ACK LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 MAXSTEPS lt op gt lt integer gt 10 000 MINCELLFRACTION lt op gt lt dexp gt 1x 100 Minimum fraction of the distance across a cell a streamtrace moves in one step OBEYSOURCEZONE lt boolean gt NO BLANKING OBEYCLIPPLANES lt boolean gt NO Clip streamtraces by any clipping planes that intersect the streamtraces RODRIBBON WIDTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 01 Value is grid units NUMRODPOINTS lt op gt lt integer gt Number of points used to define the streamrod cross section MESH SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 MESHTYPE lt meshtype gt OVERLAY LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 CONTOUR SHOW lt boolean gt NO USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES FLOODCOLORING lt contourcoloring gt GROUP1 CONTOURTYPE lt contourtype gt FLOOD LINECONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt 0 1 SHADE SHOW lt boolean gt YES COLOR lt color gt USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES EFFECTS 198 Parameter Syntax Default Notes LIGHTINGEFFECT lt lightingeffect gt GOURAUD SURFACETRANSLUCENCY lt translucency gt 50 USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt NO USEVALUEBLANKING lt boolean gt YES USECLIP
86. AD lt labelalignment gt BYANGLE ALONGAXIS PERPENDICULARTOAXIS lt labeltype gt INDEX VARVALUE XANDYVARVALUES lt lightingeffect gt PANELED GOURAUD lt linearinterpmode gt DONTCHANGE SETTOCONST lt linepattern gt SOLID DASHED DASHDOT DOTTED LONGDASH DASHDOTDOT lt linktype gt WITHINFRAME BETWEENFRAMES lt macrofunctionvar gt lt integer gt 261 Value Identifier Allowable Values lt macrointrinsic gt AXISMAXX AXISMAXY AXISMAXZ AXISMINX AXISMINY AXISMINZ COLORMAPDYNAMIC ENDSLICEPOS FRAMEMODE IS3DV LOOP MACROFILEPATH MAXB MAXC MAXI MAX MAXK MAXS MAXU MAXV MAXVnn MAXW MAXX MAXY MAXZ MINB MINC MINS MINU MINV MINVnn MINW MINX MINY MINZ NUMFRAMES NUMPLANES NUMVARS NUMWIN NUMXYMAPS NUMZONES OPSYS PLATFORMNAME SOLUTIONTIME SLICEPLANETYPE STARTSLICEPOS TECHOME TECPLOTVERSION lt macrointrinsicvar gt lt macrointrinsic gt lt macroparame ter gt lt charactersequence gt lt string gt lt macroparameterlist gt lt macroparameter gt lt macroparameter gt lt macrouserdefvar gt lt charactersequence gt lt macrovar gt lt macrointrinsicvar gt lt macrouserdefvar gt lt macrofunctionvar gt lt markerpos gt SOLUTIONTIME CONSTANTs lt meshtype gt WIREFRAME OVERLAY HIDDENLINE lt muirrorvar gt x Y zZ lt mousebuttonclick gt REDRAW REVERTTOSELECT NOOP lt mousebuttondrag gt NOOP ZOOMDATA ZOOMP
87. ALOG lt dialogname gt no parameters Descri ption Launch a Tecplot 360 interface dialog This command is mainly useful for the Tecplot 360 demo Example Launch Tecplot 360 s Macro Viewer dialog LAUNCHDI ALOG LAUNCHDIALOG MACROVIEWER Syntax LIMITS optional parameters LIMITS Descri ption A SetValue command that sets some of the internal limits in Tecplot 360 See Chapter F Limits of Tecplot Focus in the User s Manual for additional information The LIMITS command can only be used in the Tecplot 360 configuration file 155 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes LODTHRESHOLDMIN lt op gt lt double gt 0 3 When Load on demand is set to auto unload set the minimum and maximum memory thresholds The values may be from 0 FRACT to 1 where 5 corresponds to a threshold of 50 If Tecplot LODTHRESHOLD lt op gt lt double gt 0 7 360 s memory usage exceeds the maximum threshold it continues to unload variables until it either runs out of MAXFRACT variables or reaches the minimum threshold These values may also be set interactively via the Performance dialog Refer to Section 32 2 3 Miscellaneous Preferences dialog in the User s Manual for additional information MAXAVAILABLE lt op gt lt integer gt 0 Sets the maximum number of processors used by Tecplot 360 Some tasks can be performed in parallel so using all available PR
88. AME SNAPTOPAPER Required Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes X lt dexp gt Shift amount in the X direction Units are inches Y lt dexp gt Shift amount in the Y direction Units are inches Optional Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes POINTERSTYLE lt pointerstyle gt ALLDIRECTIO Only frames and non 3D grid area objects can use a pointer NS style that is not ALLDIRECTIONS Example Shift the currently picked objects 1 inch to the right and 2 inches down 1 PICK SHIFT 2 X Y PLOTOPTIONS Syntax PLOTOPTIONS lt boolean gt Descri ption Change the plot option between subdividing all cells or using a quicker algorithm Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes SUBDIVIDEALLCELLS lt boolean gt NO If YES divides all non triangular non tetrahedral cells of all zone types when contouring probing and creating iso surfaces and slices This option only affects IJ and IJK ordered plots If NO uses quicker marching cubes style algorithm but generates holes in the iso surfaces at certain saddle points Example Use the following command to subdivide all volume cells PLOTOPTIONS SUBDIVIDEALLCELLS YES PLOTTYPE Syntax PLOTTYPE lt plottype gt no parameters Descri ption changes plot types between valid Tecplot 360 modes such as XYLine and Cartesian2
89. AMECONTROL ACTIVATEPREVIOUS FRAMECONTROL ACTI VATEATPOSI TION Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEATPOSITION X lt xpos gt Y lt ypos gt Descri ption Activates the topmost frame at the specified position X and Y are in paper coordinates 117 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes xpos lt dexp gt Specify X coordinate of position ypos lt dexp gt Specify Y coordinate of position Example FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEATPOSITION X 0 Y 0 FRAMECONTROL ACTI VATEBYNAME Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNAME Name lt name gt Descri ption changes the active frame to the specified frame If no frame name is given this will activate the bottom frame Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Name lt string gt Specify name of the frame to activate Example Activate a frame named Topography FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNAME NAME Topography FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNUMBER Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNUMBER Frame lt number gt Descri ption Changes the active frame to the specified frame Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Frame lt integer gt 1 Specify number of the frame to activate Exam ple Activate Frame 4 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNUMBER FRAME 4 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPACTI VE Sy ntaxX FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPACTIVE no
90. AP Only SetValue macro commands are allowed in the Tecplot 360 configuration file The LIMITS command can be used only in the Tecplot 360 configuration file The FIELDMAP and LINEMAP commands may be used in the configuration file but they may not specify an individual zone or line map This special use of FIELDMAP and LINEMAP allows you to change the default attributes for all zones and line mappings when they are initialized in Tecplot 360 The file name referenced in the INCLUDEMACRO command cannot use Tecplot 360 macro variables Size limitations Maximum number of nested macro function calls 10 Maximum number of nested macro loops 10 Maximum number of nested While EndWhile loops Unlimited Maximum number of nested If EndIf loops Unlimited Maximum number of nested macro includes 5 Maximum number of macro commands 200 000 Maximum number of parameters per macro function 20 Maximum number of characters in macro variable name 31 273 Maximum number of characters in macro function name Unlimited Maximum number of macro variables 400 274 Part 2 Python Scripting Using Tecplot 360 s Python Interpreter 15 1 Using Python Scripts with Tecplot 360 A Python interpreter has been added to Tecplot 360 to allow you to harness the automation capabilities of macros and extend Tecplot 360 s functionality using standard Python libraries e g FFT without writing
91. APER TRANSLATEDATA TRANSLATEPAPER ROLLERBALLROTATE TWISTROTATE SPHERICALXROTATEDATA SPHERICALYROTATEDATA SPHERICALZROTATEDATA XROTATE YROTATE ZROTATE lt mousemode gt ADJUST ADVANCEADJUST SELECT lt noncurrentframedrawlevel gt FULL TRACE lt objectalign gt BOTTOM CENTER TOP LEFTJUSTIFY RIGHTJUSTIFY lt op gt fe J lt originresetlocation gt DATACENTER VIEWCENTER lt palette gt MONOCHROME PENPLOTTER COLOR 262 Assignment Value Table Value Identifier Allowable Values lt papergridspacing gt HALFCENTIMETER ONECENTIMETER TWOCENTIMETERS QUARTERINCH HALFINCH ONEINCH TENPOINTS TWENTYFOURPOINTS THIRTYSIXPOINTS FIFTYPOINTS lt paperrulerspacing gt ONEINCH FIFTYPOINTS ONECENTIMETER TWOCENTIMETERS SEVENTYTWOPOINTS lt papersize gt LETTER DOUBLE A4 A3 CUSTOM1 CUSTOM2 lt pickaction gt ADD ADDALL ADDALLINREGION CLEAR COPY CUT EDIT MAGNIFY PASTE POP PUSH SETMOUSEMODE SHIFT lt placementplaneorientation gt X Y Z lt plotapproximationmode gt AUTOMATIC NONCURRENTALWAYSAPPROX ALLFRAMESALWAYSAPPROX lt plottype gt CARTESIAN3D CARTESIAN2D XYLINE POLARLINE SKETCH lt pointerstyle gt ALLDIRECTIONS BOTTOM LEFT LEFTRIGHT LOWERLEFT LOWERRIGHT RIGHT TOP UPDOWN UPPERLEFT UPPERRIGHT lt pointselection gt NEARESTNPOINTS ALLPOINTS OCTANTNPOINTS lt pointstoplot gt SURFACESONLY ALL lt positionatanchor gt ONCE NEVER ALWAYS lt printerdriver gt PS EPS lt pr
92. AW 183 Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes DOFULLDRAWING lt boolean gt YES Set to NO to draw only a trace of the data in the frame Example REDRAW REDRAWALL Syntax REDRAWALL optional parameters Description Redraw all frames Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes DOFULLDRAWING lt boolean gt YES Set to NO to draw only a trace of the data in each frame Example REDRAWALL Syntax REMOVEVAR lt macrouserdefvar gt REMOVEVAR Descri ption Remove a user defined macro variable This frees up space so another user defined macro variable can be defined Example Remove the macro variable ABC TREMOVEVAR ABC Sy ntax RENAMEDATASETVAR VAR lt integer gt NAME lt string gt no optional parameters RENAMEDATASETVAR Descri ption Rename a data set variable in Tecplot 360 184 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes VAR lt integer gt Specify the variable number NAME lt string gt Specify the new variable name Example Rename variable 1 to be Banana RENAMEDATASETVAR VAR 1 NAME Banana RENAMEDATASETZONE Syntax RENAMEDATASETZONE ZONE lt integer gt NAME lt string gt no optional parameters Descri ption Rename a data set zone in
93. COMMANDPROCESSORID XPROC COMMAND GO EXTRACTFROMGEOM Syntax EXTRACTFROMGEOM optional parameters Descri ption Extract data from a 2 or 3D field plot The locations at which to extract the data come from a polyline geometry that must be picked prior to issuing this command 107 Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes EXTRACTLINEPOINTS lt boolean gt NO If NO must include NUMPTS ONLY EXTRACTTOFILE lt boolean gt NO If NO a zone is created If YES must include FNAME FNAME lt string gt File name for extracted file Required if EXTRACTTOFILE is YES INCLUDEDISTANCE lt boolean gt NO If YES then Tecplot 360 includes an extra variable in the result which is the distance along the line of points extracted and VAR EXTRACTTOFILE must also be YES NUMPTS lt integer gt Required if EXTRACTLINEPOINTSONLY is NO Example Extract 20 points from along the currently picked geometry Send the result to a file called extract dat EXTRACTFROMGEOM NUMPTS 20 EXTRACTTOFILE YES FNAME extract dat Syntax EXTRACTFROMPOLYLINE optional parameters lt xyrawdata gt EXTRACTFROMPOLYLI NE Descri ption extract data from a 2 or 3D field plot The locations of where to extract the data from come from a supplied polyline in the form of lt xyzrawdata gt Optional Parameters Param
94. D Valid 174 options shown below Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes PLOTTYPE lt plottype gt CARTESIAN3D Example Change the plot style to show a polar plot PLOTTYPE POLARLINE POLARAXIS Syntax POLARAXIS optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a polar frame Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes GRIDAREA lt lt areastyle gt gt See Notes DRAWBORDER YES ISFILLED NO FILLCOLOR WHITE DRAWGRIDLAST NO PRECISEGRID lt lt precisegrid gt gt INCLUDE NO SIZE 0 0045 COLOR BLACK PRESERVEAXISSCALE lt boolean gt YES RDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt THETADETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt THE TAMODE lt thetamode gt DEGREES THETAPERIOD lt double gt 360 VIEWPORTPOSITION lt lt rect gt gt See Notes X1 0 Y1 0 X2 100 Y2 100 VIEWPORTSTYLE lt lt areastyle gt gt See Notes DRAWBORDER NO COLOR BLACK LINETHICKNESS 0 4 ISFILLED NO FILLCOLOR WHITE Exam ple Set the Theta range in Radians from Pi to Pi POLARAXIS THETAMODE RADIANS POLARAXIS THETAPERIOD 6 28318530718 POLARAXIS THETADETAIL VALUEATORIGIN 0 POLARAXIS THETADETAIL RANGEMIN 3 14159265359 POLARTORECTANGULAR Syntax POLARTORECTANGULAR lt set gt no parameters Descri ption Treat the variables currently assigned to X and Y as referring
95. DE lt dexp gt XYPOS lt lt xyZ gt gt SYMBOLSHAPE lt lt symbolshape gt gt Example Change the fill color of the reference scatter symbol to be green 247 lt lt renderconfig gt gt Descri ptio N Set the attributes for OpenGL rendering Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes POLYGONOFFSET lt double gt EXTBIASFACTOR STIPPLEALLLINES lt stipplemode gt If thin patterned lines are not drawn correctly set STIPPLEALLLINES to ALL DEPTHBUFFERSIZE lt integer gt For low memory graphics cards the depth buffer size may need to be reduced MINBITSPERRGB lt integer gt Specify the minimum number of bits used for each of the PLANE planes in the image buffer DOEXTRADRAWFOR lt boolean gt Sometimes the last pixel for stroked font characters is not LASTPIXEL drawn If so turn DOEXTRADRAWFORLASTPIXEL on MAXMULTISAMPLES lt integer gt Sets the number of multisamples used for antialising Default 4 for screen 0 for offscreen MAXSTRIPLENGTH lt integer gt Some graphics cards have problems with long strips Use MAXSTRIPLENGTH to reduce the strip length MAXPRIMATIVESPER lt integer gt Some graphics cards have problems with large numbers of BLOCK raphics primitives in a single block Use MAXPRIMATIVESPERBLOCK to reduce the number of primitives delivered to the graphics hardware in a single block CONSTANTLYUSE lt boolean gt Turn Constantly UseScissoring on if you see
96. DOUBLEBUFFER OFF Syntax DOUBLEBUFFER OFF no parameters Descri ption Tum off double buffering use this command once at the end of a sequence of using the double buffer Example See DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP DOUBLEBUFFER ON Syntax DOUBLEBUFFER ON no parameters Descri ption Tum on double buffering use this command once at the beginning of a sequence of using the double buffer While double buffering is turned on all drawing is sent to the back buffer Example See DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP Syntax DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP no parameters Descri ption Swap the back buffer to the front In other words copy the image in the back buffer to the front Example The following example uses the double buffer to show the rotation of a 3 D object DOUBLEBUFFER ON LOOP 10 ROTATE3DVIEW X ANGLE 5 REDRAW DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP ENDLOOP DOUBLEBUFFER OFF 100 DRAWGRAPHICS Syntax DRAWGRAPHICS lt boolean gt no parameters Descri ption Turn on or off all graphics drawing Turning off all graphics during preliminary portions of a macro file can greatly increase the efficiency of the macro Example Turm off all graphics drawing DRAWGRAPHICS NO DROPDI ALOG Syntax DROPDIALOG lt dialogname gt no parameters Descri ption Drop a Tecplot 360 interface dialog This command is mainly useful for the Tecplot 360 demo To launch a dialog use LAUNC
97. E nnn Returns the name of zone nnn a where A represents the theta or angle axis variable in Polar Line plots 7 2 System Environment Variables System environment variables can be accessed directly from within Tecplot 360 by preceding an environment variable name with a and surrounding it with vertical bars Using environment variables within Tecplot 360 adds another degree of flexibility to macros by taking advantage of each user s customized environment If an environment variable is missing an error is generated and macro processing is terminated 7 2 1 Example 1 To compare a macro variable with an environment variable IF SESSTON COEFF DEFAULT_COEFF perform some default processing here ENDIF Where the DEFAULT_COEFF environment variable was set to some specified value of type double before starting Tecplot 360 7 2 2 Example 2 To create a string from an environment variable User Defined Variables VARSET AUTHOR Author LOGNAME User defined variables are written using the macro variable name surrounded by vertical bars The variable name can be up to 32 characters in length If a macro variable is defined using the VARSET command and it is named the same as an existing internal macro variable then the user defined variable takes precedence and the internal value is not effected The internal macro variable can be recovered if you re
98. EDCOMMAND 107 IEXTRACTFROMGEOM 107 108 IEXTRACTFROMPOLYLINE 108 FIELDLAYERS 109 FIELDMAP 109 244 restrictions on using 273 FILECONFIG 112 FONTADJUST 115 FOURIERTRANSFORM 115 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEATPOSITION 117 118 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNAME 118 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNUMBER 118 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATENEXT 117 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEPREVIOUS 117 FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATETOP 117 FRAMECONTROL DELETEACTIVE 120 FRAMECONTROL FITALLTOPAPER 120 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMACTIVE 119 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNAME 119 120 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER 120 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPACTIVE 118 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNAME 119 FRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNUMBER 119 FRAMENAME 121 FRAMESETUP 121 GETAUXDATA 123 GETCONNECTIVITYREFCOUNT 123 GETCURFRAMENAME 124 GETFIELDVALUE 124 GETFIELDVALUEREFCOUNT 124 GETNODEINDEX 125 GETUSERINPUT replaced by PROMPTFORTEXTSTRING 178 GETVARLOCATION 126 GETVARNUMBYNAME 126 GLOABLPAPER 133 GLOBALCOLORMAP 127 GLOBALCONTOUR 128 130 241 256 GLOBALEDGE 131 GLOBALFRAME 131 GLOBALLINEPLOT 132 GLOBALLINKING 133 GLOBALPOLAR 134 GLOBALRGB 135 GLOBALSCATTER 136 247 GLOBALTHREED 138 255 GLOBALTHREEDVECTOR 139 294 GLOBALTIME 140 GLOBALTWODVECTOR 141 IIF 142 IINCLUDEMACRO 142 restrictions on using 273 IINTERFACE 142 INVERSEDISTINTERPOLATE 151 IISOSURFACEATTRIBUTES 152 IISOSURFACELAYERS 154 KRIG 154
99. ELS E ccor a E EAER E NE EE AE ES ETENEE O OEE 103 Conditionally handle macro commands Used to create multiple options for statements should an IF statement be FALSE 33 GIEXPOR Tor r EEE EE EEN VEER EE EEEE EEE 104 Export an image file from Tecplot 360 See the EXPORTSETUP command for details on setting up the exported image type The EXPORT command is not valid for animation formats DIEXPORT GAN GEL b orep E E AERE EER E A 104 Cancel out of the current export animation sequence The animation file being generated is removed SIEXPORTFINISH occain vscivenchnuseseunchevssiehuadeuseinsatequiecceveesnvaencaavedvevses 104 Signals the completion of an animation sequence and causes the animation file to be created You must call EXPORTSTART prior to using EXPORTFINISH This command is only valid for animation formats You may use the EXPORTISRECORDING intrinsic variable to make sure that an animation sequence has been initiated SIEXPORTINEXTERA ME ois ccicsoestsieutessacaveueescanaisonsacate vd EE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE E ER 105 Records the next frame of an animation You must call EXPORTSTART prior to calling EXPORTNEXTFRAME This command is only valid for animation formats You may use the EXPORTISRECORDING intrinsic variable to make sure that an animation sequence has been initiated DIEXPORT SET UP ieii E A E EEEE EEEE E EE deve veuesasucsveussubadeie sn E R 105 A SetValue command that sets the attributes for exporti
100. EOMSHAPE lt geomshape gt Example change the symbol shape for symbols drawn with line map 3 to use circles I LINEMAP 3 SYMBOLS SYMBOLSHAPE ISASCII FALSE GEOMSHAPE CIRCLE lt lt textbox gt gt Descri ption Change settings for the optional box around a text label Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes BOXTYPE lt textboxtype gt MARGIN lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt COLOR lt color gt FILLCOLOR lt color gt Example see example for lt lt textbox gt gt is incorporated in the example for lt lt textshape gt gt lt lt textshape gt gt Descri ption Change settings related to text font and character height 251 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes FONTFAMILY lt string gt ISBOLD lt boolean gt ISITALIC lt boolean gt SIZEUNITS lt sizeunits gt HEIGHT lt op gt lt dexp gt Example Add a text label in the center of the frame using Times Roman font Make the text height 12 point Include a box around the text with a line thickness of one percent lt lt ticklabeldetail gt gt Descri ptio N Change settings for the text used to label axis tick marks 252 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWONAXISLINE lt boolean gt TRUE SHOWONGRIDBORDERMIN lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D onl
101. ETRYANDBOUNDARIES on page 232 for a description of the parameters for this macro EXTRACTFLOWEEAT URE oes sseesscascucssescessustescsccsnesovncossvacsonesa onacviabosansseateussuesucdectia AAN SVKN SEES aN oia erriei kaniva ri oeii 226 Extract and display shock surfaces vortex cores or separation and attachment lines Shock surfaces are displayed as iso surfaces of a new variable ShockSurface while vortex cores and separation and attach ment lines are displayed as new zones EXIRAPOLATESOLUTION rorirori seii RRE aaa asa a haan edd ea 227 Perform Richardson extrapolation to estimate the true solution from three input solutions on grids of suc cessively finer resolution Two new zones are added to the current data set The first contains the extrapo lated solution while the second contains the estimated error INTEGRATE ei EER ease an ae aes Gls area aa eases Gta sh a aes 227 Perform an integration over the specified zones or time strands if INTEGRATEBY is set to TIMESTRANDS If lt set gt is not specified the integration will be performed over all zones or time strands If PLOTAS is set to TRUE the integration results will be plotted in a new frame SAVEIN TEGRATIONRESULTD SS sei cisccssesesscossstsessuscusessoncnscsnsssssscateenteesss assorsscdasuevas ssaessesectevonensendaeendaneeaeoiageiias 229 Saves the most recently calculated integration results to a text file 51 SE TETELD VARIA BLES peiten 0b Sart ua css ca
102. ETUP EXPORTFNAME rotate avi EXPORTFORMAT AVI EXPORTREGION CURRENTFRAME 106 EXPORTSTART LOOP 5 ROTATE3DVIEW X ANGLE 5 EXPORTNEXTFRAME ENDLOOP EXPORTFINISH EXTENDEDCOMMAND Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID lt string gt COMMAND lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption Send a command to an add on The add on registers the name of a function that will be called when an EXTENDEDCOMMAND is processed Tecplot 360 knows which registered function to call based on the COMMANDPROCESSORID string See the function TecUti 1MacroExtCommandCal1back in the ADK Reference Manual Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes COMMANDPROCESSOR lt string gt String that identifies the add on This must match the ID published ID string for the add on COMMAND lt string gt The command to be sent to the add on Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt extendedcommandr NULL If the RAWDATA section is supplied then each line of the awdata gt RAWDATA section is appended to the COMMAND string A leading new line character is appended first and each line in the RAWDATA section will also be terminated with a new line except for the last line Example Send the command G0 to the add on that has registered a command processor with an COMMANDPROCESSORID of XPROC EXTENDEDCOMMAND
103. FE boundary zone from zone 3 CREATEFEBOUNDARY SOURCEZONE 3 CREATEFESURFACEFROMI ORDERED Syntax CREATEFESURFACEFROMIORDERED SOURCEZONES lt set gt optional parameters Descri ption A FE Surface zone can be generated from two or more I Ordered zones To get the best possible output it is recommended that the source zones should have their nodes arranged in a similar manner so that the connecting lines between points are as straightforward as possible For this reason indices from source zones should increase in the same direction 89 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes SOURCEZONES lt set gt Zones whose points will be used to create the new surface Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone CONNECTSTARTTOEND lt boolean gt NO YES allows for closed surfaces Example Create an FE Surface zone from zones 3 and 4 1 CREATEFESURFACEF ROMIORDERED SOURCEZONES 3 4 CREATEI SOZONES Syntax CREATEISOZONES optional parameters Descri ption create zones from the currently defined iso surfaces One zone will be created from each defined iso surface The iso surfaces must be active and you must have at least one active volume zone Optional Parameter
104. G CREATEZONEFROM lt lt dialogplacement gt gt POLYLINESDIALOG CREATEZONEFROMVALUES lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DIALOG CURVEINFODIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DATAINFODIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DATALABELSDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DATASPREADSHEETDIALO lt lt dialogplacement gt gt G DELETEVARIABLESDIALO lt lt dialogplacement gt gt G DELETEZONESDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DEPTHBLANKINGDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DUPLICATEZONEDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt EQUATIONDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt EXPORTDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt EXTRACTCONTOURLINESD lt lt dialogplacement gt gt IALOG EXTRACTDISCRETEPOINT lt lt dialogplacement gt gt SDIALOG EXTRACTFEBOUNDARYDIA lt lt dialogplacement gt gt LOG EXTRACTISOSURFACESDI lt lt dialogplacement gt gt ALOG EXTRACTPOINTSFROMGEO lt lt dialogplacement gt gt METRYDIALOG 144 Parameter EXTRACTPOINTSFROMPOL YLINEDIALOG EXTRACTSLICEFROMPLAN EDIALOG EXTRACTSLICESDIALOG EXTRACTSTREAMTRACESD IALOG EXTRACTSUBZONEDIALOG IJKBLANKINGDIALOG IMPORTDIALOG INVERSEDISTANCEINTER POLATIONDIALOG IOFFSET JOFFSET ISOSURFACESDIALOG KRIGINGINTERPOLATION DIALOG LIGHTSOURCEDIALOG LINEARINTERPOLATIOND IALOG LINEMAPLEGENDDIALOG LOADDATADIALOG MACROPLAYDIALOG MACRORECORDDIALOG MACROVIEWERDIALOG MIRRORZONEDIALOG NEWLAYOUTDIALOG OPENLAYOUTDIALOG
105. HDIALOG Example DROPDIALOG MACROVIEWER DUPLI CATELI NEMAP Syntax DUPLICATELINEMAP SOURCEMAP lt integer gt DESTINATIONMAP lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption Copy attributes from an existing Line mapping to another Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONMAP lt integer gt The destination can either be the number of an existing map or 1 greater than the current number of maps If you choose the latter anew Line mapping will be created SOURCEMAP lt integer gt Line mapping from which to copy Exam ple Copy attributes of Line mapping 3 to Line mapping 7 DUPLICATELINEMAP SOURCEMAP 3 DESTINATIONMAP 7 DUPLI CATEZONE Syntax DUPLICATEZONE SOURCEZONE lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Make a copy of an existing zone You can assign index ranges to create a new zone which is a subset of the source zone 101 Required Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes SOURCEZONE lt integer gt Zone to duplicate the source zone Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes IRANGE See notes Range Parameters for ALTERDATA action command MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt SKIP lt integer gt 1 JRANGE See notes Range Parameters for ALTE
106. IMAT IONMODE STEPBYNUMBE STEPBYNUMB R ER GROUPSTEPBY NUMBER STEPBYTIME CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands SKIP lt integer gt 1 Zone skip Example The following example animates just the first five zones ANIMATEZONES START 1 END 5 ATTACHDATASET Syntax ATTACHDATASET optional parameter Descri ption Attach the active frame to the data set of another frame Use PAGENUM if the other frame is on a difference page This command is usually found only in layout files generated by Tecplot 360 Note that the PLOTTYPE command automatically executes an ATTACHDATASET command if a frame mode is requested in a frame that does not have an attached data set Tecplot 360 attaches the data set from the closest frame in drawing order having an attached data set Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes FRAME lt integer gt First frame with Within the page specified or implied if FRAME is not a data set supplied Tecplot 360 searches for a data set in a frame below the topmost frame of the page to attach PAGENUM lt integer gt current page If PAGENUM is not supplied the current page is used Examples Example 1 The following example attaches to the active frame the data set from the second frame drawn when doing a Redraw All FRAME 2 ATTACHDATASET 68 Example 2
107. ITLE 189 SETFIELDVALUE 189 SETFRAMEBACKGROUNDCOLOR 190 SETSTYLEBASE 190 SHARECONNECTIVITY 191 SHAREFIELDDATAVAR 191 SHIFTLINEMAPSTOBOTTOM 192 SHIFTLINEMAPSTOTOP 192 SHOWMOUSEPOINTER 192 ISKETCHAXIS 192 SLICEATRRIBUTES 193 SMOOTH 197 STREAMATTRIBUTES 197 STREAMTRACE ADD 199 200 STREAMTRACE DELETEALL 201 STREAMTRACE DELETERANGE 201 STREAMTRACE RESETDELTATIME 201 STREAMTRACE SETTERMINATIONLINE 202 ISYSTEM 202 THREEDAXIS 203 242 243 THREEDVIEW 204 TRANFORMCOORDINATES 205 TRIANGULATE 206 ITWODAXIS 207 235 236 237 238 243 245 247 253 VARSET 19 23 208 in stylesheets and layout files 273 VIEW AXISFIT 209 VIEW AXISNICEFIT 209 VIEW CENTER 210 VIEW COPY 210 VIEW DATAFIT 210 VIEW FIT 210 211 VIEW LAST 211 VIEW MAKECURRENTVIEWNICE 211 VIEW NICEFIT 211 VIEW PASTE 211 VIEW PUSH 211 VIEW RESETTOENTIRECIRCLE 212 VIEW SETMAGNIFICATION 212 VIEW TRANSLATE 212 VIEW ZOOM 212 WHILE 213 WHILE ENDWHILE 80 WORKSPACEVIEW 213 WORKSPACEVIEW FITALLFRAMES 214 WORKSPACEVIEW FITPAPER 214 WORKSPACEVIEW FITSELECTEDFRAMES 214 WORKSPACEVIEW LASTVIEW 214 WORKSPACEVIEW MAXIMIZE 214 WORKSPACEVIEW TRANSLATE 214 WORKSPACEVIEW UNMAXIMIZE 215 WORKSPACEVIEW ZOOM 215 WRITECOLORMAP 216 WRITECURVEINFO 216 WRITEDATASET 216 WRITESTYLESHEET 217 IXYLINEAXIS 218 254 Numerics 2D axes settings 207 2D draw order 265 2D field plot
108. IX displays cannot allocate INTERFACE enough colors for the Tecplot 360 interface Use this option to limit the number of custom colors displayed in the Tecplot 360 interface MAXNUMUNDOLEVELS lt integer gt 50 MINPIXELSFORDRAG lt integer gt 1 Number of pixels to move the pointer before it is considered a drag MOUSEACTIONS MIDDLEBUTTON BUTTONCLICK lt mousebuttonclick gt REDRAW SIMPLEDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMDATA CONTROLLEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMDATA ALTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMVIEWER SHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMPAPER CONTROLALTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMVIEWER CONTROLSHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMPAPER ALTSHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMVIEWER CONTROLALTSHIFTEDDRA lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMPAPER G RIGHTBUTTON BUTTONCLICK lt mousebuttonclick gt REVERTTOSELECT SIMPLEDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt TRANSLATEDATA CONTROLLEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ROLLERBALL ROTATEDATA ALTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt TRANSLATE VIEWER SHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt TRANSLATEPAPER CONTROLALTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMVIEWER CONTROLSHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt ROLLERBALL ROTATEDATA ALTSHIFTEDDRAG lt mousebuttondrag gt TRANSLATEPAPER CONTROLALTSHIFTEDDRA lt mousebuttondrag gt ZOOMVIEWER G NUMCOLORCELL lt integer gt 10 STORETURN NUMMOUSEBUTTONS lt integer gt This option is only for UNIX users who
109. LAUNCHDIALOG 155 LIMITS 155 273 LINEARINTERPOLATE 156 LINEMAP 157 251 restrictions on using 273 LINEPLOTLAYERS 160 LINKING 160 1LOADADDON 161 LOADCOLORMAP 162 restrictions on using 273 LOOP 162 LOOP ENDLOOP 80 MACROFUNCTION 24 162 INEWLAYOUT 163 OPENLAYOUT 163 restrictions on using 273 PAGE 18 164 246 PAGECONTROL all functions 165 PAGECONTROL CREATE 166 PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTBYNAME 166 PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTONEXT 166 PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTOPREVIOUS 166 PAGENAME 167 PAGENAME 167 PAUSE 167 PICK ADD 167 PICK ADDALL 168 PICK ADDALLINRECT 168 PICK CLEAR 170 PICK COPY 170 PICK CUT 170 PICK EDIT 170 PICK MAGNIFY 172 PICK PASTE 173 PICK POP 173 PICK PUSH 173 PICK SETMOUSEMODE 173 PICK SHIFT 174 PLOTTYPE 174 POLARDAXIS 175 POLARTORECTANGULAR 175 POLARVIEW 176 PRINT 176 PRINTSETUP 176 250 PROMPTFORFILENAME 178 PROMPTFORTEXTSTRING 178 PROMPTFORYESNO 179 PROPAGATELINKING 179 PUBLISH 179 QUIT 180 RAWCOLORMAP 180 READDATASET 181 READSTYLESHEET 183 restrictions on using 273 REDRAW 183 REDRAWALL 184 REMOVEVAR 184 in stylesheets and layout files 273 RENAMEDATASETVAR 184 RENAMEDATASETZONE 185 RESET3DAXES 185 RESET3DORIGIN 185 RESET3DSCALEFACTORS 186 RESETVECTORLENGTH 186 ROTATE2DDATA 186 ROTATE3DVIEW 187 RUNMACROFUNCTION 187 ISAVELAYOUT 188 SET3DEYEDISTANCE 188 SETAUXDATA 188 SETDATASETT
110. MAP on page 157 for information on referencing variable number for XY and Polar Line plots Example Tum on the axis line reverse the axis direction and set the range to go from 0 5 to 1 5 for the X axis in a 2D plot TWODAXIS SHOWAXISLINE TRUE XDETAIL ISREVERSED TRUE RANGEMIN 0 5 RANGEMAX 1 5 Descri ption Assign attributes for axis lines lt lt axisline gt gt 237 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt SHOWBOTHDIRECTIONS lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWPERPENDICULAR lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWOPPOSITEEDGE lt boolean gt FALSE 3D only COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt double gt ALIGNMENT lt axisalignment gt OPPOSINGAXISVALUE lt double gt POSITION lt double gt ANGLE lt double gt OFFSET lt double gt EDGE lt integer gt Example cChange the thickness of the Theta axis line to 0 8 and the color to red POLARAXIS THETADETAIL AXISLINE COLOR RED POLARAXIS THETADETAIL AXISLINE LINETHICKNESS 8 lt lt axistitle gt gt Descri ption Assign attributes for titles Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWONAXISLINE lt boolean gt TRUE SHOWONGRIDBORDERMIN lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWONGRIDBORDERMAX lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWONOPPOSITEEDGE lt boolean gt FALSE 3D only SHOWONALLAXES lt boolean gt TRUE Polar R
111. MBOL COLOR lt color gt RED FILLCOLOR lt color gt RED ISFILLED lt boolean gt NO LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 MAGNITUDE lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 SHOW lt boolean gt NO SYMBOLSHAPE lt lt symbolshape gt gt See Notes ISASCII NO GEOMSHAPE SQUARE XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 80 Y 80 RELATIVESIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 Scaling factor for scatter symbols sized By Variable RELATIVESIZEING lt boolean gt YES If YES scatter sizing By Variable is in grid units magnitude otherwise RIDUNITS centimeters magnitude SPHERESCATTERRENDER a f HIGH Config file and stylesheet only option QUALITY lt spherescatterrenderquality gt VAR lt integer gt Scatter sizing variable Example This example does the following e Increases the relative size of scatter symbols that are sized by variable by ten percent e Turns on the scatter sizing legend e Turns on the reference scatter symbol and makes it red e Turns on data labels for nodes GLOBALSCATTER LEGEND SHOW YES REFSCATSYMBOL SHOW YES COLOR RED DATALABELS RELATIVESIZE 1 1 137 SHOWNODELABELS YES Syntax GLOBALTHREED optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with 3D plots Optional Parameters GLOBALTHREED If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located
112. MECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNAME Syntax FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNAME FRAME lt name gt Descri ption Moves the frame specified by name to the bottom of the frame drawing order 119 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Name lt string gt Specify name of the frame to move to the bottom Example FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNAME NAME lt name gt FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER Syntax FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER FRAME lt number gt Descri ption Moves the frame specified by number to the bottom of the frame drawing order Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes Frame lt integer gt Specify number of the frame to move to the bottom Example Move Frame 003 to the bottom FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER FRAME 003 FRAMECONTROL DELETEACTIVE Sy ntaxX FRAMECONTROL DELETEACTIVE no parameters Descri ption Delete the active frame Example FRAMECONTROL DELETEACTIVE FRAMECONTROL FI TALLTOPAPER Sy ntaxX FRAMECONTROL FITALLTOPAPER no parameters Descri ption Resize all frames so that they fit inside the hardclip limits of the paper Example FRAMECONTROL FITALLTOPAPER FRAMELAYOUT Syntax FRAMELAYOUT optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that sets the position border and background attributes for the active 120 frame
113. NE lt set gt VAR lt set gt optional parameters Descri ption Smooth data reduce the spikes for selected variables in selected zones Required Parameters SMOOTH Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt set gt Zones to smooth VAR lt set gt Variables to smooth These cannot be X or Y if in 2D or Z if in 3D and they must be a dependent variable in XY plots Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes NUMSMOOTHPASSES lt integer gt 1 SMOOTHWEIGHT lt dexp gt 0 8 SMOOTHBNDRYCOND FIXED lt boundarycondi tion gt Example Smooth variable 3 in zone 2 SMOOTH ZONE 2 VAR 3 NUMSMOOTHPASSES 5 SMOOTHBNDRYCOND ZERO2ND STREAMATTRI BUTES Syntax STREAMATTRIBUTES optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with streamtraces 197 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ADDARROWS lt boolean gt YES ARROWHEADSIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 2 ARROWHEADSPACING lt op gt lt double gt 10 Distance between arrowheads in frame units CELLFRACTION lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 25 Maximum fraction of the distance across a cell a streamtrace moves in one step A streamtrace adjusts its step size between CELLFRACTION and MINCELLFRACTION depending on local curvature of the streamtrace COLOR lt color gt BL
114. NODEINDEX INDEX ZONE 1 ELEMENT MAXJ CORNER 3 Do something with INDEX ENDIF 125 GETVARLOCATION Sy ntax GETVARLOCATION lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt Descri ption Returns the location of the variable in the zone as either CELLCENTERED or NODAL and saves in the macro variable Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Example Get the variable location for the third variable in zone 1 GETVARLOCATION ABC ZONE 1 VAR 3 GETVARNUMBYNAME Sy ntaxX GETVARNUMBYNAME lt macrovar gt NAME lt string gt Descri ption Given a variable name get the number for that variable This variable number can then be used to assign attributes such as what variable to use for contouring Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes NAME lt string gt Name of the variable If a variable has aliases the name must correspond to one of the aliases Example Get the variable number for the variable named PRESSURE and make it the contouring variable 1GETVARNUMBYNAME PVARNUM NAME PRESSURE GLOBALCONTOUR VAR PVARNUM GETZONETYPE Syntax GETZONETYPE lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption Query for the zone type of the specified zone The zone type will
115. NTFNAME is name of file to write to SPOOLER These strings contain the system command needed to send a file to the print spooler on your computer Use the symbol as a pee holder for where you normally insert the name of the PSMONOSPOOLCMD lt string gt file to be printed e For security reasons these commands can only be used in the PSCOLORSPOOLCMD lt string gt Tecplot 360 configuration file LGSPOOLCMD lt string gt USEISOLATINIFONTS lt boolean gt Use extended ISO Latin1 fonts when generating PostScript INPS output using Tecplot 360 s internal PostScript driver Example This example does the following Instruct Tecplot 360 to send print output to the print spooler e Sets the spooler command for monochrome PostScript to be lpr e Sets the print driver to be monochrome PostScript PRINTSETUP SENDPRINTTOFILE NO DRIVER PS PALETTE MONOCHROME SPOOLER PSMONOSPOOLCMD lpr 177 PROMPTFORFI LENAME Syntax PROMPTFORFILENAME lt macrovar gt DIALOGTITLE lt string gt DEFAULTFNAME lt string gt FILEFILTER lt string gt Descri ption Instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a file selection dialog The resulting file name will be placed in lt macrovar gt If the user cancels out of the dialog then lt macrovar gt will be empty see the example below Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes DIALOGTITLE lt string gt Null In
116. NTROLPOINTS RESETTOFACTORY lt colormapdistribution gt BANDED CONTINUOUS lt compressiontype gt BESTSPEED SMALLESTSIZE lt conditionalexp gt lt dexp gt lt relop gt lt dexp gt lt string gt lt relop gt lt string gt 258 lt constrainintop2mode gt USEVAR USECONSTANT lt contourcoloring gt RGB GROUP 1 to GROUP4 lt contourlabelaction gt ADD DELETEALL lt contourlabellocation gt COLORMAPDIVISIONS INCREMENT CONTOURLEVELS lt contourlevelaction gt ADD NEW DELETERANGE DELETENEAREST RESET lt contourlinemode gt USEZONELINETYPE SKIPTOSOLID DASHNEGATIVE lt contourtype gt LINES FLOOD AVERAGECELL PRIMARYVALUE BOTHLINESANDFLOOD lt coordscale gt LINEAR LOG lt coordsys gt GRID FRAME GRID3D lt curveinfomode gt CURVEDETAILS CURVEPOINTS lt curvetype gt LINESEG CURVFIT SPLINE PARASPLINE ETORFIT POWERFIT EXTENDED POLYNOMIALFIT lt datatype gt SINGLE DOUBLE LONGINT SHORTINT BYTE BIT lt dataloadstrategy gt AUTO HEAP Assignment Value Table Value Identifier Allowable Values lt derivpos gt SIMPLE ATPOINT COMPLEX ATPOINTB2 lt dialogname gt AXISEDIT ADVANCED3DCONTROL COLORMAP CONTOUR CURVEINFO CREATE1DLINE CREATECIRCULARZONE CREATERECTANGULARZONE CREATEZONEFROMPOLYLINES CREATEZONEFROMVALUES DATAINFO DATALABELS DATASPREADSHEET DELETEVARIABLES DELETEZONES DEPTHBLANKING DUPLICATEZONE EQUATION EXPORT EXTRAEXTRACTDISCRETEPOINTS UTE Nae E
117. Notes BOXTYPE NONE MARGIN 10 LINETHICKNESS 0 1 COLOR BLACK FILLCOLOR WHITE GREENCHANNELLABEL lt string gt HEIGHT lt double gt 10 REDCHANNELLABEL lt string gt RGBLEGENDORIENTATION lt rgblegendorientation gt RGB SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWLABELS lt boolean gt YES TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See Notes FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD NO ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 2 5 USEBLUEVARNAME lt boolean gt YES USEGREENVARNAME lt boolean gt YES USEREDVARNAME lt boolean gt YES XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 80 Y 80 Example 135 This example turns on RGB Coloring and defines variables for the Red and Green Channel leaving Tecplot 360 to calculate the Blue Channel values GLOBALRGB RGBMODE SPECIFYRG REDCHANNELVAR 1 GREENCHANNELVAR 4 GLOBALSCATTER Syntax GLOBALSCATTER optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with scatter plots Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes BASEFONTFAMILY lt string gt Helvetica DATALABELS These are text labels that can be added to a plot to show node or cell values CELLLABELTYPE lt labeltype gt INDEX CELLLABELVAR
118. OCESSORS processors greatly increases pedtien anes of those tasks By default Tecplot 360 uses all processors available on the machine to provide the best performance in most cases Assign a value less than the total number of available processors to limit the number of processors used by Tecplot 360 to the assigned number MAXPTSINALINE lt op gt lt integer gt Maximum number of points for geometry polylines MAXCHRSINTEXT lt op gt lt integer gt Maximum number of characters in text labels LABELS MAXNUMCONTOUR lt op gt lt integer gt Maximum number of contour levels LEVELS MAXNUMPICKOBJECTS lt op gt lt integer gt Maximum number of objects to pick MAXUSABLEMEMORY lt op gt lt integer gt Limit the amount of memory used by Tecplot 360 units of MB PRELOADDATATIME lt integer gt Sets the maximum time in milliseconds to spend pre loading THRESHOLDINMS data Exam ple Increase the maximum number of contour levels allowed to 1 000 ILIMITS MAXNUMCONTOURLEVELS 1000 Syntax LINEARINTERPOLATE DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt optional parameters LINEARI NTERPOLATE Descri ption interpolate selected variables from a set of source zones to a destination zone using linear interpolation The source zones cannot be I ordered Values assigned to the destination zone are equivalent to the results of using the probe tool in Tecplot 360 156 Required Parameter
119. ONE lt boolean gt FALSE For FUNCTION PARTICLEPATH only specifies that all particle paths should be combined into a single I J ordered zone STOREOPTION lt storeoption gt PARTICLEVALUES If PARTICLEVALUES the particle s velocity mass and temperature if calculated will be stored in place of appropriate fluid values in the particle path s zone If FLUIDVALUES all fluid values the particle passed through will be stored in the zone COEFFS lt coeffsoption gt GENERAL If GENERAL specify BALLISTICCOEFF plus TEMPTIMECONST if calculating particle temperature If DETAILED specify MASS RADIUS and DRAGCOEFF plus SPECIFICHEAT and NUSSELT if calculating temperature Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE CALCTEMPERATURE lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE particle temperature will be calculated Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE GRAVITYCONSTANT GRAVITYDIRECTION INITIALVELOCITYOPTI ON lt double gt lt gravitydirection gt lt initialvelocityoption gt 0 0 MINUSX LOCALFLUIDVELOCITY The acceleration due to gravity Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE The axis direction in which gravity acts Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE The initial velocity of particles Options are LOCALFLUIDVELOCITY and ZEROVELOCITY Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE BALLISTICCOEFF lt double gt 1 0 For GENERAL coefficients only the ballistic coefficient of the
120. ORTVAR lt integer gt BARCHARTS SHOW lt boolean gt YES COLOR lt color gt RED FILLMODE lt fillmode gt USESPECIFICCOLOR FILLCOLOR lt color gt RED SIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 5 LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 4 CURVES CURVETYPE lt curvetype gt LINESEG EXTENDEDNAME lt string gt Only used by the Extended Curve fit Add on EXTENDEDSETTINGS lt string gt Only used by the Extended Curve fit Add on USEWEIGHTVAR lt boolean gt NO NUMPTS lt op gt lt integer gt 200 POLYORDER lt op gt lt integer gt WEIGHTVAR lt integer gt 0 INDVARMIN lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 x10150 INDVARMAX lt op gt lt dexp gt 1x 19150 USEINDVARRANGE lt boolean gt NO CLAMPSPLINE lt boolean gt NO SPLINEDERIVATIVEATST lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 ART SPLINEDERIVATIVEATEN lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 D ERRORBARS SHOW lt boolean gt NO VAR lt integer gt BARTYPE lt errorbartype gt VERT COLOR lt color gt RED LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 158 Parameter Syntax Default Notes ail oe depending on SKIPMODE SKIPMODE lt skipmode gt BYINDEX SIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 5 INDICES The indices parameter is used to restrict the range of data plotted and which lines are plotted if the data is TIKLINES lt ijklines gt I Hoon NR ondered IRANGE ssindexrange gt gt MIN 1 MAX 0 SKIP 1 JRANGE lt lt
121. OrderedDataValuesSet function updates data in the active frame in Tecplot 360 The zone and variable must already exist this simply populates the values The values are passed using a list object in a 3 dimensional format for each K there is a list of J lists each containing a list of I values The data in the frame must be ordered data in at least 3 dimensions The function has the following syntax ptList TecUtil IJOrderedDataValuesSet zoneNum varNum ptList startI startJ startKk Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone containing data to be read 289 varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be read ptList List Required P containing the data values Must be 3 dimensional startl Integer Optional 1 1 based value for the starting I index start Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first J index startK Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first K index returnVal None Return object 16 7 Tecplot 360 Macro Commands for Python Modules One of the best methods for working with Python scripts in Tecplot 360 is to combine the scripts with Tecplot 360 macro commands Refer to Section 30 1 Combining Python scripts with macro commands in the User s Manual for details on this procedure The syntax for the macro commands that work directly with the Python interpreter a
122. P LESSTHANORE lt valueblankrelo QUAL p gt SHOW lt boolean gt NO VALUECUTOFF lt double gt 0 VARA lt integer gt None VARB lt integer gt None INCLUDE lt boolean gt NO Set to NO to turn off all value blanking VALUEBLANKCELLMO ANY DE lt valueblankcell CORNER mode gt Examples 78 Example 1 Set IJK blanking to cut away the minimum index corner Example 2 Use value blanking to cut away all cells that have at least one node where variable 3 is less than or equal to 7 5 BRANCHCONNECTIVITY Syntax BRANCHCONNECTIVITY ZONE lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption For zones where connectivity is shared this command allows for branching of connectivity information from the specified zone Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt integer gt Example Suppose Zones 2 3 and 4 share connectivity This command branches the connectivity of the second zone Zones 3 and 4 will still share connectivity 79 BRANCHFI ELDDATAVAR Syntax BRANCHFIELDDATAVAR ZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption Allows for branching of specified variable in the specified zone for zones that share variables Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Syntax VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Example Assume Zones 1 2 and 4 share variab
123. PLANES lt set gt 1 6 SHOWPATHS lt boolean gt YES STREAMTIMING SHOWDASHES lt boolean gt NO SHOWMARKERS lt boolean gt NO MARKCOLOR lt color gt BLACK MARKSIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 DASHSKIP lt op gt lt integer gt A MARKSYMBOL lt lt symbolshape gt gt ISASCII NO GEOMSHAPE SQUARE TIMESTART lt double gt 1 x10150 TIMEEND lt double gt 1x 19159 TIMEANCHOR lt double gt 0 TIMEDELTA lt double gt 1x 19150 TERMLINE ISACTIVE lt boolean gt NO SHOW lt boolean gt YES COLOR lt color gt BLACK LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 Descri ption The different commands in the STREAMTRACE compound function family are described STREAMTRACE Required Control Option separately in the following sections The STREAMTRACE compound function family is STREAMTRACE ADD STREAMTRACE DELETALL STREAMTRACE DELETERANGE STREAMTRACE RESETDELTATIME STREAMTRACE SETTERMINATIONLINE Syntax STREAMTRACE ADD optional parameters STREAMTRACE ADD Descri ption Add a single streamtrace or a rake of streamtraces to the active frame The frame must be a 2D or 199 3D field plot Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes ALTSTARTPOS This is required if NUMPTS is greater than 1 or if
124. R Syntax PAGECONTROL CLEAR Descri ption clears all frames in the current page and creates a default initial frame 166 PAGEGETNAME Syntax PAGEGETNAME MACROVAR Descri ption Action command to get the name of the current page PAGENAME Syntax PAGENAME lt string gt no parameters Descri ption Set the name of the page PAUSE Syntax PAUSE lt string gt no parameters Description Stop execution of a macro and optionally display a dialog with a message If lt string gt is set to then no dialog is displayed and the user must click in the work area to continue Example Pause and display the message This is the first example plot PAUSE This is the first example plot PI CK Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the PICK compound function family are described separately in the following sections The PICK compound functions are PICK ADDATPOSITION PICK ADDALL PICK ADDALLINRECT PICK CLEAR PICK COPY PICK CUT PICK EDIT PICK MAGNIFY PICK PASTE PICK POP PICK PUSH PICK SETMOUSEMODE PICK SHIFT PI CK ADDATPOSITION Syntax PICK CHECKTOADD X lt dexp gt Y lt dexp gt optional parameters Descri ption Attempt to pick an object at a specific location on the paper Does not pop or activate frames 167 Required Parameters Paramet
125. R Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt CONTOURTYPE lt contourtype gt CURVES Only operates on XY line mapping objects CURVETYPE lt curvetype gt EDGELAYER Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt SUBBOUNDARY lt subboundary gt ERRORBARS Only operates on XY line mapping objects SHOW lt boolean gt BARTYPE lt errorbartype gt FILLCOLOR lt color gt FONTFAMILY lt string gt GEOMSHAPE lt geomshape gt Applies only to scatter symbols or XY plot symbols ISBOLD lt boolean gt ISITALIC lt boolean gt LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt LINES Only operates on XY line mapping objects SHOW lt boolean gt LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt Value is in Y frame units 0 100 MESH Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt MESHTYPE lt meshtype gt Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects OBJECTALIGN lt objectalign gt Only allowed if selected objects are all text and or geometries PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt Value is in Y frame units 0 100 SCATTER Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt FILLMODE lt fillmode gt 171 Parameters Syntax Default Notes SHADE Only operates on 2D or 3D zone objects SHOW lt boolean gt SHADETYPE lt shadetype gt SHOWBORDER lt boolean gt Only
126. RDATA action command MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt SKIP lt integer gt 1 KRANGE See notes Range Parameters for ALTERDATA action command MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt SKIP lt integer gt 1 Examples Example 1 Make a complete copy of zone 2 DUPLICATEZONE SOURCEZONE 2 Example 2 Duplicate zone 3 creating a zone which uses only the I index range from 2 to 7 from the source zone DUPLICATEZONE SOURCEZONE 3 IRANGE MIN 2 MAX 7 ELSE Syntax ELSE 102 no parameters Description Conditionally handle macro commands Used when an IF statement is FALSE Example ELSEIF Syntax ELSEIF lt conditionalexp gt Descri ptio N Conditionally handle macro commands Used to create multiple options for statements should an IF statement be FALSE Example 103 EXPORT Syntax EXPORT no parameters Descri ptio N Export an image file from Tecplot 360 See the EXPORTSETUP command for details on setting up the exported image type The EXPORT command is not valid for animation formats Example EXPORTCANCEL Syntax EXxPORTCANCEL no parameters Descri ptio N Cancel out of the current export animation sequence The animation file being generated is removed Example EXPORTFINISH Syntax EXxPORTFINISH no parameters Descri ptio N Signals the completion of an anima
127. REFVECTOR SHOW NO GLOBALTHREEDVECTOR USERELATIVE UNIFORMLENGTH 5 HEADSIZEASFRACTION 2 NO Syntax GLOBALTIME SolutionTime Descri ption A SetValue command for frames 2D and 3D ONLY Different frames can have different values of GLOBALTIME If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your GLOBALTI ME tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes SOLUTIONTIME lt double gt If SolutionTime is not set to a solution time in set of solution times from all zones of the active strand field maps SolutionTime is adjusted to the closest value in that set 140 Syntax GLOBALTWODVECTOR optional parameters GLOBALTWODVECTOR Descri ption A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with 2D vector plots Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes ARROWHEADANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 18 Angle is in degrees HEADSIZEAS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 2 Head is sized as a fraction of the stem length FRACTION HEADSIZEINFRAME lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 Value is in Y frame units UNITS REFVECTOR SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR
128. RIABLEOPTION MASSFLOWRATE INTEGRATEOVER IPLANES PLOTRESULTS TRUE PLOTAS Mass Flux Example 3 Calculate the mass weighted average actually the mass flow weighted average of total pressure variable 7 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND INTEGRATE 1 3 VARIABLEOPTION MASSFLOWWEIGHTEDAVERAGE SCALARVAR 7 INTEGRATEOVER IPLANES PLOTRESULTS TRUE PLOTAS Mass Weighted Avg Pt SAVEI NTEGRATI ONRESULTS Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SAVEINTEGRATIONRESULTS FILENAME lt string gt Descri ption Saves the most recently calculated integration results to a text file 229 Required parameter Parameter Syntax Notes FILENAME lt string gt Indicates the name of the file to which to save the results It may be a new or existing file Example sSave the most recent integration results to file E users dave results txt The backslash characters must be escaped with a second backslash character and the file name is surrounded by quotes EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SAVEINTEGRATIONRESULTS FILENAME E users dave results txt SETFI ELDVARI ABLES Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETFIELDVARIABLES optional parameters Descri ption identifies variables i
129. RS lt set gt SOURCEZONES lt set gt INCLUDECONIJUGATES lt boolean gt OBEYSOURCEZONEBLANKING lt boolean gt no optional parameters Descri ption Performs a Fourier transform for each dependent variable for each source zone A new zone containing the resulting frequency amplitude and phase variables three for each dependent variable is created for each source zone If the independent variable is non uniform the resulting frequency is a modification of the original data see discussion below for the INDEPENDENTVAR and OBEYSOURCEZONEBLANKING parameters Resulting zones are assigned new time strands using the same groupings as the source zones if they belong to time stands otherwise the resulting zones are static Fourier transform result zones are named Fourier Transform followed by a mixture of text indicating the source zone independent variable and window function used Similarly the three variables created are given the names Frequency Amplitude and Phase followed by the dependent variable used Newly created zones are assigned passive variables for all variables that previously existed in the data set and all previously existing zones are assigned passive variables for all new variables created by the Fourier transform 115 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Notes INDEPENDENTVAR lt integer gt WINDOWFUNCTION lt windowfunction gt Independent variable used for the frequency
130. RTFNAME lt string gt EXPORTFORMAT lt exportformat gt WINDOWS METAFILE EXPORTREGION CURRENTFRAM lt bitdumpregion gt E FLASHCOMPRESSION SMALLESTSIZE lt compressiontype TYPE sem ressiontype FLASHIMAGETYPE lt imagetype gt LOSSLESS IMAGEWIDTH lt op gt lt integer gt 512 JPEGENCODING STANDARD or STANDARD PROGRESSIVE PRINTRENDERTYPE VECTOR lt printrendertype gt QUALITY lt integer gt 75 Range is from 1 100 SUNRASTERFORMAT STANDARD Only applies if EXPORTFORMAT is SUNRASTER lt sunrasterformat gt SUPERSAMPLEFACTOR lt integer gt 3 This is the factor used in antialiasing while reducing the size of an exported image A larger size can improve the quality of the image but slows performance TIFFBYTEORDER lt tiffbyteorder gt INTEL USEMULTIPLE lt boolean gt NO Applies to AVI and Raster Metafile only COLORTABLES USESUPERSAMPLE lt boolean gt NO ANTIALIASING Example Set up Tecplot 360 to export a Raster Metafile image to the file movie rm EXPORTSETUP EXPORTFNAME movie rm EXPORTFORMAT RASTERMETAFILE Syntax EXPORTSTART optional parameter EXPORTSTART Descri ption Signals the start of an animation sequence and records the first frame of the animation This command is only valid for animation formats Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes EXPORTREGION lt bitdumpregion gt Example EXPORTS
131. S 55 35sccuccectecccccivneaconsxsvntatonsaivnciesscrvinvieseerviets avereasonsaseveststea EENES 216 Write the data set attached to the active frame to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to SIWRITES TYRES HEED vesisccscsdsccacsstuccsansztssscvcvesssceveancesssceesesetbedauesoathieadSeseacesatsavencsdevaceonctesvsv ancndvesteassesseiodeesdiieees 217 Write the style for the active frame to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to DEX VIETINEAX US senri aE cry adel scars fenvdasecicenduade NER EE ARA EE 218 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in an XY Line plot Set the axis mode to be independent for the XY axes note that this affects only X1 versus Y1 50 ANIMATES TREAKLINES isc ccvessdicsecseoncsus ends Ses ca vests ncndssaveckctaeabsscctecanapesucbddbdscieetactvabes ene E aaa Vin o asedii 220 Animates previously calculated streaklines to the screen or to a file ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS wstisccesa secs tcsessessaszeasscseessuteacasdatvecsaascoesbevassteasostcavaaeesinasaaiesneuedeeas esses are dunes 221 Attach the text results of the previous integration as a text field in the active frame CALCPARTICLEPATH oes vscscdscssetvssutugsukestesissususdesssoUstsnculediiewesshsscnsvesstss steed dovssusbtedutapsoseavedhsestvsvcpesebsapvestesdes ses 221 Calculate particle paths or streaklines starting from existing Tecplot 360 streamtraces CALCTURBULENCEFPUNCTION 6 icccccsccis
132. SETReynolds retrieves auxiliary data Reynolds Retrieves auxiliary data named Auxname from a frame For example AUXFRAME Auxname AUXFRAME MyFramel retrieves auxiliary data MyFrame from the active frame Cie e AXISMA Xn Maximum value of the n axis range where n is one of A R X Y or Z AXISMINn Minimum value of the n axis range where n is one of A R X Y or Z BYTEORDERING Returns the byte ordering INTEL or MOTOROLA DATASETFNAME Returns the dataset file name DATASETTITLE Returns the title of the dataset or No Data Set if a dataset does not exist DATE Returns the date in the form of dd Mmm yyyy ENDSLICEPOS Returns the position of the end slice EXPORTISRECORDING Returns YES NO to help macros complete record commands in the proper order FRAMENAME Returns the name of the active frame INBATCHMODE Returns 1 if in batch mode 0 if in interactive mode ISDATASETAVAILABLE Returns 1 if a dataset exists and 0 otherwise ISOSURFACELEVEL Returns the current iso surface s iso value LAYOUTFNAME Returns the current layout file name LOOP Innermost loop counter MACROFILEPATH Returns the path to the directory containing the most recently opened macro file MAXB Maximum value of the blanking variable MAXCI Maximum value of the contour variable IMAXII IMAXJI IMAXKI L J or K dimension of the first active zone 2D or 3D Cartesian plots only For finite element zones MAXI return
133. SETUP optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that sets miscellaneous parameters related to data 95 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes COMMANDLINE AutoStrandDataFiles lt boolean gt YES This option allows you to auto strand data files in Tecplot 360 This can be set to NO or commented out of the configuration file tecplot cfg to retain the Tecplot 10 compatibility SCRATCHDATAFIELDTYPE lt datatype gt Set the data type for scratch arrays used for geometries line segments and other lines The default is SINGLE for Windows and DOUBLE for UNIX This parameter can only be used in the Tecplot 360 configuration file PREPLOTARGS lt string gt Arguments used to run the included Preplot executable Preplot is used to convert ASCII datafiles when they are read directly into Tecplot 360 See Section B 4 Preplot in the User s Manual for more information on Preplot and its options Example Change the arguments used to Preplot ASCII files so only zones 1 2 and 3 are processed DATASETUP PREPLOTARGS zonelist 1 3 Syntax DEFAULTGEOM optional parameters DEFAULTGEOM Descri ption a SetValue command that sets the attributes for the default geometry When a geometry is created interactively its color line thickness and so forth are preset based on the default geometr
134. SETUP VECTDEFLEN 5 122 GETAUXDATA Syntax GETAUXDATA lt macrovar gt AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame inemap page NAME lt string gt optional parameters Descri ption Retrieve Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs and save it to the macro variable Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame linemap page NAME lt string gt Name of existing auxiliary data Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes MAP lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION linemap VAR lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION var ZONE lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION zone Exam ple Get the Auxiliary Data from Zone 2 and store it in the macro variable ABC GETAUXDATA ABC AUXDATALOCATION zone NAME ABC Aux Data ZONE 2 GETCONNECTIVITYREFCOUNT Syntax GETCONNECTIVITYREFCOUNT lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption Fetch the count of how many zones share connectivity with the specified zone Count includes specified zone Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt integer gt Example Fetch the connectivity count from Zone 2 and store it in the macro variable ABc If zones 2 5 and 6 share connectivity ABC
135. SS X tecplot 360 2013 m Scripting Guide Release 1 Tecplot Inc Bellevue WA 2013 COPYRIGHT NOTICE Tecplot 360 Scripting Guide is for use with Tecplot 360 Version 2013 R1 Copyright 1988 2013 Tecplot Inc All rights reserved worldwide Except for personal use this manual may not be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated in any form in whole or in part without the express written permission of Tecplot Inc 3535 Factoria Blvd Ste 550 Bellevue WA 98006 U S A The software discussed in this documentation and the documentation itself are furnished under license for utilization and duplication only according to the license terms The copyright for the software is held by Tecplot Inc Documentation is provided for information only It is subject to change without notice It should not be interpreted as a commitment by Tecplot Inc Tecplot Inc assumes no liability or responsibility for documentation errors or inaccuracies Tecplot Inc Post Office Box 52708 Bellevue WA 98015 2708 U S A Tel 1 800 763 7005 within the U S or Canada 00 1 425 653 1200 internationally email sales tecplot com support tecplot com Questions comments or concerns regarding this document documentation tecplot com For more information visit http www tecplot com THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICES LAPACK 1992 2007 LAPACK Copyright 1992 2007 the University of Tennessee All r
136. STARTVALUE That is it can be simulated if the animation goes one step Loop and Bounce can be accomplished by calling the file multiple times When recording the macro recorded contains exactly the animation done in the interface So if you bounce three times through the data you will record three sets of forward and backwards commands Similarly if you use the one step options a lot you will record a lot of individual macro commands If you interrupt part way through an animation you will record a partial animation macro of those steps you did animate through Example The following example creates an animation of iso surfaces ANIMATEISOSURFACES STARTVALUE 1 ENDVALUE NUMSTEPS 30 30 Syntax ANIMATELINEMAPS START lt integer gt END lt integer gt optional parameters ANIMATELINEMAPS Descri ption Produce an animation of one Line mapping at a time To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command 64 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes START lt integer gt Starting Line map number END lt integer gt Ending Line map number Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SKIP lt integer gt 1 Line map skip CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands Example The following example creates an animation showing plots of
137. SUNRASTER XWINDOWS PSIMAGE PS EPS X3D BMP PNG AVI JPEG WINDOWSMETAFILE TECPLOTVIEWER FLV MPEG4 WMV lt expression gt See Figure 12 2 lt fielddatatype gt FLOAT DOUBLE lt fillmode gt NONE USEBACKGROUNDCOLOR USELINECOLOR USESPECIFICCOLOR lt font gt HELV HELVBOLD TIMES TIMESBOLD TIMESITALIC TIMESITALICBOLD COURIER COURIERBOLD GREEK MATH USERDEF lt frameaction gt DELETETOP FITALLTOPAPER POP POPATPOSITION PUSHTOP lt framecollection gt ALL PICKED lt framecoordmode gt PAPER WORKSPACE lt framemode gt THREED TWOD XY SKETCH lt functiondependency gt XINDEPENDENT YINDEPENDENT RINDEPENDENT THETAINDEPENDENDT 260 Assignment Value Table Value Identifier Allowable Values lt geomshape gt SQUARE DEL GRAD RTRI LTRI DIAMOND CIRCLE CUBE OCTAHEDRON SPHERE POINT lt geomtype gt GEOMIMAGE LINESEGS RECTANGLE SQUARE CIRCLE ELLIPSE LINESEGS3D lt ijkblankmode gt INTERIOR EXTERIOR lt ijklines gt I J K lt ijkplane gt I J K lt imagestyle gt ONEPERFRAME WORKSPACEONLY lt imagetype gt LOSSLESS JPEG 256COLOR lt integer gt Integer constants or variables containing an integer Expressions that logically result in integer are not currently supported lt interpptselection gt NEARESTNPOINTS ALLPOINTS OCTANTNPOINTS lt isosurfacesselection gt ALLCOUNTOURLEVELS TWOSPECIFICVALUES THREESPECIFICVALUES ONESPECIFICVALUE lt krigdrift gt NONE LINEAR QU
138. Sa edanduoea bis fsa sos ise la wicca e Siad noi ante aoe 239 Assign basic sizes The units for the values assigned here are dependent on the parent command Assign ments here do not affect the plot These assignments are used only to configure drop down menus in the interface so the user can make quick selections lt lt COLOFMAP control pointier a e A E EN E E tovdtanttesor nsnsa E E 240 All contour color maps except the Raw user defined color map make use of control points to determine the color distribution Each control point has a position and a left and right color The lt lt colormapcontrol points gt gt subcommand can contain more than one CONTROLPOINT subcommand lt lt colormapoverrid essien eni er ven ease ces E E AEE EAE AoE ESEE ces SE eea EEE EEE R ET 240 Change settings for a color map override Color map overrides are used to replace a specific band in a con tour color map with one of the 16 basic colors SE CONLIMUOUSCO LOTS gt onune E E ESE S E E EAE EE E E LARES 241 Change settings for continuous color lt lt dial gpla ceme nb S ne eeo e E E EEEE ER ES E AE saves AE REE EREA iia 242 Describes the placement for a dialog R aa FE E Pa E A eee acco E E E E A E A 242 Change settings for the axis grid area lt xoridlinedetail gt S mnai e iae e E a E E Ea E A E i aA a 243 Change settings for axis gridlines a E E E E E E Sieben ndvetebes jeosdvesosvepns 244 Set an L J or K index SAMA ENTAM SOS n
139. Syntax Default Notes ALPHAANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 Angle is in degrees DRAWINPERSPECTIVE lt boolean gt NO FIELDOFVIEW lt op gt lt dexp gt PSIANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 60 Angle is in degrees THETAANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 240 Angle is in degrees VIEWERPOSITION lt lt xyz gt gt See Notes X 8 073 Y 4 873 Z 5 549 VIEWWIDTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 74267 Example This example does the following e Switches to perspective e Changes the field of view e Rotates around psi by 20 degrees e Changes the viewer position THREEDVIEW DRAWNINPERSPECTIVE YES FIELDOFVIEW 100 PSIANGLE 20 VIEWERPOSITION X 1 26 Y has Z 0 74 Syntax TRANSFORMCOORDINATES TRANSFORMATION lt transformation gt optional parameters Descri ption Transforms all points in one or more zones from one coordinate system to another TRANSFORMCOORDINATES Tecplot 360 versions 2006 R2 and earlier incorrectly recorded the TRANSFORMCOORDINATES command In these versions the variable number options in this command were recorded as zero based values instead of one based values Macros or layout files created with any of these versions and containing TRANSFORMCOORDINATES should increment each variable sub command option by one in order to operate correctly with Tecplot 360 versions 2008 and newer 205 Required Parameter
140. T lt boolean gt NO DRIVERS XORCOLOR lt op gt lt integer gt 0 Color index to use for XORed lines Set to 0 to make Tecplot 360 calculate XPGONFILLOFFSET lt integer gt 0 YPGONFILLOFFSET lt integer gt 0 ZONEMAPNAMECOLUMN lt double gt Range is 10 1000 Sets the width of the Zone Map Name column under WIDTH Plot Attributes Example This example does the following e Makes the frame borders show on the screen when they are turned off e Makes the middle mouse button be Redraw e Makes the right mouse button revert to Selector 150 e Makes the default number of passes for smoothing 20 e Turns off the status line Syntax INVERSEDISTINTERPOLATE DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt optional parameters INVERSEDI STI NTERPOLATE Descri ption Interpolate selected variables from one or more zones onto a destination zone using the inverse distance method Required Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt Zone to which to interpolate Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes INTERPNPOINTS lt integer gt 8 INTERPPTSELECTION lt interpptselection gt OCTANTNPOINTS INVDISTEXPONENT lt dexp gt 3 5 INVDISTMINRADIUS lt dexp gt 0 0 SOURCEZONES lt set gt All zones except destination zone VARLIST lt set gt All variables except spatial Choose the variables to interpolate
141. TAGTEMPERATURE ENTHALPY STAGENTHALPY INTERNALENERGY STAGENERGY STAGENERGYPERUNITVOL KINETICENERGY UVELOCITY VVELOCITY WVELOCITY VELOCITYMAG MACHNUMBER SPEEDOFSOUND CROSSFLOWVELOCITY EQUIVALENTPOTENTIALVELRAT XMOMENTUM YMOMENTUM ZMOMENTUM ENTROPY ENTROPYMEASURES1 XVORTICITY YVORTICITY ZVORTICITY VORTICITYMAG SWIRL VELOCITYCROSSVORTICITYMAG HELICITY RELATIVEHELICITY FILTEREDRELATIVEHELICITY SHOCK FILTEREDSHOCK PRESSUREGRADIENTMAG DENSITYGRADIENTMAG XDENSITYGRADIENT YDENSITYGRADIENT ZDENSITYGRADIENT SHADOWGRAPH DIVERGENCEOFVELOCITY SUTHERLANDSLAW ISENTROPICDENSRAT ISENTROPICPRESRAT ISENTROPICTEMPRAT VELOCITY VORTICITY MOMENTUM PERTURBATIONVELOCITY VELOCITYCROSSVORTICITY PRESSUREGRADIENT DENSITYGRADIENT VELOCITYGRADIENT lt gravitydirection gt MINUSX MINUSY MINUSZ PLUSX PLUSY PLUSZ lt integratebyoption gt ZONES TIMESTRANDS lt integrateoveroption gt CELLS IPLANES JPLANES KPLANES ILINES JLINES KLINES lt normalizationoption gt NONE MAXIMUMMAGNITUDE REFERENCEVALUES lt particlefunction gt lt releaseoption gt PARTICLEPATH STREAKLINE TIMELEVEL UNITTIME lt specifyoption gt SPECIFY CALCULATE lt storeoption gt PARTICLEVALUES FLUIDVALUES lt terminationoption gt TEMPERATURE ABLATE lt turbulencefunction gt ENERGY DISSIPATIONRATE DYNAMICVISCOSITY FREQUENCY VISCOSITY lt variableoption gt LENGTHAREA
142. TEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands NUMCYCLES lt integer gt 3 Number of cycles in the animation Each cycle shows stream markers or dashes moving along a streamtrace path If DT is the streamtrace delta time then at the end of the cycle the markers or dashes will have moved 2 DT STEPSPERCYCLE 1 STEPSPERCYCLE in time Example The following example animates streamtraces for five cycles with each cycle using ten steps ANIMATESTREAM STEPSPERCYCLE 10 5 NUMCYCLES ANI MATETI ME Syntax ANIMATETIME optional parameters Descri ption Produce an animation of transient data To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command 66 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands ENDTIME lt double gt The last timestep If the SolutionTime entered does not exist the nearest as defined by the SolutionTime less than the entered time is used currently active strands LIMITSCREENSPEED lt boolean gt NO MAXSCREENSPEED lt double gt 12 only works if LIMITSCREENSPEED is YES SKIP lt integer gt 1 STARTTIME lt double gt first time step as If the SolutionTime entered does not exist the nearest defined by the SolutionTime less than the entered time is used currently active strands
143. TES SHOWGRID NO PAPERSIZE CUSTOM1 PAPERSIZEINFO CUSTOM1 WIDTH 4 HEIGHT 5 See also Section GLOBALPAPER on page 133 PAGECONTROL Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the PAGECONTROL compound function family are described separately in the following sections The PAGECONTROL compound functions are PAGECONTROL CREATE 165 PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTONEXT PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTOPREVIOUS PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTBYNAME PAGECONTROL DELETE PAGECONTROL CLEAR PAGECONTROL CREATE Syntax PAGECONTROL CREATE no parameters Descri ption create anew page The created page will include an initial frame PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTONEXT Syntax PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTONEXT no parameters Descri ption Set the next page to be the current page PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTOPREVIOUS Sy NtaxX PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTOPREVIOUS no parameters Descri ption set the previous page to be the current page PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTBYNAME Syntax PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTBYNAME NAME lt string gt Descri ption set the current page to the page specified Example PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTBYNAME NAME BANANA PAGECONTROL DELETE Syntax PAGECONTROL DELETE Descri ption Delete the current page If the command is operated on the only page then an initial page is created with an initial frame PAGECONTROL CLEA
144. TOR lt boolean gt NO Vector variables must be defined See GLOBALTWODVECTOR or GLOBALTHREEDVECTOR TWODDRAWORDER BYLAYER lt twoddraworde gt USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES Example Turn on the scatter layer FIELDLAYERS SHOWSCATTER YES Syntax FIELDMAP lt set gt optional parameters FIELDMAP Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns zone attributes for field plots The lt set gt parameter immediately following the FIELDMAP command is optional If lt set gt is omitted then the assignment is applied to all zones Otherwise the assignment is applied only to the zones specified in lt set gt 109 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOUR COLOR lt color gt BLACK CONTOURTYPE lt contourtype gt FLOOD FLOODCOLORING lt contourcoloring gt GROUP1 LINECONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES EDGELAYER COLOR lt color gt BLACK EDGETYPE lt edgetype gt PORDERSAND IEDGE lt borderlocation gt BOTH Applies for IJ IK and IJK ordered zones JEDGE lt borderlocation gt BOTH Applies for IJ IK and IJK ordered zones KEDGE lt borderlocation gt BOTH Applies for IJ IK and IJK
145. TRIBUTES Descri ption A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with slices 193 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOUR LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID SHOW lt boolean gt YES CONTOURTYPE lt contourtype gt FLOOD CORNERCELL and AVERAGECELL options not allowed for CONTOURTYPE COLOR lt color gt SMRAINBOW LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 1 USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt NO FLOODCOLORING lt contourcoloring gt GROUP1 LINECONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 EDGELAYER EDGETYPE BORDERS SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt BLACK LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt double gt 0 4 IBORDER BOTH JBORDER BOTH KBORDER BOTH EFFECTS LIGHTINGEFFECT GOURAUD SURFACETRANSLUCENCY lt integer gt 10 USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES USEVALUEBLANKING lt boolean gt YES USECLIPPLANES lt set gt 1 6 ENDPOSITION X lt double gt 0 95 Y lt double gt 0 95 Z lt double gt 0 95 I lt integer gt 10 J lt integer gt 10 K lt integer gt 10 MESH LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 SHOW lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt LINETHICKNESS lt double gt 0 1 MESHTYPE lt meshtype gt OVERLAY 194 Parameter Syntax Default Notes NUMINTERMEDIATE
146. TURE TRUE and NUSSELTOPTION SPECIFY only the particle Nusselt number Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE TERMOPTION lt terminationoption gt TEMPERATURE For DETAILED coefficients with CALCTEMPERATURE TRUE only is always TEMPERATURE for general coefficients the particle termination option May beTEMPERATURE or ABLATE Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE TEMPERATURE lt double gt 1 0 If TERMOPTION TEMPERATURE the particle termination temperature If TERMOPTION ABLATE the ablation temperature Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE 1 0 LATENTHEAT lt double gt For TERMOPTION ABLATE only the latent heat of the ablative process Only applies if HAVEMASS TRUE Example 1 Calculate streaklines with an integration time step of 0 1 unit solution time releasing eight particles per EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCPARTICLEPATH FUNCTION STREAKLINE TIMESTEP 0 1 RELEASEFREQ 8 RELEASEOPTION UNITTIME Exam ple 2 Calculate particle paths including temperature with ablation in a steady state flow for particles with an initial mass of 3E 14 an initial radius of 1 5E 6 and a specific heat of 703 Use a time step of 1E 6 Have Tecplot 360 calculate the drag coefficient and the Nusselt number Use an ablation temperature of 2 250 and a latent heat of 1 5E5 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCPARTICLEPATH
147. Tecplot 360 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt integer gt Specify the zone number NAME lt string gt Specify the new zone name Exam ple Rename zone 1 to be Banana RENAMEDATASETZONE ZONE 1 NAME Banana RESET3DAXES Syntax RESET3DAXES no parameters Descri ption Reset the ranges on the 3D axes Example RESET3DAXES RESET3SDORI GIN Syntax RESET3DORIGIN optional parameters Descri ption Reposition the rotation origin in 3D to be at the specified location 185 Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ORIGINRESETLOCATION lt originresetlocation gt Example RESET3DORIGIN ORIGINRESETLOCATION DATACENTER RESETS3SDSCALEFACTORS Sy ntax RESET3DSCALEFACTORS no parameters Descri ption Recalculate the scale factors for the 3D axes Aspect ratio limits are taken into account Example RESET3DSCALEFACTORS RESETVECTORLENGTH Syntax RESETVECTORLENGTH no parameters Descri ption Reset the length of the vectors Tecplot 360 will find the vector with the largest magnitude and set the scaling factor so it will appear on the screen using the length specified by FRAMESETUP VECTDEFLEN Example RESETVECTORLENGTH ROTATE2ZDDATA Syntax ROTATE2DDATA ANGLE lt dexp gt optional parameters Descri ption Rotate field data in 2D about any point 186 Requi
148. The resulting file name will be placed in lt macrovar gt If the user cancels out of the dialog then lt macrovar gt will be empty see the example below SIPROMPTEORTEX TS TRIN G vss css cscs excssesssecd sseveass ve rieti kerar EER E EE EE EESE EERE ANELEE EE EEEE 178 Instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a dialog containing a single line text field and optional instructions The user enters text into the text field and the resulting string is assigned to lt macrovar gt SIPROMPTEORYESNO sc cesceses desvecessedesterstezsodvsssvac saves ssezeoseda vest ovezndo eases sbucasvs dspasevedensvasavesdsansevensevsvsstecsies eenses 179 Instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a dialog containing two buttons one labeled Yes and the other No The lt macrovar gt is assigned the string Yes or No depending on the selection SIPROPAGATELINEING issiscsscsssscentsvesascousseasaste sa seasastavaseacsecasencastunestavaccuieutevscsevassvrsdtasadavasstovascerestovedeauensecaesenss 179 Link multiple frames either within frame or between frames 43 SUP LES isso scares cs Sout E E E E 179 Create an HTML file displaying one or more images A linked layout with packaged data may be included You must provide the file name SOUT a uevu cen Susu aduswaen E R E ENE E EE E EERE 180 Terminate the execution of the Tecplot 360 program SIRAWGOLORMAB cecon EE 180 Assign the RGB values that define the Raw user defined color map This does not set the color map to use th
149. Use the FRAMECONTROL action command to push and pop frames if you want to change the settings for a frame other than the active frame Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes BACKGROUNDCOLOR lt color gt WHITE Only applies if ISTRANSPARENT NO BORDERTHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 Value is in Y frame units FRAMESIZEPOSUNITS lt framecoordmode gt Whether frame sizes and positions are in absolute units paper or relative screen units from 0 to 1 workspace HEADERCOLOR lt color gt RED Only applies if SHOWHEADER YES HEADERFONTAMILY lt string gt Helvetica HEIGHT lt op gt lt dexp gt 8 Value is in inches HEADERFONTISBOLD lt boolean gt YES HEADERFONTIS lt boolean gt NO ITALIC ISTRANSPARENT lt boolean gt NO SHOWBORDER lt boolean gt YES SHOWHEADER lt boolean gt NO WIDTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 9 Value is in inches XYPOS a as X 1 Y 0 25 Position of upper left corner of the frame in inches from left and top edge of the paper Example Place the active frame in the upper left corner of the paper offset 0 5 inches from the top and left edges make the frame dimensions 3 by 4 inches and turn off the frame border FRAMELAYOUT SHOWBORDER NO XYPOS X 5 MEOS WIDTH 3 HEIGHT 4 FRAMENAME Syntax FRAMENAME lt string gt no parameters Descri ption 1 S
150. VOLUME SCALAR AVERAGE MASSWEIGHTEDSCALAR MASSWEIGHTEDAVERAGE WEIGHTEDAVERAGE SCALARFLOWRATE MASSFLOWRATE MASSWEIGHTEDFLOWRATE MASSFLOWWEIGHTEDAVERAGE FORCESANDMOMENTS VECTORDOTNORMAL VECTORAVERAGE VECTORDOTTANGENTIAL lt varid gt PRESSURE TEMPERATURE DENSITY STAGNATIONENERGY MACHNUMBER NOTUSED lt XorY gt X Y 234 Parameter Subcommands This chapter details secondary or common macro parameter subcommands in Tecplot 360 These subcommands provide a means to access the lower level variables of commands defined in the previous chapter of this manual Each subcommand can expand to contain one or more parameters or subcommands All parameters within a subcommand are optional Items within single angle brackets lt gt are defined in 12 lt lt anchorpos gt gt Descri ption Assign attributes for positioning of objects Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes x lt double gt Sets X value and THETA value Y lt double gt Sets Y value and R value Z lt double gt Sets Z value THETA lt double gt Sets THETA value and X value R lt double gt Sets R value and Y value Example Make a square geometry and place it at a certain XY location ATTACHGEOM GEOMTYPE SQUARE POSITIONCOORDSYS FRAME ANCHORPOS X 2 89124668435 235 Y 88 7359084881 RAWDATA 5 23430593312 Descri ption Change settings for the axis gri
151. XT Tienin a iA E EEEE EERE EEE AEREE E E EREE EE ER EE AA 209 Reset the range on a specific axis so that it equals the minimum and maximum of the data being plotted If the axis dependency is not independent then this action may also affect the range on another axis IVIEW AXISMAKECURRENTAXISVALUESNICE eeeeeeeerieirerrerisisesirirresrsssisesisirreressstsrsrsrsrereresesns 209 Reset the axis line label values such that all currently displayed values are set to have the smallest number of significant digits possible SIVIEW AXISNICEFIT eirian nn NENEA 209 Reset the range on a specific axis so that it equals the minimum and maximum of the data being plotted but makes the axis values nice by setting labels to have the smallest number of significant digits possi ble If the axis dependency is not independent then this action may also affect the range on another axis SIVIEW CENTER ecreraoniriior i i AEE EEEE ENEE EE EA ts 210 Center the data within the axis grid area SIVIEW COPY siccsssscsssecsssseues conse secvsvstaxssaessststocdesauves easy autesacoe sacs soucue sass causbssvssveuevsavssvexesastssstucbaasveas debaadssassecbeatansbecs 210 Copy the current view to the view paste buffer See also VIEW PASTE SIVIEW DATA BUD enaner NE TEEGEE EEEE EAE UE EA E EESE 210 Fit the current set of data zones or line mappings being plotted within the grid area This does not take into consideration text or geometries SIVIEW FT orerar Er
152. XTRACTISOSURFACES EXTRACTPOINTSFROMGEOMETRY EXTRACTPOINTSFROMPOLYLINE EXTRACTSLICEFROMPLANE EXTRACTSLICES EXTRACTSTREAMTRACES EXTRACTSUBZONE EXTRACTCONTOURLINES IJKBLANKING IMPORT LIGHTSOURCE INVERSEDISTANCEINTERPOLATION LINEARINTERPOLATION KRIGINGINTERPOLATION LINEMAPLEGEND LOADDATA MACROPLAY MACRORECORD MACROVIEWER MIRRORZONE NEWLAYOUT OPENLAYOUT ORDERFRAMES PAPERSETUP PERFORMANCE POLARDRAWINGOPTIONS PRINT PROBEAT PROBE QUICKEDIT QUICKMACROPANEL RESET3DAXES RGBCOLORLEGEND RGBCOLORVARSANDRANGE ROTATE2DDATA RULERGRID SAVEAS SAVE SCATTERLEGEND SCATTERSIZEANDFONT SCATTERREFERENCESYMBOL SLICES SMOOTH SPATIALVARS STREAMTRACES STYLELINKING THREEDAXISLIMITS THREEDVIEWDETAILS THREEDORIENTATIONAXIS THREEDVIEWROTATE TRANSFORMCOORDINATES TRANSLATEMAGNIFY TRIANGULATE TWODDRAWORDER VALUEBLANKING VECTORLENGTH 259 Value Identifier Allowable Values VECTORARROWHEADS VECTORREFERENCEVECTOR VECTORVARS WRITEDATA ZONEMAPSTYLE lt derivpos gt SIMPLE ATPOINT COMPLEX lt dexp gt lt double gt lt expression gt lt double gt Valid floating point value lt draworder gt BEFOREDATA AFTERDATA lt drift gt NONE LINEAR QUAD lt edgesetting gt NONE MIN MAX BOTH lt edgetype gt BORDERSANDCREASE BORDERS CREASES lt epspreviewimagetype gt NONE TIFF EPSIV2 FRAME lt errorbartype gt UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT VERT HORZ CROSS lt exportformat gt RASTERMETAFILE TIFF
153. ackground attributes for the active frame Use the FRAMECONTROL action command to push and pop frames if you want to change the settings for a frame other than the active frame SFRAMENA ME a EAT Bat E E EIE E AE EIA A ER aE A AE NA 121 Set the name for the active frame Default Frame001 36 GSIFRA MESSE TUP saice cessaceesscesssscdeisssis ie vasecess EEE E EEEE SEE E OESE E EE ta ieede ates 121 A SetValue command that sets parameters used to preset dynamic frame attributes when a frame is initial ized SIGETA UX DATA orite in a E E EEA E E E R N O th dadtalesnsdseea RA 123 Retrieve Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs and save it to the macro variable SIGETCONNECTIVITYREFCOUNT erencnnnncmunsnacnnsnennn sade sodsa savsessstoedeeseanoradecsesentaceses 123 Fetch the count of how many zones share connectivity with the specified zone Count includes specified zone SIGETCURFRAMENA ME 6 cesescissscessivessecessecasatesseiossstogseroasstegsozuascteasousesctsstoutaseussieesaustsatouieleges ER ERREPRO ATREA 124 Query Tecplot 360 for the name of the active frame The lt macrovar gt represents the macro variable to receive the results SIGET FIELD VALUE reires nini rn rE EE VSEE EEEE EEEE EEE EEEE N 124 Fetch the field value data set value at the specified point index and assign the value to lt macrovar gt If the zone referenced is IJ or IJK ordered then the point index is calculated by treating the 2 or 3Dimen
154. ameter If NO initial 3D plot is equivalent to using the value of FrameSetup Initial3DScale in the View gt Translate Magnify dialog or using the View Scale lt double gt command This value defaults to YES for 360 and NO for Focus INITIAL3DSCALE lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 1 Initial scale for 3D plots NUMSTREAMRAKE lt op gt lt integer gt 10 Number of points to place along streamtrace rakes POINTS NUMSTREAMSURFACE lt op gt lt integer gt 1 Number of points to place when seeding streamtraces on POINTS surfaces RODRIBBONDEFLEN lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 06 Default width in frame units of a streamtrace or ribbon SHOWAPPENDEDZONES lt boolean gt YES If set to NO zones added via an append data operation will be turned off initially SHOWNONWALL lt boolean gt NO If set to YES any new zone that has a non wall Eaa BOUNDARYZONES BOUNDARYCONDITION defined will be turned off initially VECTDEFLEN lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 06 When a vector plot is drawn for the first time the vector magnitude is adjusted so the longest vector is VECTDEFLEN units long VECDEFLEN is in frame units VECTMINLEN lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 0005 Minimum length in centimeters Vectors shorter than this length are not drawn USECOMMON YES SORTSTACK DEFAULT2D BOTH STREAMTRACESTREAM DIRECTION DEFAULT3D BOTH STREAMTRACESTREAM DIRECTION Example Make the default length for the longest vector five percent FRAME
155. ameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes IMax lt integer gt Radial direction JMax lt integer gt Circumferential direction must be greater than 3 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATATYPE lt datatype gt SINGLE KMax lt integer gt 1 Bottom to top direction RADIUS lt dexp gt 1 X lt dexp gt 0 X coordinate for center XVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Y lt dexp gt 0 Y coordinate for center YVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Z1 lt dexp gt 0 Z minimum if a cylinder is created Z2 lt dexp gt 1 Z maximum if a cylinder is created ZVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Examples Example 1 Create a circular 10 by 20 IJ ordered zone centered at 5 5 with a radius of 2 RADIUS Example 2 Create a cylindrical 5 by 6 by 8 IJK ordered zone with the bottom centered at 4 4 0 and the top centered at 4 4 7 and a radius of 3 IMax JMax KMax X Y Z1 Z2 RADIUS WNOkKOTOHDUYW CREATECIRCULARZONE Syntax CREATECONTOURLINEZONES group optional parameters CREATECONTOURLI NEZONES Descri ption Create zones from the currently defined contour lines One zone can be created from each contour level in that plot or one zone for every polyline can be generat
156. ample filters dat cam and more The default extension is dat because D and T are the first letters presented within the brackets FILECONFIG FNAMEFILTER OUTPUTASCIIDATAFILE dc a tm Example Set the directory where Tecplot 360 stores temporary files to be usr tmp FILECONFIG DATAFILEVARLOADMODE BYPOSITION TEMPFILEPATH usr tmp LAYOUTCONFIG USERELATIVEPATHS YES FNAMEFILTER INPUTDATAFILE pd la t COLORMAPFILE clr 114 FONTAD UST Syntax FONTADJUST optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that sets character spacing and sizing for fonts in Tecplot 360 These parameters rarely change Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes BOLDFACTOR lt op gt lt double gt Thickness of bold characters relative to normal INTERCHARSPACING lt op gt lt integer gt Increase or decrease inter character spacing Units are in pixels on the screen STROKEFONTLINE lt op gt lt double gt Thickness in frame units of lines used to draw stroke fonts THICKNESS SUBSUPFRACTION lt op gt lt double gt nze ot subscript and superscript characters relative to the font eight Example Make superscript and subscript characters 1 3 the font height FONTADJUST SUBSUPFRACTION 333 FOURI ERTRANSFORM Syntax FOURTERTRANSFORM INDEPENDENTVAR lt integer gt WINDOWFUNCTION lt windowfunction gt DEPENDENTVA
157. ar select type pick command Note the X Y coordinates of the command A good way to do this is Run the macro until you get the No Objects to Shift error message Click Ok on the dialog Bring up the macro viewer Scripting gt View Debug Macro a 2 S A Find the nearest PICK CHECKTOADD command above the current command and put a break point on that command e Press Reset to reset the macro and then run the macro If the problem only occurs when running in batch mode then try to determine the macro command by examining the batch log file f Insert a Pause command in your macro just before the Pick Add command that precedes the offending command Now run Tecplot 360 interactively from the macro viewer You can then see the line number where you need to put the break 3 Back in Tecplot 360 select the zoom tool 4 Hold the shift key down and notice that the running coordinates in the lower right corner now show PX xxxxx PY yyyyyy XXXXXX and yyyyyy are the paper coordinates of the hot spot of the zoom tool If you see X and Y for grid coordinates or FX and FY for frame coordinates you need to hold down the Shift key Pick commands always use paper coordinates 5 Move the zoom tool until xxxxx and yyyyy are close to the coordinates noted in step 2 6 Note where the pick occurred It is likely the pick occurred some distance away from the actual edge of the object to pick Move the zoom tool to a bet
158. arSet root2 EndIf EndIf b sqrt b 2 4 a c b sqrt b 2 4 a c D Z 2 a D 7 2 lal VarSet area PI r 2 provided to form compound expressions A relation lt relation gt may be constructed and used in conjunction with the conditional operator and to form compound expressions The conditional operator and has the following syntax lt relation gt lt expression if true gt lt expression if false gt where e lt relation gt is a conditional statement that evaluates to true or false and is formed by any two subexpressions which are compared to one another with one of the relational operators gt gt 267 lt lt in combination with zero or more of the logical operators logical Not logical And 8 amp and logical Or e lt expression if true gt is the lt expression gt that is evaluated if the lt relation gt condition evaluates to TRUE e lt expression if false gt is the lt expression gt that is evaluated if the lt relation gt condition evaluates to FALSE Examples of compound expressions used in the Tecplot 360 macro language follow note that all compound expressions evaluate to a simple lt dexp gt value VarSet value VarSet value VarSet root 4 lal lcl 2 Jal stress gt cutoff gt cutoff stress x lt 1 5 amp amp y lt 5 5 x 46 xl y 3 2
159. arametername optionalparameters commandname The name of a major command such as REDRAW 17 parametername The name of a valid parameter for the previously named major command For example the REDRAW major command has an optional parameter called DOFULLDRAWING value number expression or enumeratedvalue number Any valid integer or double value representation expression Any valid infix notation expression The entire expression must itself be enclosed in parenthesis For example 3 5 enumeratedvalue A key word that is unique to the variable being assigned a value For example if the variable being assigned a value is a basic color then the enumerated value can be one of the following BLACK RED GREEN BLUE CYAN YELLOW PURPLE WHITE CUSTOM through CUSTOM56 Spacing and capitalization for macro commands are for the most part not important The following examples show different ways to enter the same macro command to set the width and height for the custom1 paper Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 18 Macro Variables Macro variables are identified by a sequence of characters surrounded by vertical bars Some examples are myvariable loop 1 HOME Macro variables can be placed anywhere within a macro command Upper case and lower case characters are treated the same For example ABC and aBc represent the same variable Macro variables will be
160. are usin MIDDLEMOUSEBUTTONMODE or RIGHTMOUSEBUTTONMODE NUMPTSALLOWEDBEFORE lt integer gt 500 000 When a frame s active zones contain APPROX this many points or less the frame is not approximated but always drawn in full This applies to all frames when PLOTAPPROXIMATIONMODE is AUTOMATIC and to the active frame only when PLOTAPPROXIMATIONMODE is NONCURRENTALWAYSAPPROX This setting has no effect when PLOTAPPROXIMATIONMODE is set to ALLFRAMESALWAYSAPPROX 147 Parameter Syntax Default Notes OKTOEXECUTESYSTEM lt boolean gt YES Allow use of SYSTEM commands in macros This is a security issue If COMMAND set to NO and the macro is run intermittently you will be asked for permission to execute the SYSTEM command If Tecplot 360 is run in batch mode and this is NO an error will be generated and the macro will terminate OPENGLCONFIG RUNDISPLAYLISTSAFTER lt boolean gt YES Tecplot 360 defaults to building and BUILDING running display lists simultaneously Turn RunDisplayListsA fterBuilding on if you want to run the display lists after they are built This may increase display list performance on some machines The difference is often times negligible ALLOWHWACCELERATION lt boolean gt YES Windows only This will disable hardware acceleration for Tecplot 360 without having to change the Windows Display Properties Setting ALLOWHWACCELERATION to NO may f
161. ary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither name of Ken Martin Will Schroeder or Bill Lorensen nor the names of any contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without spe cific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSE QUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABIL ITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Ken Martin Will Schroeder Bill Lorenson All Rights Reserved TRADEMARKS Tecplot Tecplot 3
162. ate 63 Iso surfaces 152 Isosurfaces zone creation 90 J Jacobian macro example 225 K Krig drift 261 KRIGDRIFT 143 Kriging 154 Kriging Drift 260 KRIGRANGE 143 KRIGZEROVALUE 143 L Label contour 82 Labels tick marks 252 LARGESTEP 149 Layout clear 163 new 163 printing to paper or file 176 saving 188 Layout files macro control commands 273 Layouts attach data set of another frame 68 opening 163 Light source shading 138 204 change settings 127 Lighting effects 261 Limitations 273 Limits set in Tecplot 155 300 Line mappings 58 64 101 animation 64 attributes 157 create 90 delete 99 draw order 192 duplicate 101 number of line mappings 21 set active mappings command 58 shift to bottom of list 192 shift to top of list 192 write coefficients 216 write curve information 216 line mappings show symbols 160 Line maps activate 58 attributes 273 defaults 273 see Line mappings 99 specify 58 Line pattern 70 Line patterns 261 Line plot layers 160 Line plots 65 setting global attributes 132 show lines 160 Line space text 72 Line thickness 70 Linear interpolation 156 action on outside points 261 LINEARINTERPCONST 143 LINEARINTERPMODE 143 LINEPATLENGTHS 77 Lines line plots 160 LINETHICKNESSES 77 Load data 181 Loading your own macro function file 12 Log axes 258 Loop See also Infinite Loop command 162 M Macro command summary 27 Macro command syntax 17 Macro commands 9 11 17 ANIMATESTREAKLINES
163. be assigned to lt macrovar gt The possible return values are ORDERED FELINESEG FETRIANGLE FEQUAD 126 FETETRA FEBRICK FEPOLYGON FEPOLYHEDRON Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt integer gt Zone must be greater than or equal to one Example ZONE 1 ENDIF IF ZONETYPE PAUSE The zone is FE Triangle IGETZONETYPE ZONETYPE FETRIANGLE Syntax GLOBALCOLORMAP lt groupnumbers gt optional parameters GLOBALCOLORMAP Descri ption A SetValue command that changes the settings for the global contour color map and the global light source shading color map in Tecplot 360 Changes here affect all frames using these color maps See GLOBALCONTOUR COLORMAPFILTER for additional settings that can be applied on a frame by frame basis Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory I Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURCOLORMAP lt colormap gt SMRAINBOW GRAYSCALE lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt GROUPNUMBER lt integer gt 1 Group number must be between 1 and LGRAINBOW lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt MODERN lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt SMRAINBOW lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt TWOCOLOR lt lt colormapcontr
164. be done via the Tecplot 360 interface offering an easy way to automate Tecplot 360 processes The only things you can do interactively that cannot be done with macro commands are those actions that have no effect on a final printed plot such as resizing the Tecplot 360 process window To augment this ability there are macro commands which have no corresponding interactive control such as looping and conditional commands These commands typically go hand in hand with the execution of a macro You can create macros by recording them from the Tecplot 360 interface using the Macro Recorder accessed via the Scripting gt Record Macro menu or create them from scratch using any ASCII text editor In most cases the most effective approach to creating a macro is the following hybrid approach 1 Run Tecplot 360 and choose to record a macro to a file Perform tasks similar to those you are trying to capture in the final macro 2 Close the recording session and examine the macro file The commands generated by Tecplot 360 should be fairly readable and easy to understand 3 Make minor modifications to the recorded macro Typical modifications involve adding loops adding variables or adding commands that for example prompt the user to enter a file name One of the main reasons for using the approach above is the large number of commands and permutations of parameters This manual provides an exhaustive listing of the available macro commands Howe
165. been included for your reference These scripts are located in your Tecplot 360 installation directory and are also available at www tecplottalk com python 278 Python Syntax Rules Tecplot 360 s Python commands are wrapper functions to the TecUtil functions included with the Add on Developer s Kit ADK The ADK contains C C functions which are thoroughly documented in the ADK Reference Manual Each entry in the manual includes an indicator for whether the function is available to the Python interpreter The syntax required for using Tecplot 360 s Python interpreter is described for each function in the ADK Reference Manual as well as the remainder of this chapter Refer to www tecplottalk com python for sample Python scripts that you may download and execute 16 1 Import Modules You must include the following import statements at the start of every Python script you wish to use with Tecplot 360 import TecUtil import TecVals Both of the above modules are included in your Tecplot 360 distribution TecUtil contains the TecUtil library function calls TecVals contains the enumerated values set value constants and defines required for the TecUtil library The TecUtil library will work properly only when you are running Tecplot 360 You can not run Python scripts that use the TecUtil library outside of the Tecplot 360 environment You may also include other Python libraries that your script requires such as Nu
166. ble gt ENDVALUE lt double gt optional parameters Descri ption The macro command ANIMATEISOSURFACES produces an animation of a series of iso surfaces beginning with the iso surface defined by STARTVALUE and ending with the iso surface defined by ENDVALUE To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command 63 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ENDVALUE lt integer gt ENDVALUE is the value of the contour variable for the last iso surface in the animation NUMSTEPS lt integer gt 2 Number of iso surfaces to distribute between the start and end iso surfaces values STARTVALUE lt integer gt STARTVALUE is the value of the contour variable for the first iso surface in the animation Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands GROUP lt integer gt 1 values 1 8 LIMITSCREENSPEED lt boolean gt No MAXSCREENSPEED lt double gt You may need to reduce the value to correlate with the speed of your computer Go To Loop Bounce Forward and Backward are only used by the interface Forward and Backward can be simulated using appropriate values STARTVALUE and ENDVALUE If ENDVALUE lt STARTVALUE the animation goes backward If ENDVALUE gt STARTVALUE the animation goes forward Goto can be simulated if ENDVALUE
167. c viscosity CONDUCTIVITY lt double gt 1 0 The value of the fluid s conductivity USECONDUCTIVITY lt boolean gt FALSE VAR CONDUCTIVITYVAR lt integer gt 1 For USECONDUCTIVITYVAR TRUE The data set variable which holds the fluid s conductivity Example 1 Set the fluid properties to standard air values in meters kilograms seconds units EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETFLUIDPROPERTIES GASCONSTANT 287 VISCOSITY 17 8E 6 CONDUCTIVITY 2 48E 2 Example 2 Set the fluid properties to incompressible with density equal to 1 0 the default and specific heat viscosity and conductivity taken from data set variables 5 6 and 7 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETFLUIDPROPERTIES INCOMPRESSIBLE TRUE SPECIF ICHEATOPT ION DATASETVAR SPECIFICHEATVAR 5 VISCOSITYOPTION DATASETVAR VISCOSITYVAR 67 CONDUCTIVITYOPT ION DATASETVAR CONDUCTIVITYVAR 7 231 SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES optional parameters RAWDATA lt boundaryrawdata gt Descri ption Specify whether the data represent an axisymmetric flow solution 2D Cartesian plots only whether adjacent zones should be considered to be connected at coincident faces and specify zone boundaries and their corresponding boundary conditions Each line of the RAWDATA describes one
168. cases you do not need to be concerned with the data type that is returned Simply assign the return object to a variable and pass that variable back into the functions that need it For example textId TecUtil TextCreate TecVals CoordSys Frame 50 50 TecVals Units_ Frame 3 5 Hello World TecUtil TextSetFont textId TecVals Font_Helvetica 284 Output Types Opaque types include Menu_pa AddOn_pa NodeMap_pa FaceNeighbor_pa FaceMap_pa ElemToFaceMap_pa FieldData_pa AuxData_pa ViewState_pa UniqueID_t Geom_ID Text_ID 16 4 Output Types Most TecUtil functions that send data or set styles return a single value or none at all In general these map to the Python boolean or integer types shown in Section 16 3 Input Types All successful calls to the TecUtil functions return an object pointer In the case where the C version of the TecUtil function is void the return in Python points to a special NONE object See also Section 16 3 3 NULL Pointers 16 4 1 Output Parameters Because of the way data are handled in Python most objects are immutable Arguments to functions are typically passed by value and not by reference Lists are the primary exception to this rule For example consider the following C code double xPos double yPos double height double width TecUtilFrameGetPosAndSize amp xPos amp yPos amp width amp height Python will not allow u
169. ce zones should increase in the same direction GICREATEISOZONES Sonses iinan e e bce douse codvaiaunseados cases chasaaausebounauavncbey dua nddovedsdvadcvbevscoesenewocses 90 Create zones from the currently defined iso surfaces One zone will be created from each defined iso sur face The iso surfaces must be active and you must have at least one active volume zone SICREATELTNE MAP uei a rE EGE EREEREER 90 Create a new Line mapping SICREATEMIRRORZONES eiorinn EAE codon cutee coun E EEE EAEAN A 90 Create new zones that are mirror images of the source zones SICREATENEWFRAME iacu ienie iea ae a iia aiad a a i 91 Creates a new frame 31 SICREATERECTANGULARZONE caso cesisssccdesessceost catsuciies chiestancacanconseeestt deotuedessedaabuconvsdonseinstsdaaseienvedvaseiecsbeagebes 91 Create a rectangular zone If no data set exists when this command is executed a data set is created with variables X Y and Z if KMax gt 1 If a data set exists prior to this command the non coordinate variables for the zone created are initialized to zero SICREA TESIMPLEZONE viiccssedesiedesiscasescazsyssen Ere Aa ESAEREN EAE REEE EEEE EE EEEE 92 Create a new zone by specifying only a list of XY pairs of data If other zones exist prior to using this func tion and there are more than 2 variables then the additional variables are also created and set to zero SICREATESLICEZONEFROMPLANE 6 o 3sccceicscescasvicvnsievecitvncscvscicintonvechv
170. ce zones cannot be I ordered Values assigned to the destination zone are equivalent to the results of using the probe tool in Tecplot 360 SILINEMA P orena EREE E EE EGEE RE E EREE EO E AEE 157 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for individual Line mappings The lt set gt parameter immedi ately following the LINEMAP command is optional If lt set gt is omitted then the assignment is applied to all Line mappings otherwise the assignment is applied only to the Line mappings specified in lt set gt SILINEPLOTLAYERS i dcccedescessestecoststossscesectoasscersonvanscesves civ AANE AEAEE EEEE ENAA EEEE EAEE AS AEE 160 A SetValue command that turns on or off Line plot layers SILINKING Seira eE EREE A E EEEE EN ERANA EREE EE EEEE EEE ASEE EIE EERE EREA E 160 Link attributes in two or more frames so that changes to attributes of one frame effect all linked frames SILOA DA DIDON morninopiiis iriiri kaea E E E EE EE 161 Load an add on into Tecplot 360 The lt string gt is the name of the add on to load See Section 33 1 Add on Loading in the User s Manual for instructions on how to specify the add on S LOADCOLORMA P arene oE E EE EAE desires cavern Aee AEA E TIESAS EESTO et Ata 162 Load a color map file The lt string gt is the name of the file to load SILOOP SIENDLOOP oraa REEE ENEE EENE AOE EEROR EEE 162 Process macro commands in a loop Within the loop you may access the current loop counter using the inter
171. cfg only SHOWF RAMEBORDERS lt boolean gt NO If YES frame borders are drawn using a dashed line when they are WHENOFF turned off This applies only to the screen and does not effect the hardcopy SHOWSTATUSLINE lt boolean gt YES SHOWTEXTGEOMSIN lt boolean gt YES Set to YES if you want text and geometries to show up in frames APPROXVIEWS using approximated plots SHOWTOOLTIPS lt boolean gt YES SHOWWAITDIALOGS lt boolean gt YES If NO all Please Wait and Percent Done dialogs will be disabled SIDEBARSIZING lt sidebarsizing gt MAXOFALL TRANSLATION Settings for interactive translation STEPSIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 10 SMALLSTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt 5 MEDIUMSTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt 10 LARGESTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt 20 ZOOMSCALEPERFRAMEUNI lt double gt T 149 Parameter Syntax Default Notes TRUETYPEMINOUTLINE lt integer gt 19 on Windows Tecplot 360 will use a bitmap font for POINTSIZE 16 on other platforms text smaller than this size USEMOD2MASKFORALT lt boolean gt NO Certain platforms have a problem with the ALT key Set to YES to DETECTION bypass the problem USECLASSICADJUSTORTOO lt boolean gt NO If set to YES uses the old style L adjustor tool that selects the closest control point rather than the whole object when clicking UNIXHELPBROWSERCMD lt string gt TECHOME bin Sets the command used
172. clude a title at the top of the dialog DEFAULTFNAME lt string gt Null Make the dialog come up with a default file name FILEFILTER lt string gt Null Set the filter for the file selection dialog FILEMUSTEXIST lt string gt YES Example Prompt the user for the name of a file to delete PROMPTFORFILENAME filetodelete DIALOGTITLE Delete File EDLER TIMER TS EEA IF filetodelete IF OPSys 1 UNIX Mac System rm filetodelete Endif IF OPSys 2 Windows System cmd c del filetodelete Endif Endif PROMPTFORTEXTSTRING Syntax PROMPTFORTEXTSTRING lt macrovar gt INSTRUCTIONS lt string gt Descri ption instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a dialog containing a single line text field and optional instructions The user enters text into the text field and the resulting string is assigned to lt macrovar gt Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes INSTRUCTIONS lt string gt Null Include text at the top of the dialog to instruct the user regarding the value to enter On Windows platforms this is limited to three lines of text Example PROMPTFORTEXTSTRING timestring INSTRUCTIONS Enter the time of the experiment 178 Syntax PROMPTFORYESNO lt macrovar gt INSTRUCTIONS lt string gt PROMPTFORYESNO Descri ptio N Instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a dialog containing two buttons one labe
173. colormapoverride gt gt Descri ptio N Change settings for a color map override Color map overrides are used to replace a specific band in a contour color map with one of the 16 basic colors 240 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes INCLUDE lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt STARTLEVEL lt op gt lt integer gt ENDLEVEL lt op gt lt integer gt Example set the color used between contour level number 1 to number 3 to be purple Use color map override number 3 lt lt continuouscolor gt gt Descri ptio N Change settings for continuous color Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes CMIN lt double gt CMAX lt double gt Example set the continuous color 241 lt lt dialogplacement gt gt Descri ption Describes the placement for a dialog Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHORALIGNMENT E lt anchoralignme nt gt ANCHORHORIZONTAL lt boolean gt ANCHORHORIZONTALINSIDE and INSIDE ANCHORVERTICALINSIDE control how the dialog window is anchored in both the horizontal and vertical directions ANCHORVERTICALIN lt boolean gt relative to the Tecplot 360 main window SIDE MINVISIBILITYPER lt integer gt The MINVISIBILITYPERCENTAGE specifies the minimum CENTAGE percentage of the dialog between 1 and 100 that must be visible within the desktop This prevents a dialog from being placed outside of
174. contains the text that appears in each of Tecplot 360 s frame headers This string typically contains dynamic text See also Section 18 1 5 Dynamic Text in the User s Manual The default string is amp FRAMENAME amp DATE amp DATASETTITLE FRAMEHEADERHEIGHT lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 2 Value is in inches SNAPTOGRID lt boolean gt NO Even if set to YES Tecplot 360 may not allow snapping in some situations 131 Parameter Syntax Default Notes SNAPTOPAPER lt boolean gt NO Even if set to YES Tecplot 360 may not allow snapping in some situations USETHICKERACTIVE lt boolean gt YES When set to YES which is the default behavior the active frame displays in the work area with a border one pixel wider FRAMEBORDERON than specified to make the active frame more visible Set this SREEN to NO to keep the active frame the same size as specified but still black while inactive frames are gray This will not affect printed or exported material unless the image is exported directly from the workspace Example Customize the frame header text and set the frame header height to be 0 25 inches GLOBALFRAME FRAMEHEADERFORMAT FRAMEHEADERHEIGHT 0 25 My frame the current date is amp Date amp Time Syntax GLOBALLINEPLOT optional parameters GLOBALLI NEPLOT Descri ptio NA SetValue command that changes global attribute
175. d Backward are only used by the interface Forward and Backward can be simulated using appropriate values STARTVALUE and ENDVALUE If ENDVALUE lt STARTVALUE the animation goes backward If ENDVALUE gt STARTVALUE the animation goes forward Goto can be 65 simulated if ENDVALUE STARTVALUE i e the animation goes one step Loop and Bounce can be accomplished by calling the file multiple times When recording the macro recorded contains exactly the animation done in the S interface So if you bounce three times through the data you will record three sets of forward and backwards commands Similarly if you use the one step options a lot you will record a lot of individual macro commands If you interrupt part way through an animation you will record a partial animation macro of those steps you did animate through Example The following example creates an animation of 3D slices ANIMATESLICES START 1 END 30 NUMSLICES 30 ANIMATESTREAM Syntax ANIMATESTREAM optional parameters Descri ption Produce an animation of stream markers or dashes moving along the currently defined streamtrace paths To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes STEPSPERCYCLE lt integer gt 20 Number of steps to use for each cycle of the animation Increase this number to produce a smoother animation CREA
176. d Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt contourlevelrawdata gt Supply a list of contour levels to add Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example Add contour levels 1 7 3 4 and 2 9 to the plot CONTOURLEVELS ADD RAWDATA NWR WwW wo ARN Syntax CONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST RANGEMIN lt dexp gt optional parameters CONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST Descri ption Delete the contour level whose value is nearest the value supplied in the RANGEMIN parameter 84 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes RANGEMIN lt dexp gt Delete the contour level whose value is nearest to this value Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example Delete the contour level whose value is nearest to 3 4 RANGEMIN 3 4 CONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST Syntax CONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE RANGEMIN lt dexp gt RANGEMAX lt dexp gt optional parameters CONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE Descri ption Delete all contour levels between a minimum and maximum contour value inclusive Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes RANGEMIN lt dexp gt Minimum co
177. d area Expands to lt lt areastyle gt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes DRAWGRIDLAST lt boolean gt Not available in 3D frame mode DRAWBORDER lt boolean gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt COLOR lt color gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt FILLCOLOR lt color gt USELIGHTSOURCETO lt boolean gt FIL Only available for 3D frame mode Example Turn on the grid area border for a 2D plot and change the line thickness to be 2 percent TWODAXIS AREASTYLE DRAWBORDER YES LINETHICKNESS 2 Descri ption Assign attributes for axes 236 lt lt axisdetail gt gt Expands to Parameter SHOWAXIS AUTOGRID ISREVERSED GRANCHOR GRSPACING RANGEMIN RANGEMAX COORDSCALE CLIPDATA VALUEATORIGIN VARNUM TICKLABEL GRIDLINES MINORGRIDLINES MARKERGRIDLINE TICKS TITLE AXISLINE Syntax lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt boolean gt lt double gt lt double gt lt double gt lt double gt lt coordscale gt lt boolean gt lt double gt lt integer gt lt lt ticklabeldetail gt gt lt lt gridlinedetail gt gt lt lt gridlinedetail gt gt lt lt gridlinedetail gt gt lt lt ticklabeldetail gt lt lt axistitle gt gt lt lt axisline gt gt Default Notes XY and Polar Line plots only Available for 2D and 3D plot types only Refer to LINE
178. d to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission from the University THG or the Contributor respectively DISCLAIMER THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE HDF GROUP THG AND THE CONTRIBUTORS AS IS WITH NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED In no event shall THG or the Contributors be liable for any damages suffered by the users arising out of the use of this software even if advised of the pos sibility of such damage Copyright 1998 2006 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois Copyright 2006 2008 The HDF Group THG All Rights Reserved PNG Reference Library Copyright 1995 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat Group 42 Inc Copy tight 1996 1997 Andreas Dilger Copyright 1998 1999 Glenn Randers Pehrson All Rights Reserved Tel 1989 1994 The Regents of the University of California Copyright 1994 The Australian National University Copyright 1994 1998 Sun Microsystems Inc Copyright 1998 1999 Scriptics Corporation All Rights Reserved bmptopnm 1992 David W Sanderson All Rights Reserved Netpbm 1988 Jef Poskanzer All Rights Reserved Mesa 1999 2003 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved W3C IPR 1995 1998 World Wide Web Consortium Massachusetts Institute of Technology Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique Keio University All Rights Reserved Ppmtopict 1990 Ken Yap All Rights Reserved JPEG 1991 1998 Thomas G Lane All Rights Reserved Di
179. dd on is described below LOADPYFILE NAME Descri ption Use this function to load a Python module via a macro file Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID Python Utility COMMAND LOADPYFILE NAME lt string gt Parameter Type Required Notes NAME lt string gt Y Name of Python module to load reload Do not include the path or extension NOTE the file must reside in a directory included in your PYTHONPATH definition Refer to Section 15 2 Installation and Setup for details MODI FYPYPATH Descri ption Use this command to temporarily modify your PYTHONPATH variable The variable will be set for the duration of the Tecplot 360 session using the macro command file Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID Python Utility COMMAND MODIFYPYPATH FOLDER lt string gt Parameter Type Required Notes FOLDER lt string gt Y Name of folder to be added to the Python search path 290 Notes for Novice Python Users RUNPYFUNCTION Descri ption Use this command to execute a Python function via a macro file NOTE Before executing a Python function you must first load the module that contains it via the LOADPYFILE NAME command Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID Python Utility COMMAND RUNPYFUNCTION MODULE lt string gt FUNCTION lt string gt ARGUMENTS lt ar
180. de mark or trademark of The Mozilla Foundation in the U S and or other countries Netscape is a registered trademark or trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation in the U S and or other countries SUSE is a registered trademark or trademark of Novell Incorporated in the U S and or other countries Red Hat is a registered trademark or trademark of Red Hat Incorporated in the U S and or other countries SPARC is a registered trademark or trademark of SPARC International Incorporated in the US and or other countries Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based on an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems Inc Solaris Sun and SunRaster are registered trademarks or trademarks of Sun MicroSystems Incorporated in the U S and or other countries Courier is a registered trademark or trademark of Monotype Imaging Incorporated in the U S and or other countries UNIX and Motif are registered trademarks or trademarks of The Open Group in the U S and or other countries Qt is a reg istered trademark or trademark of Trolltech in the U S and or other countries Zlib is a registered trademark or trademark of Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler in the U S and or other countries OpenGL is a registered trademark or trademark of Silicon Graph ics Incorporated in the U S and or other countries JPEG is a registered trademark or trademark of Thomas G Lane in the U S and or other countries SENSOR is a registered trademark or trademark of Coats Engineering in the
181. de gt 260 lt framecollection gt 260 lt ijklines gt 261 lt interpptselection gt 261 lt isosurfaceselection gt 261 lt linktype gt 261 lt macrofunctionvar gt 261 lt macrointrinsicvar gt 262 lt macroparameter gt 262 lt macroparameterlist gt 262 lt macrouserdefvar gt 262 lt macrovar gt 262 lt mirrorvar gt 262 lt mousebuttonclick gt 262 lt mousebuttondrag gt 262 lt mousemode gt 262 lt noncurrentframedrawlevel gt 262 lt op gt 262 lt originresetlocation gt 262 lt pickaction gt 263 lt plotapproximationmode gt 263 lt plottype gt 263 lt positionatanchor gt 263 lt printrendertype gt 263 lt relop gt 263 lt resizefilter gt 263 lt rgblegendorientation gt 263 lt rgbmode gt 264 lt scope gt 264 lt set gt 264 lt setspecifier gt 264 lt sortby gt 264 lt string gt 264 lt stylebase gt 264 lt subboundary gt 264 lt thetamode gt 265 lt threedviewchangedrawlevel gt 265 lt transformation gt 265 lt translucency gt 265 lt valueblankrelop gt 265 lt valuelocation gt 265 lt varloadmode gt 265 lt xyaxis gt 265 ACTIVEFIELDFILEMAPS 57 ACTIVELINEMAPS 58 ADDMACROPANELTITLE 58 ALTERDATA 58 60 ANIMATECONTOURLEVELS 60 ANIMATEIJJKBLANKING 61 ANIMATEIJKPLANES 62 63 ANIMATELINEMAPS 64 65 ANIMATESLICES 63 65 ANIMATESTREAM 64 66 ANIMATETIME 66 ANIMATEZONES 66 67 ATTACHDATASET 68 ATTACHGEOM 69 70 71 ATTACHTEXT 71 72 252 BASICCOLOR 7
182. default text When text is added to a plot interactively its font color size and so forth are based on the default text This command is usually used only in the Tecplot 360 configuration file DEFAULTTEXT 97 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHOR lt textanchor gt ANCHORPOS lt lt xy gt gt ANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt ATTACHTOZONE lt boolean gt BOX lt lt textbox gt gt CLIPPING lt clipping gt COLOR lt color gt LINESPACING lt op gt lt dexp gt MACROFUNCTION lt string gt Set the macro command to execute when you hover over the COMMAND geometry and press Ctrl right click POSITIONCOORDSYS lt coordsys gt SCOPE lt scope gt TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt ZONE lt op gt lt integer gt Example Make the default text font Times bold with a character height of 14 points DEFAULTTEXT TEXTSHAPE FONTFAMILY ISBOLD YES SIZEUNITS HEIGHT 14 Times ISITALIC NO POINT Syntax DELAY lt integer gt no parameters DELAY Descri ption Delay Tecplot 360 execution for lt integer gt seconds Example Pause Tecplot 360 for 3 seconds DELAY 3 Syntax DELET EAUXDATA DELETEAUXDATA AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame linemap page optional parameters Descri ption Delete Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs from zones frames o
183. ds to lt lt volumeobjectstoplot gt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWISOSURFACES lt boolean gt SHOWSLICES lt boolean gt SHOWSTREAMTRACES lt boolean gt Example 254 Descri ption Change settings for an X Y position Expands to lt lt xy gt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes X lt op gt lt dexp gt Y lt op gt lt dexp gt Example See the xyPos parameter in the example for lt lt textshape gt gt lt lt xyz gt gt Descri ption Change settings for an X Y Z triplet Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes X lt op gt lt dexp gt Y lt op gt lt dexp gt Z lt op gt lt dexp gt Example Change the scale factor on the Z axis to be 0 5 GLOBALTHREED AXISSCALEFACT Z 0 5 lt lt zebrashade gt gt Descri ption Change zebra shading attributes Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes INCLUDE lt boolean gt ISTRANSPARENT lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt Example Tur on zebra shading and make the zebra shade color to be black 256 Parameter Assignment Values Expressions and Operators 12 1 Assignment Value Table Parameter assignments referenced in the previous chapters using single angle brackets lt gt are defined here Case is not important Value Identifier Al
184. ds to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes PAPERSIZEINFO LETTER lt lt papersize gt gt WIDTH 8 5 HEIGHT 11 LEFTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 RIGHTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 TOPHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 BOTTOMHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 DOUBLE lt lt papersize gt gt A3 lt lt papersize gt gt WIDTH 11 693 HEIGHT 16 535 LEFTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 RIGHTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 TOPHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 BOTTOMHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 A4 lt lt papersize gt gt WIDTH 8 2677 HEIGHT 11 693 LEFTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 RIGHTHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 TOPHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 BOTTOMHARDCLIPOFFSET 0 125 CUSTOM1 lt lt papersize gt gt CUSTOM2 lt lt papersize gt gt See also Section PAGE on page 164 GLOBALPOLAR Syntax GLOBALPOLAR optional parameters Descri ption Allows polar plots to have curved lines that are interpolated along the R Axis between data points Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANGLE lt double gt 5 Determines the angle for which lines will be approximated as curves DRAWSTRAIGHTLINES lt boolean gt YES Alternates between straight and curved interpolated lines for polar plots Example This example turns o
185. e if NO draw the label horizontally XYZPOS X lt dexp gt 0 0 X position for contour label Y lt dexp gt 0 0 Y position for contour label Z lt dexp gt 0 0 Z position for contour label use Z only for 3D plots Example The following commands add labels at 0 5 0 25 and 0 73 0 17 in a 2 D field plot The labels will be aligned CONTOURLABELS ADD CONTOURGROUP 2 XYZPOS X 0 5 Y 25 CONTOURLABELS ADD XYZPOS 0 73 0 17 X M o CONT OURLABELS DELETEALL Syntax CONTOURLABELS DELETEALL optional parameters Descri ptio N Delete all currently defined contour labels Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example CONTOURLABELS DELETEALL CONTOURGROUP 3 CONTOURLEVELS Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the CONTOURLEVELS compound function family are described separately in the following sections The CONTOURLEVELS compound functions are 83 CONTOURLEVELS ADD CONTOURLEVELS NEW CONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST CONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE CONTOURLEVELS RESET CONTOURLEVELS RESETTONICE Syntax CONTOURLEVELS ADD lt contourlevelrawdata gt optional parameters CONTOURLEVELS ADD Descri ption Add a new set of contour levels to the existing set of contour levels Require
186. e Raw user defined color map Use COLORMAP to set the current color map SREADDATASE T irori aaan ai E EERE EN OER EEE AE A EEEE AEE TERRE EE E EEEE REEE AE 181 The READDATASET macro command has two separate uses The parameters available for the com mand are dependent upon the intended use It may either be used to load data in Tecplot 360 s file format plt or dat or in a foreign data file format To load data in Tecplot 360 s file format use the parameters listed in Table 9 2 To load data in a foreign file format use the parameters listed in Table 9 1 along with a set of name value pairs The name value pairs are specific to the data loader and described in Chapter 4 Data Loaders in the User s Manual SIREADSTYLESHEE T eccc ciccessececsadiesvcsusasesseeisduvesessesueesosies ce vanis En EAE ie N ea aTr EEE AEE RTA 183 Read in a stylesheet file The lt string gt is the name of the file to read SIRE DRAW air aA AA ANEA ENEA A ENEE ESERSE AEREN AOE ENESE 183 Redraw the active frame SIREDRAWA LL errito einni oiinadi siae s NENES EESE EEA AAEREN NEEE 184 Redraw all frames SREMOVEVAR ari ipao EEE EE EEA AARE EEEE EEEE EEE REEE E EEEREN EREEREER 184 Remove a user defined macro variable This frees up space so another user defined macro variable can be defined SIRENAMEDATASET VAR ssisocs coveceavixesveuseacunsuazessciasiashoucanes acescaveasatevsscsansnsuass sues EEN EEEE EE EE A EER EEEE iiia 184 Rename a
187. e equation The specification of range indices follow the rules below 228 Macro Command Description e All indices start with one and go to some maximum index m e Zero can be used to represent the maximum index m specifying zero tells the command to go to the very last position of the range that is the maximum index value m If the maximum index m 15 specifying zero sets the range index to 15 e Negative values represent the offset from the maximum index If a value of 2 is specified and the maximum index m is 14 the value used is 14 2 or 12 You can access your integration results in macros through a variety of specific environment variables For a list of the variables and how to access them refer to Section 22 7 2 Accessing Integration Results in Macros in the User s Manual Examples Example 1 The following command calculates the mass for all zones by integrating density variable 4 over cell volumes EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND INTEGRATE SCALARVAR 4 Example 2 Calculate the mass flux across a series of I constant planes for zones 1 2 and 3 and plots the results as Mass Flux Since the COMMAND string is surrounded by single quotation marks the quotes sur rounding the PLOTAS parameter must be preceded by a backslash to avoid a syntax error TEXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND INTEGRATE 1 3 VA
188. e maximum index m 15 specifying 0 sets the range index to 15 e Negative values represent the offset from the maximum index If a value of 2 is specified and the maximum index m is 14 the value used is 14 2 or 12 59 Examples Example 1 The following example adds one to X for zones 1 and 3 for every data point Example 2 The following example creates a new double precision variable called DIST Example 3 The following equations set a variable called P to zero along the boundary of an IJ ordered zone Example 4 By following a variable reference with brackets and you may designate a specific zone from which to get the variable value For example The zone number must be a positive integer constant less than or equal to the number of zones The zone designated must have the same structure finite element I IJ or JK ordered and dimensions number of nodes and so forth ANIMATECONTOURLEVELS Syntax ANIMATECONTOURLEVELS START lt integer gt END lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ptio N Produce an animation of a contour line plot by showing a single level at a time The animation varies according to the currently defined contour levels and is limited by the values in the START END and SKIP parameters To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this 60 command Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default No
189. e v 11 3 and earlier versions and may help older add on and macros to run correctly Default is NO AUTOREDRAWISACTIVE lt boolean gt YES Set to NO to turn Auto Redraw off BACKINGSTOREMODE lt backingstoremode gt REALTIMEUPDATE BEEPONFRAMEINTERRUPT lt boolean gt NO CACHELIGHTDISPLAY lt boolean gt NO When caching graphics in display lists only cache those objects which LISTSONLY use little memory When this is on only approximated plots are saved Full plots are not saved This onl has an effect if USEDISPLAYLISTS is set to YES and if USEAPPROXIMATEPLOTS is YES CONSERVEDERIVED lt boolean gt VARIABLESPACE COLLECTTIME lt boolean gt NO STATISTICS DATA SMOOTHBNDRYCOND lt boundarycondition gt FIXED NUMSMOOTHPASSES lt op gt lt integer gt 1 SMOOTHWEIGHT lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 5 INVDISTEXPONENT lt op gt lt dexp gt 3 5 INVDISTMINRADIUS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 LINEARINTERPCONST lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 LINEARINTERPMODE lt linearinterpmode gt SETTOCONST INTERPPTSELECTION lt pointselection gt OCTANTNPOINTS INTERPNPOINTS lt op gt lt integer gt 8 KRIGRANGE lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 3 KRIGZEROVALUE lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 KRIGDRIFT lt krigdrift gt LINEAR DERIVATIVEBOUNDARY lt derivpos gt SIMPLE TRIANGLEKEEPFACTOR lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 25 VARIABLEDERIVAT IONME ACCURATE or FAST FAST THOD VOLUMECELLINTERPOLAT TRILINEAR or PIECEWISELINEAR By default volume interpolati
190. e value of cell volumes will be used for integration EXCLUDEBLANKED lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE integration will only include non blanked regions XVARIABLE lt integer gt 2 Data set position of the scalar variable or X component of the vector variable to be integrated YVARIABLE lt integer gt 2 Only required for vector integrations Indicates the Y component of the vector variable to be integrated ZVARIABLE lt integer gt 2 Only required for vector integrations Indicates the Z component of the vector variable to be integrated INTEGRATEBY 7 ZONES Indicates whether the integration is performed by zones or by lt integratebyopti time strands on gt INTEGRATEOVER 7 CELLS Specifies cell volumes planes or lines lt integrateovero ption gt IRANGE MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt o SKIP lt integer gt 1 JRANGE MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt SKIP lt integer gt 1 KRANGE MIN lt integer gt 1 MAX lt integer gt SKIP lt integer gt 1 PLOTRESULTS lt boolean gt FALSE Indicated whether the results of the integration will be plotted in a Tecplot 360 frame PLOTAS lt string gt Results The variable name used to plot integration results If it contains spaces surround it with quotes preceded by a backslash Ignored for forces and moments Range Parameters The I range J range and K range parameters are used to limit the data altered by th
191. ean 132 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with Line plots If you would like the set tings in these commands to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory SIGLOBALLINKING cucune eenia A A O 133 Set to YES to tie all colormaps together If you would like the settings in this command to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory SIGLOBALPAPER nenies iri tec acess AUER EREN E AREE ES 133 A SetValue command that sets the paper size characteristics If you would like the settings in this com mand to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory SIGLOBALPOLAR enirir ianari A S EANN A AETA E ES T e A AN E AN 134 Allows polar plots to have curved lines that are interpolated along the R Axis between data points SIGEOBALRGB enan a araa Na e Eo RENEA RA NEAN EA AVANE a AE A A A EE RAA 135 Allows RGB coloring for plots which have RGB values specified at each vertex This coloring option is valuable for plots with entities such as Gas Oil and Water RGB Coloring can be assigned to field plot objects such as zones iso surfaces and slices SIGEOBALSCATTER sarii a E E RE ERE OE S a unde N E Ea EA 136 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with scatter plots SIGLOBALTHREED oriei ritarar ASERNE RESAD OVEA ASAT IA ENSANSE ov theo IAS SSAA S E 138 A SetValue command that changes global a
192. eate macros that will work for years on many machines and platforms 1 Begin your macro by opening a layout This will ensure that the final plot is consistent between versions of Tecplot 360 even if the default style settings for Tecplot 360 have changed An alternative to using a layout is to load data and then paste a frame style file in each frame If your macro will be used for more than one layout you can ensure forward compatibility by e Using the PromptForFileName command This will allow the user to interactively specify the layout file Or e Launching Tecplot 360 from the command line specifying the layout and the macro tecplot mylayout lay mydatafile mymacro mcr 2 Store associated files and graphics in the same folder as the macro file If your macro loads files or inserts images without allowing the user to choose them it is a good practice to store them in the same folder as the macro file that uses them After recording edit the macro and replace the path to the file with the intrinsic macro variable macrofilepath Example OpenLayout macrofilepath Density 1pk This allows the macro to work without editing in any location as long as the entire folder of files was copied there 3 Avoid using a Pick command in your macro 13 14 Changes to the aspect ratio can cause a recorded Pick command to fail when the macro is run on another machine or in another version of Tecplot 360 e Ina plot
193. eblankrelop gt LESSTHANOREQUAL NOTEQUALTO GREATERTHAN LESSTHAN EQUALTO GREATERTHANOREQUAL lt valueformat gt INTEGER FLOAT EXPONENT BESTFLOAT SUPERSCRIPT RANGEBESTFLOAT CUSTOMLABEL TIMEDATE lt valuelocation gt AUTO NODAL CELLCENTERED lt varloadmode gt BYNAME BYPOSITION lt vectortype gt TAILATPOINT HEADATPOINT MIDATPOINT HEADONLY lt viewmode gt FIT ZOOM DATAFIT SETMAGNIFICATION AXISFIT CENTER TRANSLATE LAST COPY PASTE PUSH lt windowfunction gt HANN HAMMING RECTANGULAR TRIANGULAR lt workspaceviewmode gt FITSELECTEDFRAMES FITALLFRAMES FITPAPER MAXIMIZE LASTVIEW ZOOM TRANSLATE lt xyaxis gt x Y 265 a In order to color an object using one of the contour variable groups i e assigning the color to MULTI1 MULTI2 etc you must first set the contour variable via the GLOBALCONTOUR command b The performance dialog cannot be launched or dropped via the macro language on Windows platforms c Available in XY plots only d The only difference in using single quotes vs double quotes for strings is that single quotes pre vent the processing of the backslash character that is n inserts a newline inserts the backslash itself 12 2 Assignment Value Expressions Simple values are literal constants such as 1 3 3 5 2 5e17 Complex expressions are identified by an equation surrounded by and delimiters Expressions can be used within any layout or macro file and support all of the
194. ecplot 360 Interface cccccssssisssiecseessseeesneesneee 11 Running Macros from the Quick Macro Panel cece esses eeeeeesneeneen 12 Writing Forward Compatible Macros s 13 Debugging MacroS sssssssssssrrrrressssrrrrrrrsrrrrrrrse 15 Macro Command SyntaX sci avchcautitaainatdninmanennatars 17 Macro Variables ssssssssssssssssssssssrssrerrirerrerrerssrsrssessssssssrssrsrrsrirrerrersreerss 19 Internal Varia bE S a a aa a aden ais 19 System Environment VariableS ssssssssssssssssssssssstsrssrsrssrtsrrsrstrerssereritesererrerrereeree 22 Assigning Values to Macro Variables s ssssssssssssssrssssrssrssrssrssrsrssrrerreseererrerrerree 22 Assigning a String to a Macro Variable ssssssssssssssssrssrssrssrsrssrserrersersererenee 23 Replacement Text Use sack Guth yonn e i GR ENa Sie NENE e Liani 23 Macro Function Variables seinninn e iai i 23 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Index Using Formats in Macro Variables 0 cesses eessesseesseeesneesnessseeesessneeesneaneees 24 Macro Command SUMMALY ou cccscsssssssseesssecsssecesseccsseecsseecsseeesnees 27 Macro Commands cscs aes dens tants heats teees descavadela iabadealici oad atseySiotdvane 57 Macro Commands for the Analyze Menu nsss 219 Summary of Analyze Macro Command S 219 Macro Command Description Parameter Assignment Values Parameter SUDCOMMANAS oo ccceccecssesssescsscsessssessessessesssssssseseesees 235 Parameter A
195. ect objects 167 SETFIELDVARIABLES macro command 220 230 SETFLUIDPROPERTIES macro command 220 230 SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES macro command 220 232 SETREFERENCEANDFIELDVARIABLES macro command 232 SETREFERENCEVALUES macro command 220 Setting X Y Z triplets 255 Setting X Y positions 255 Setting attributes reference scatter symbols 247 248 Setting color values 249 Setting I J or K indices 244 Setting index ranges 244 Setting number formats 245 Setting symbol shapes 250 Setting zebra shading attributes 255 303 INDEX Settings OpenGL rendering 248 SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS macro command 220 233 SetValue commands in color map files 273 macro configuration files 273 Shade attributes 111 Shade maps 249 shademap subcommand 249 Shading 249 Shift picked objects 174 SHOWCONTINUOUSSTATUS 149 SHOWCOORDINATES 149 SHOWCOORDINATESWITHSELECTORADJUSTOR 1 49 SHOWFRAMEBORDERSWHENOFF 149 showpanel flag 12 SHOWSTATUSLINE 149 SHOWTEXTGEOMSINAPPROXVIEW 149 SHOWWAITDIALOGS 149 Simple zone create 92 Single angle brackets 235 257 Size 239 object 74 76 paper 133 preference 76 set command in macros 74 76 Size limitations macro control commands 273 Size lists 239 Size preferences 76 Size units 264 Sketch axis 192 Skip mode 264 Slice animate 65 create slice zone command 93 Plane type assigned 21 positioning 21 Slice source 264 Slices 264 create zones 94 global settings 193 Slicing 264 Small Rainbow
196. ecutes an ATTACHDATASET command if a frame mode is requested in a frame that does not have an attached data set Tecplot 360 attaches the data set from the closest frame in drawing order having an attached data set SIAT TA CH GEOM iai aai aa ERE RA REAREA dese oveasd hoe cudea cede EAS sua Sia baa eeu seve RARR bese 69 Attach a geometry to the active frame 28 GUAT TA CEE TIEX rini ara EAE ROEE EEAS e E EE E loves sce ade nase nvscesusen A E cantanvnchcsteceatecan cues 71 Attach text to the active frame SIBASICCOLOR inpar er ea Seva EE EATS E E R E E FEE S AT E EA TE 73 A SetValue command that sets the red green and blue components for any of the basic colors in Tecplot 360 SIBASICCOLORLEGEND o eis i EE AS ORAA OES A A TAA 74 A SetValue command that allows you to create and set the style of a legend for the basic colors in Tecplot 360 The legend can be used to display any attribute of the plot represented by a basic color for example materials Each frame maintains a mapping of basic colors to names Each basic color actually used in selected layers of the plot appears in the legend unless it is excluded BASK SILE ao a a EA O AES er TE ea P eA AEN AINE E ESAE S R N 76 A SetValue command that sets sizes of various objects like line thicknesses line pattern length font height and so forth Sizes can be assigned when interacting with Tecplot 360 by either entering an exact value or by choosing from a preset list of value
197. ed 88 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone CONTLINECREATEMODE ONEZONEPERCONTOURLEVEL or Select whether one zone per ONEZONEPERINDEPENDENTPOLYLINE contour lever will be created or whether there will be a zone for each polyline Example Create a new zone for each contour line on an existing contour plot CREATECONTOURLINEZONES CONTLINECREATEMODE ONEZONEPERCONTOURLEVEL CREATEFEBOUNDARY Syntax CREATEFEBOUNDARY SOURCEZONE lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Zone edges for finite element data cannot be turned on or off using the edge plot layer in Tecplot 360 You can however create a separate zone which is the boundary of a finite element zone This new zone can then be turned on or off Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes SOURCEZONE lt integer gt Zone to extract the boundary from Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone REMOVEBLANKEDSURFACES lt boolean gt NO Set to YES if you want the resulting zone to include only the boundary adjacent to non blanked cells Example Create an
198. ed SIRUNMACROPUNCTION eresien tra Er EREE EREEREER EEEE REEE EEEE EEEE ESR 187 Execute commands defined in a macro function The lt string gt references the name of the macro function to run If the macro command requires parameters then include them within parentheses after the macro command name SISAVELAYOUT o ori a NEEESE ENE ATENEO EOE E A AENEA EREA 188 Save the current layout to a file You must supply the file name SISETSDEYEDISTANCE a isccssscesscve vaste vascdvaceadssveiascausaxsunstenceneiecnosdendunduts ce couse oued EESE EES EARE 188 Sets the distance from the viewer to the plane of the current center of rotation SISETAUXDATA EEEE fests EEEE ERER EEEE EEE EEEE AOA EE EEEE REEE EAER 188 Add Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs to zones frames or datasets The name must begin with an underscore or letter and may be followed by one or more underscore period letter or digit char acters SS SETDA TA SE T UGE e ia a a a a a a aaa A e EE E aE aaua 189 Set the title for the current data set SISETFIELD VALUE ssori Ea EE EEEE 189 Specify a field value data set value at a specified point index If the zone referenced is IJ or IJK ordered then the point index is calculated by treating the 2 or 3D array as a 1 D array Note that the INDEX value was calculated using ISETFRAMEBACKGROUNDCOLOOR sesseesessesesieieirisrrereresrerrrerestetstststttttteststseststttetetestststsesterereresesenesete 190 Se
199. enhance the on screen animation It must be reactivated before exiting the macro Example SHOWMOUSEPOINTER NO LOOP 36 ROTATE3DVIEW X ANGLE 5 REDRAW ENDLOOP SHOWMOUSEPOINTER YES SKETCHAXIS Syntax SKETCHAXIS optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a sketch mode frame Axes are rarely used in sketch frames 192 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOADJUSTRANGES lt boolean gt NO TONICEVALEUS AXISMODE lt axismode gt XYDEPENDENT Set to INDEPENDENT or XYDEPENDENT DEPXTOYRATIO lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 AXISMODE must be XYDEPENDENT to use this GRIDAREA lt lt gridarea gt gt DRAWBORDER NO COLOR BLACK LINETHICKNESS 0 4 PRECISEGRID lt lt precisegrid gt gt INCLUDE NO SIZE 0 0045 COLOR BLACK ISFILLED NO FILLCOLOR WHITE DRAWGRIDLAST NO PRESERVEAXISSCALE lt boolean gt NO VIEWPORTNICEFIT lt double gt BUFFER VIEWPORTPOSITION lt lt rect gt gt X1 0 Y1 0 X2 100 Y2 100 VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt double gt 100 TARGET VIEWPORTTOPSNAP lt double gt 10 TOLERANCE XDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt YDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt Example Change the axis mode to be INDEPENDENT for sketch mode in the active frame SKETCHAXIS AXISMODE INDEPENDENT Syntax SLICEATTRIBUTES lt slicegroup gt optional parameters SLICEAT
200. er XVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Y lt dexp gt 0 Y coordinate for center YVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Z lt dexp gt 0 Z coordinate for center ZVAR lt integer gt Auto Only needed when processing journal instructions Examples 94 Example 1 Create a spherical 10 by 20 IJ ordered zone centered at 5 5 with a radius of 2 CREATESPHERICALZONE IMax lf JMax 20 X 5 Y 5 RADIUS Se A CREATESTREAMZONES Syntax CREATESTREAMZONES optional parameters Descri ption Create one or more zones out of the currently defined streamtraces The new zones have the same number of variables per data point as the other zones in the data set with all non coordinate variables interpolated at the positions along the streamtrace Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone CONCATENATE lt boolean gt NO Set to YES to create a single zone out of all common streamtraces The cell that connects the end of one streamtrace with the beginning of the next can later be turned off using value blanking Example Create a single zone out of all common streamzones CREATESTREAMZONES CONCATENATE YES DATASETUP Syntax DATA
201. ers Syntax Default Notes X lt dexp gt X location in inches relative to the left edge of the paper Y lt dexp gt Y location in inches relative to the top edge of the paper Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes COLLECTINGOBJECTS lt boolean gt NO If NO the list of picked objects is cleared before the attempt is made to add a new object CONSIDERSTYLE lt boolean gt NO DIGGINGFOROBJECTS lt boolean gt NO If YES attempt to pick objects below any currently picked objects at this location IGNOREZONEOBJECTS lt boolean gt NO If YES pick operations will ignore zones and pick objects such as slices iso surfaces and streamtraces Example Attempt to add to the list of picked objects by picking at paper location 1 0 7 0 Do not clear the list of picked objects before picking X 1 0 Y 7 0 PICK CHECKTOADD COLLECTINGOBJECTS YES Syntax PICK ADDALL optional parameters PI CK ADDALL Descri ption Add all objects of a certain type to the list of picked objects Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes SELECTTEXT lt boolean gt NO Select all text objects in the active frame SELECTGEOMS lt boolean gt NO Select all geometry objects in the active frame SELECTFRAMES lt boolean gt NO Select all frames SELECT lt boolean gt NO Select all streamtrace objects in the active frame STREAMTRACES SELECTMAPS lt b
202. escri ption a SetValue command that allows you to create and set the style of a legend for the basic colors in Tecplot 360 The legend can be used to display any attribute of the plot represented by a basic color for example materials Each frame maintains a mapping of basic colors to names Each basic color actually used in selected layers of the plot appears in the legend unless it is excluded 74 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHORALIGNMENT TOPRIGHT lt anchoralignment gt BASICCOLORCONTROL Name may include dynamic text variables for example to incoproate auxiliary data BLACK lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt BLUE lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES Sh CUSTOM1 lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES CUSTOM56 gt gt CYAN lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt GREEN lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt PURPLE lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt RED lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt WHITE lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt YELLOW lt lt basiccolorcontrol See notes NAME SHOW YES gt gt BOX lt lt textbox gt
203. eseeeeeesesessisiseseriressssstsesestetttestststststsetttttststststsesteteststsestseeetteteseseseses 83 Delete all currently defined contour labels CONTOURLEVELS Required Control Option ssssssesosssssesssssestessessesssstensessessentensisnessenneesesnesnesneenees 83 The different commands in the CONTOURLEVELS compound function family are described separately in the following sections SICONTOURLE VELS AD Diss szissscessuceastcuas tense eiee aA ERa aia aa aaa aaa aa estes Ria 84 Add a new set of contour levels to the existing set of contour levels IGONTOURLEVELS DELETENEAREST rissiiaisiinsr siinseid osiakin as agii na ia aa ai 84 Delete the contour level whose value is nearest the value supplied in the RANGEMIN parameter SICONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE 0 se i ccccssiecevscecslescesangscczgseeeguosenievedeoscsessgesbbavevbdvovbevev og tov badevedoosbedevopvebey 85 Delete all contour levels between a minimum and maximum contour value inclusive SICONTOURLEVELS NEW nieces s genr E E T A EAEE ENEE S ES ERNST AAS 85 Replace the current set of contour levels with a new set 30 SICONTFOURLEVELS RESE Dieses csestcvescovssiesn a aA E E R cantons AS a E E a a ia 86 Reset the contour levels to a set of evenly distributed values spanning the entire range of the currently selected contouring variable SICONTOURLEVELS RESETFONIC E oraaa e a ANENE AE e E AEN A A A 86 Reset the contour levels to a set of evenly distributed
204. et ASSIGNSTRANDID lt boolean gt NO If YES Tecplot 360 will assign strand ID s to zones if time is supplied for the zones but strand ID s are not If NO Tecplot 360 will not associate these zones with any strands 181 Table 9 2 Parameters for loading data in Tecplot 360 format Parameters Syntax Default Notes IJKSKIP Use values greater than 1 to skip data points I lt integer gt 1 lt integer gt 1 K lt integer gt 1 COLLAPSEZONESAND lt boolean gt NO Renumber zones and variables if zones or variables are disabled VARS INCLUDECUSTOM lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any custom labels in the data files LABELS INCLUDEDATA lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any field data in the data files INCLUDEGEOM lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any geometries in the data files INCLUDETEXT lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to load in any text in the data files INITIALPLOTFIRST lt boolean gt Allows faster performance for files with multiple zones ZONEONLY INITIALPLOTTYPE lt plottype gt READDATAOPTION NEW Set to APPEND to append the new zones to the zones in the lt readdataoption data set that existed prior to using this command Set to NEW 2 to remove the data set from the active frame prior to reading in the new data set If other frames use the same data set they will continue to use the old one Set to REPLACE to replace the data set attached to the ac
205. et the name for the active frame Default Frame001 Example FRAMENAME Pressure Contours for well 33 FRAMESETUP Syntax FRAMESETUP optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that sets parameters used to preset dynamic frame attributes when a frame is initialized 121 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ALIGNINGCONTOUR lt boolean gt YES If YES the next interactively placed contour label is aligned to the contour line LABELS ASSIGNSEQUENCED lt boolean gt NO If set to YES the values set via FIELDMAP nnn MESHLAYER COLOR lt color gt are used for default zone ZONECOLORS mesh colors similarly for Edge colors FITINITIALFRAMETO lt boolean gt YES If set to NO the new layout is shown as in V10 with the entire WORKSPACE paper fit to the work area If set to YES the new layout is shown with the active frame fit to the work area This command changes the behavior of Tecplot 360 as it first appears during a session and as it appears after a new layout command It has no effect on the current plot but it can be used in a macro to set the value for future new plots It is typically found in the tecplot cfg file INITIAL3DFITTO lt boolean gt YES If YES initial 3D plot shows a view equivalent to using E View FitSurfaces or the View gt Fit Surface menu item and SURFACES ignor s the FrameSetup Initial3DScale par
206. et_t MemMapOffset_t float double Float char String Refer to the following sections for additional information on variable types in Python e String Lists e Sets e NULL Pointers e Sequences e ArgList_pa Types 281 e Input Parameters With Mixed Types e Opaque Types 16 3 1 String Lists If a variable is of the type String_pa perform the following steps for the Python syntax 1 Declare a list 2 In the function prototype use mylist in lieu of the StringList_pa variable For example given the following C syntax The equivalent Python syntax is where 16 3 2 Sets If a variable is of the type Set_pa perform the following steps for the Python syntax 1 Declare a list or tuple 2 In the function prototype use mylist or mytuple in lieu of the Set_pa variable For example given the following C syntax The equivalent Python syntax is where or 282 Input Types mytuple 1 4 9 16 25 TecUtil MyFunction IsTrue mytuple where boolean IsTrue tuple mytuple 16 3 3 NULL Pointers Use the None object in your Python code wherever a NULL pointer would have been passed in C code For example success TecUtil LineMapSetAssignment TecVals SV_Zone None 2 16 3 4 Sequences Arrays of values in Python are defined as either a list or a tuple TecUtil functions support both forms of input arrays Square brackets are used to denote li
207. eters Syntax Default Notes EXTRACTLINEPOINTS lt boolean gt NO If NO must include NUMPTS ONLY EXTRACT THROUGH lt boolean gt NO If YES data is extracted from XYZ coordinates in the polyline If NO data is extracted from the surface VOLUME EXTRACTTOFILE lt boolean gt NO If NO a zone is created If YES you must include FNAME FNAME lt string gt File name for extracted file Required if EXTRACTTOFILE is YES INCLUDEDISTANCE lt boolean gt NO If YES Tecplot 360 includes an extra variable in the result which is the distance along the line of points extracted and VAR EXTRACTOFILE must also be YES NUMPTS lt integer gt Required if EXTRACTLINEPOINTSONLY is NO Example Extract 10 points from specific locations in a field plot Create a zone with the extracted data EXTRACTFROMPOLYLINE EXTRACTLINEPOINTSONLY YES RAWDATA 10 600 120 240 320 340 108 QAupRHA ON DUS QVOOOQ Syntax FIELDLAYERS optional parameters FIELDLAYERS Descri ption A SetValue command that turns field plot layers on or off or sets the 2D draw order Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWCONTOUR lt boolean gt NO SHOWEDGE lt boolean gt YES SHOWISOSURFACES lt boolean gt NO SHOWMESH lt boolean gt NO SHOWSCATTER lt boolean gt NO SHOWSHADE lt boolean gt YES SHOWSLICES lt boolean gt NO SHOWVEC
208. eves 109 A SetValue command that turns field plot layers on or off or sets the 2D draw order 34 SUPTE LTO MAP Presioni inii iao EE E AAR SE EEEE ES AOA Heke aide ae naka ena nee 109 A SetValue command that assigns zone attributes for field plots The lt set gt parameter immediately follow ing the FIELDMAP command is optional If lt set gt is omitted then the assignment is applied to all zones Otherwise the assignment is applied only to the zones specified in lt set gt SBT TEC OI ciriciri st pa de ape i aar EaR EEA EELEE AEE AAEREN ie EEE vo bara EaR a ENE 112 A SetValue command that sets file path information in Tecplot 360 SIFONTA DJU S Toeris iaaea oaia ee nna EANA EAEEREN AE EAA EIEE EENES 115 A SetValue command that sets character spacing and sizing for fonts in Tecplot 360 These parameters rarely change SIFOURIERTRANSFORM eiresiesircrisstii rii ri rs REEE EREE anata EEEE EEEE 115 Performs a Fourier transform for each dependent variable for each source zone A new zone containing the resulting frequency amplitude and phase variables three for each dependent variable is created for each source zone If the independent variable is non uniform the resulting frequency is a modification of the original data see discussion below for the INDEPENDENTVAR and OBEYSOURCEZONEBLANKING parameters Resulting zones are assigned new time strands using the same groupings as the source zones if they belong to time stands otherwi
209. f elements for FE data K dimension for ordered data or the number of nodes per cell for cell based FE data triangles dims 2 bricks tetrahedra and quadrilaterals or the number of faces for face based FE data polygons and polyhedrons 16 6 2 OrderedDataValuesGet The IOrderedDataValuesGet function reads data from the active frame in Tecplot 360 The data are returned in a list object in a 1 dimensional format This function can be used whether the data in Tecplot 360 are XY 2D or 3D The IOrder refers to the format of the returned list object not the format of the data 286 The function has the following syntax Convenience Functions ptList TecUtil IOrderedDataValuesGet zoneNum varNum start end Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone containing data to be read varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be read 1 based index of the first point to be read If not Start Integer Optional 1 included read will start at the first data point End Ditecer Optional 1 based index of the last point to be read inclusive If 8 Last point not specified the read will go to the last data point ptList List Return object New reference List containing the requested values Note if the start value is set at 8 then ptList 0 contains the value for the eighth data point in the zone 16
210. field plots 112 assigning axes attributes 237 assigning control point for small rainbow color map 127 assigning the medium line pattern length 77 attributes applied to all frames 132 attributes for default geometry 97 attributes for exporting image files 106 axis grid area borders 236 243 axis gridlines settings 243 axis modes 193 axis tick mark attributes 254 axis tick mark labels 253 basic size values 239 circle raw data 270 color map control points 240 contour attributes 130 contour levels raw data 270 Create a new zone for each contour line on an existing contour plot 89 Creating mirror zones 91 Deleting contour levels 85 edit picked objects 164 172 inverse distance interpolation 151 Line legend and data labels 133 line mappings attributes 159 line plot layers on or off 160 line segment geometry raw data 270 macro function file 12 making Line maps active for plotting 58 making line maps active for plotting 58 making zones active for plotting 57 mapping monochrome hardcopy output 250 paper characteristics 165 paper size dimensions 246 path information 114 pick all in rectangle 169 positioning frame on the paper 121 Preplot launch command 96 print attributes 177 rectangle settings 247 removing Line maps 58 removing zones from the set of active zones 58 RGB values raw data 270 298 set parameters for dynamic frame attributes 122 setting X Y Z triplets 255 setting X Y positions 255 setting 3D global attributes 139 set
211. form data from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates specifying angles in degrees and creating new variables TRANSFORMCOORDINATES ANGLESPEC DEGREES CREATENEWVARIABLES YES XVAR 2 YVAR 3 TRANSFORMATION RECTTOPOLAR Syntax TRIANGULATE optional parameters TRIANGULATE Descri ption create anew zone by forming triangles from data points in existing zones 206 Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone BOUNDARYZONES lt set gt Required if USEBOUNDARY is YES INCLUDEBOUNDARY lt boolean gt NO Set to YES if you also want the boundary points to be used to create triangles PTS SOURCEZONES lt set gt All zones TRIANGLEKEEP lt dexp gt 0 25 FACTOR USEBOUNDARY lt boolean gt NO Specify one or more I ordered zones that define boundaries across which no triangles can be created Example Create a zone by triangulating data points from zones 1 and 2 TRIANGULATE SOURCEZONES 1 2 TWODAXIS Syntax TwopaxIs optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a 2D frame Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOADJUSTRANGES lt boolean gt TONICEVALUES
212. forth or an ASCII character SPOKE ONES eee E E A E IR E E 251 Change settings for the optional box around a text label s lt texts hapessa non nin ge i a AREE Got aa E di Gen hunted EEE sealed Hal A ERER eo 251 Change settings related to text font and character height Ketick label details aE a tils ses acedvense 252 Change settings for the text used to label axis tick marks Katie kinarke tars lt 1255 AT dees aeons tote ods tesco sk Badd be aoe hi eTocs Bish Siow Nees ue TR 253 Assign attributes for axis tick marks lt lt vOlumeob ectstOp lO rs sere eare testis ccces sn av ccues EA R REEE O AE E A AA E 254 Specifies what volume objects are to be displayed Change settings for an X Y position 9 9 gt E E T T E CE ee T E E E AT 255 Change settings for an X Y Z triplet LAA D EAT a S TN E TE E E EE EE E E T EO 255 Change zebra shading attributes 54 LOADPYETLE NAME scriti besese di ance Shs ca evox nc bs vavien cud eubsecabvcdnapestehdebds civets sted DEE EEEE A ENER I aas Ta aias 290 Use this function to load a Python module via a macro file MODIFY PY PAVED cis cchccisszecsectusstassteetessies vetsiyssesbsvaansuts vases EEE EEAS EE E VEE SEE TEE E ates bates cae tae 290 Use this command to temporarily modify your PYTHONPATH variable The variable will be set for the duration of the Tecplot 360 session using the macro command file RUNPYBUNCTION aeaii a EEE OEA ERAN EEEE ENE ATEAN ERE 291 Use this c
213. from a file This will ensure that the final plot will be consistent from one version of Tecplot 360 to the next even if the default style settings for Tecplot 360 have been changed Problem The macro gives you errors such as File does not exist or Cannot open file but you can locate the file Solution Copy the file to the same folder as the macro file that uses the file Edit the macro and replace the path to the file with the intrinsic macro variable macrofilepath Example Openlayout macrofilepath Density 1pk This allows the macro to work without editing in any location as long as the entire folder of files was copied there Problem Running the macro causes unusual error messages such as No objects to cut or the objects selected not allowed to be cut or Not allowed to adjust zones or mappings when the mouse mode is set to SELECTOR When you run the macro in the Macro Viewer you see that the problem occurs with when a Pick command is run Solution Avoid using a Pick command in your macro Changes to the aspect ratio can cause a recorded Pick command to fail when the macro is run on another machine or in another version of Tecplot 360 To fix the problem in an existing macro follow these steps to make the coordinates more precise 1 Run the macro on the machine where the error message is generated 15 2 Via the macro viewer or editor identify the preceding PICK CHECKTOADD or simil
214. gIl gt lt arg2 gt Parameter Type Required Notes MODULE lt string gt Y Name of module containing the desired function do not include path or extensions NOTE the module must already be loaded using the LOADPYFILE NAME command FUNCTION lt string gt Y Name of quick macro function to execute ARGUMENTS lt argl gt Y for an Input arguments for the Function entered as comma separated lt arg2 gt function that values in a quoted string The number of individual arguments requires input and the argument types depend on function parameters 16 8 Notes for Novice Python Users If you are new to Python scripting please be aware of the following concepts e There are not any Python equivalents for TecUtil Alloc Dealloc or manipulation functions Use the built in Python functions e The comment symbol in Python is 291 292 Index Symbols 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 lt anglespec gt 257 lt axisalignment gt 257 lt bitdumpregion gt 257 lt boolean gt 258 lt borderlocation gt 258 lt clipping gt 258 lt compressiontype gt 258 lt conditionalexp gt 258 lt constraintop2mode gt 258 lt contourcoloring gt 258 lt contourlabellocation gt 258 lt curveinfomode gt 258 lt dataloadstrategy gt 258 lt dialogname gt 259 lt draworder gt 260 lt edgetype gt 260 lt fielddatatype gt 260 lt fillmo
215. ger gt no optional parameters Descri ption Allows sharing of the specified variable from the source zone to the destination zone Zone must be of the same type ordered or FE and dimensions Cell centered variables in FE must have the same number of cells Sharing is not allowed if either zone has global face neighbors Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt SOURCEZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt Example Shares the third variable from the second zone with the fifth zone SHAREF LELDDATAVAR SOURCEZONE 2 VAR 3 DESTINATIONZONE 5 191 SHIFTLINEMAPSTOBOTTOM Sy ntax SHIFTLINEMAPSTOBOTTOM lt set gt no parameters Descri ption Shift a list of Line mappings to the bottom of the Line mapping list This in effect causes the selected Line mappings to be drawn last Example Shift Line mappings 2 and 4 to the bottom SHIFTLINEMAPSTOBOTTOM 2 4 SHIFTLINEMAPSTOTOP Syntax SHIFTLINEMAPSTOTOP lt set gt no parameters Descri ption shift a list of Line maps to the top of the Line map list This in effect causes the selected Line maps to be drawn first Example Shift Line maps 2 and 4 to the top SHIFTLINEMAPSTOTOP 2 4 SHOWMOUSEPOINTER Syntax SHOWMOUSEPOINTER lt boolean gt optional parameters Descri ption tThe mouse icon may be deactivated within a macro to
216. hat changes the settings for the global contour color map and the global light source shading color map in Tecplot 360 Changes here affect all frames using these color maps See GLOBALCONTOUR COLORMAPFILTER for additional settings that can be applied on a frame by frame basis 37 SIGLOBALCON TOUR ceros A r ES REEE EA con dupsngs E sn usu 2s ah E Se sok caavh dao k NEE 128 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with contour plots or contour levels The optional parameter lt contourgroup gt refers to the defined contour groups 1 8 allowed in Tecplot 360 and takes an integer value of one through eight The lt contourgroup gt parameter is optional and if omitted Tecplot 360 will use contour group 1 If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory The NUMBERFORMAT setting for LABELS also controls the number format in the legend SGLOBALEDGE septiset AS E ADD eaS oS TRET R E EAS T ra S E NE 131 A SetValue command that sets attributes which sets the minimum crease angle for edges SIGLOBALERAME oerni cscspcitetasssachishesevectte o i in EI rii EE EEEE NE E A E a a cvbeons 131 A SetValue command that sets attributes which apply to all frames If you would like the settings in this command to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory SIGEOBALLINEPLO D oaan AE A A E AOA NAA EA ER easeeetov
217. he current view onto the view stack A view will not be pushed if the current view is the same as the top view on the stack Note that commands VIEW AXISFIT VIEW CENTER VIEW DATAFIT VIEW FIT and VIEW ZOOM automatically push a view onto the stack Tecplot 360 automatically pushes the current view onto the stack when a REDRAW command is issued and the current view is differ ent from the top view on the view stack VIEW RESETTOENTIRECIRCLE 0 o 0cccvsecccebevecsvececeusscecs obecssieeseoutecieseecscvandchuvstees veseavasestuctudeceusegecsetecdundesteveets 212 Reset the Theta R Axis to initial settings For Polar plots only SIVIEW SEITMAGNIFICATION veronsa area ocd suave dened esol dee cea E E a tea ons ata E ATER 212 Set the magnification for the data being plotted A magnification of 1 will size the plot so it can fit within the grid area SIVTEIW TRANS DATE ee NS Ds Se EN ALA Ee Sa ER A EN eA APE A 212 Shift the data being plotted in the X and or Y direction The amount translated is in frame units EVE W LOOM cunnar cs seach aga sos 500s save ss daa eeu Sona E Tua dn TE E A E UG vo HHLDE ao GPRS EHUD Nats 212 Change the view by zooming into the data In Sketch XY and 2D frame mode plots Tecplot 360 will adjust the ranges on the axis to view the region defined by the rectangle with corners at X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 For 3D orthographic plots the view is translated and scaled to fit the region For 3D perspective plots the view i
218. he end of a sequence of using the double buffer SIDOUBLEBUFFER ON o csvsceses idsvccessedesvecetnsivivestuvedsipcevinctoacdsbu NESNE AEREE AEE AASEN 100 Turn on double buffering use this command once at the beginning of a sequence of using the double buf fer While double buffering is turned on all drawing is sent to the back buffer SIDOUBLEBUFFER SWAP cs sesscvecssiesssvosiessovesesseveassveeievdsesossevesseedbonscitnesdvvensvusebesbetendavesddnsvbeavsbesendnvastvercoutesh 100 Swap the back buffer to the front In other words copy the image in the back buffer to the front SI DRAWGRAPHICS en ere PO Ove ee ee eye ren 101 Turn on or off all graphics drawing Turning off all graphics during preliminary portions of a macro file can greatly increase the efficiency of the macro SIDROPDIA LOG vereso ressata Ea r EEE rer 101 Drop a Tecplot 360 interface dialog This command is mainly useful for the Tecplot 360 demo To launch a dialog use LAUNCHDIALOG SIDUPLICATELINEMA BP vnininaeiineseesrirsns insirita t iui eirinen i NEEE OALE RENEA ENAERE EEA RE 101 Copy attributes from an existing Line mapping to another SIDUPLICATEZONE verrine iani ENEE EOE AE EEEE ENEE EEEE ENE 101 Make a copy of an existing zone You can assign index ranges to create a new zone which is a subset of the source zone GIES IEEE EE IE OEE EIE OTE EEES E ES TE aun aR Tae 102 Conditionally handle macro commands Used when an IF statement is FALSE S
219. hickness in Y frame units 0 100 MACROFUNCTIONCOMMAND lt string gt Null Set the macro command to execute when you hover over the geometry and press Ctrl right click For security reasons this command can only be used in the Tecplot 360 configuration file MAINTAINASPECTRATIO lt boolean gt YES NUMELLIPSEPTS lt integer gt 72 Numbers of points to use when drawing ellipses and circles PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 Set the pattern length in Y frame units 0 100 POSITIONCOORDSYS lt coordsys gt GRID RESIZEFILTER lt resizefilter gt SCOPE lt scope gt LOCAL Set the scope to GLOBAL to draw this geometry in all like frames TEXTUREFILTER CUBIC ZONE lt integer gt 1 This is only used if ATTACHTOZONE YES This geometry is disabled if the zone assigned here is inactive Examples Example 1 The following example creates a red circle with a radius equal to 25 percent of the height of the frame in the center of the frame ATTACHGEOM ANCHORPOS X 50 Y 50 POSITIONCOORDSYS FRAME 70 Example 2 The following example creates an L shaped polyline with an arrowhead at the end ATTACHTEXT Syntax ATTACHTEXT TEXT lt string gt optional parameters Descri ptio N Attach text to the active frame 71 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes TEXT lt string gt Text s
220. ibutes 175 reset 185 reset scale factors 186 tick marks 253 attributes 253 label formatting 252 labels 253 title mode 257 title position 257 variables 204 XY Line attributes assignments 218 Axis alignment 257 B Back buffer swap to front 100 Backing store 257 BACKINGSTOREMODE 143 basic colors naming 239 basiccolorcontrol subcommand 239 basicsizelist subcommand 239 BEEPONFRAMEINTERRUPT 143 Blanking 77 79 animate 61 IK 77 Value 265 value 77 BOLDFACTOR 115 Boundary condition 258 Box type 258 Break out command 80 296 Buffer commands 100 C CACHELIGHTDISPLAYLISTSONLY 143 CALCPARTICLEPATH macro command 219 221 CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION macro command 219 224 CALCULATE macro command 219 224 CALCULATEACCURACY macro command 220 225 Case of characters 19 Cell labels 136 Center view 210 Character sequence 258 Circle raw data 269 Circular zone 87 94 Clipping 70 Color fill color 70 flooding 241 palette 262 rgb 73 text 72 Color map 80 127 258 active 81 assignment value options 264 color spectrum 127 contour 240 override 240 control 80 258 control commands 80 82 control points 81 240 distribution 240 258 files 273 gray scale output 249 loading 162 override 240 241 raw data 269 raw user defined 240 reset to default 127 RGB values 180 standard 81 user defined 81 write to file 216 Color palette 262 Color text 72 COLORMAPFILE 113 Colors 70 73 74 258 assigning RGB values 249 quickedit 263 RGB
221. ically created for transient data in the new zone FORCEEXTRACTIONTO lt boolean gt YES SINGLEZONE SLICESOURCE lt slicesource gt VOLUMEZONES Example Create a slice zone at X 0 93 Syntax CREATESLICEZONES optional parameter CREATESLI CEZONES Descri ption Create a new zone for each slice defined on the Slice Details dialog Only creates slices from volume zones Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUTOSTRANDTRANSIENTDATA lt boolean gt YES If set to YES time strands are automatically created for transient data in the new zone Example REDRAW GLOBALCONTOUR VAR 4 SLICEATTRIBUTES ENDPOSITION X 1 SLICEATTRIBUTES STARTPOSITION X 6 SLICEATTRIBUTES NUMITERMEDIATESLICES 6 SLICEATTRIBUTES SHOWBEGINENDSLICE YES SLICEATTRIBUTES SHOWINTERMEDIATESLICES YES CREATESLICEZONES Syntax CcREATECIRCULARZONE IMAX lt integer gt JMAX lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption create a spherical IJK ordered zone Required Parameters CREATESPHERI CALZONE Parameter Syntax Default Notes IMax lt integer gt Psi direction JMax lt integer gt Theta direction Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATATYPE lt datatype gt SINGLE RADIUS lt dexp gt 1 X lt dexp gt 0 X coordinate for cent
222. ids of successively finer resolution It saves the extrapolated solution as a new zone in the current data set It also saves an additional zone containing the difference between this solution and the original solution INTEGRATE performs an integration All Integrate dialog options are available to this macro including the display options If the PLOTRESULTS parameter is set to TRUE then the Tecplot 360 frame showing the integration results is the active frame following this command SAVEINTEGRATIONRESULTS has the same effect as clicking Save on the Integration Results dialog and selecting a file The results are saved to the file named by the FILE parameter SETFIELDVARIABLES identifies variables in your data such as velocity pressure and temperature for use in analysis SETFLUIDPROPERTIES sets the properties of the fluid such as viscosity These are used by some actions of the CALCULATE and INTEGRATE commands SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES identifies boundaries of zones in a flow solution and the boundary conditions applied to them It also specifies whether zones with coincident boundary nodes should be considered connected at those points as well as whether 2D solutions should be regarded as axisymmetric SETREFERENCEVALUES sets the reference free stream properties of the solution This information is used by other calculations SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS identifies solution time levels for unsteady flow solutions This information is used
223. ights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistribu tions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer listed in this cense in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without pecific prior written per mission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The University of Tennessee All Right
224. iguration file SIDE FAULT TEX peiro EEEE EER ER E E EEEE E EEEE EEE E A E EEEE 97 A SetValue command that sets the attributes for the default text When text is added to a plot interactively its font color size and so forth are based on the default text This command is usually used only in the Tecplot 360 configuration file SIDELAY oae E AE EAE luge A E E E E E E en aedroaenenndeundenlnte 98 Delay Tecplot 360 execution for lt integer gt seconds SIDELE TEAUXDATA iroi teriris inesi SETIEN EE EE AEAN AEREN EESE AR Aii 98 Delete Auxiliary Data in the form of name value pairs from zones frames or datasets 32 SIDELE TELINEMAPS iss ccssfccssscentadessacescacius isos EE EEA EEE EEEE EEE E EEE EEEE EERE EE ERS 99 Delete one or more Line mappings If lt set gt is omitted then all Line mappings are deleted SMDELE TEVAR RS enc nine EE E E EEE GEE EE EES EREE E EE 99 Delete one or more variables SIDELE TEZONES o caiecid svcissssecses less cscsvcnsssaeadogstavatveedh NEEE ESAE NENAS EAEE dvs ANKEET EAE ESEE EEEE AEA 99 Delete one or more zones DOUBLEBUFFER Required Control Option seseeseseesessesersseereserteseersrsresesrrsesrrsernnesnrnesnenesnenrenenrentere 100 The different commands in the DOUBLEBUFFER compound function family are described separately in the fol lowing sections SDOUBLEBUFFER OFP cocir arr EE EEEE EEEE EERE EEEE REEE EE E EEE 100 Turn off double buffering use this command once at t
225. in t dat TREADDATASET FNAME t dat FNAME t dat 7 6 Macro Function Variables Macro function variables are written using a number n surrounded by vertical bars The number represents the nth parameter from the RUNMACROFUNCTION command 23 Examples Example 1 The following commands define a macro function that uses two parameters and a command to run the macro function The first parameter to the macro function is the amount to rotate about the X axis and the second parameter is the amount to rotate about the Y axis The command to run the macro function will cause a rotation of 10 degrees about the X axis and 20 degrees about the Y axis Example 2 The following commands define a macro function that opens two layout files 7 7 Using Formats in Macro Variables When a macro variable is expanded and the macro variable is a numeric value it is expanded using a best float format It tries to make the number look as simple as possible while still retaining as much accuracy as possible If you want the number to be formatted in a specific way then you can include C style number formatting strings in the macro variable specification The syntax for including a format string is macrovariable formatstring The following formats are available e s string of characters e d signed integer e e scientific notation with a lowercase e e E scientific notation with an
226. indexrange gt gt MIN 1 MAX 0 SKIP 1 KRANGE lt lt indexrange gt gt MIN 1 MAX 0 SKIP 1 LINES SHOW lt boolean gt YES COLOR lt color gt RED LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 NAME lt string gt amp DV amp SYMBOLS SHOW lt boolean gt YES COLOR lt color gt RED FILLMODE lt fillmode gt NONE FILLCOLOR lt color gt RED SIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 5 LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 SKIPPING lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 aad ipa fs or anes SKIPMODE lt skipmode gt BYINDEX SYMBOLSHAPE lt lt symbolshape gt gt ISASCII NO GEOMSHAPE SQUARE Examples Example 1 Assign variable 1 to be on the X axis and variable 4 to be on the Y axis for Line mapping number 7 TLINEMAP 7 ASSIGN XAXISVAR 1 YAXISVAR 4 159 Example 2 Make Error Bars red for all Line mappings Example 3 Set Line mappings 3 5 to draw a polynomial curve fit of order 5 LINEPLOTLAYERS Syntax LINEPLOTLAYERS optional parameters Descri ptio N A SetValue command that turns on or off Line plot layers Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWLINES lt boolean gt YES SHOWSYMBOLS lt boolean gt NO SHOWBARCHARTS lt boolean gt NO SHOWERRORBARS lt boolean gt NO Line mapping must have an error bar variable assigned for this to have an effec
227. ings for axis gridlines TWODAXIS GRIDAREA DRAWBORDER YES LINETHICKNESS 2 Expands to lt lt gridlinedetail gt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes COLOR lt color gt SHOW lt boolean gt LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt CUTOFF lt double gt Theta only DRAWGRIDLAST lt boolean gt Drawing last places the grid at the front of the plot drawing first places it in the back POSITIONMARKERBY lt markerpos gt Marker gridline only CONSTANTVALUE lt double gt Marker gridline only valid only when POSITIONMARKERBY is CONSTANT Example Set the line pattern for minor gridlines for the X axis in a 3D plot to be dashed THREEDAXIS XDETAIL MINORGRIDLINES LINEPATTERN DASHED 243 lt lt ijk gt gt Descri ptio N Set an I J or K index Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes I lt op gt lt integer gt J lt op gt lt integer gt K lt op gt lt integer gt Example set the I and J index skip for vectors to 2 for all zones lt lt indexrange gt gt Description set an index range Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes MIN lt op gt lt integer gt MAX lt op gt lt integer gt SKIP lt op gt lt integer gt Example Change the plot so the data set shows I planes 3 5
228. intrendertype gt VECTOR IMAGE lt quickcolormode gt LINECOLOR FILLCOLOR TEXTCOLOR lt readdataoption gt NEW APPEND REPLACE lt relop gt lt gt lt gt not equal to lt not equal to GREATERTHAN LESSTHAN EQUALTO NOTEQUALTO lt resizefilter gt TEXTUREFILTER BOXFILTER LANCZOS3FILTER LANCZOS2FILTER BELLFILTER TRIANGLEFILTER BSPLINEFILTER CUBICFILTER MITCHELFILTER GAUSSIANFILTER lt rgblegendorientation gt RGB GBR BRG RBG BGR GRB 263 Value Identifier Allowable Values lt rgbmode gt SPECIFYRGB SPECIFYRG SPECIFYRB SPECIFYGB lt rotateaxis gt X Y Z ALPHA THETA PSI ABOUTVECTOR TWIST HORZROLLERBALL VERTROLLERBALL lt rotateoriginlocation gt VIEWER DEFINEDORIGIN lt rotationmode gt XYZAXIS SPHERICAL ROLLERBALL lt scope gt LOCAL GLOBAL lt set gt lt setspecifier gt lt setspecifier gt lt setspecifier gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt shadetype gt SOLIDCOLOR PANELED GOURAUD COLOREDPANELED lt sidebarsizing gt MAXOFALL DYNAMIC lt sizeunits gt GRID FRAME POINT lt skipmode gt BYINDEX BYFRAMEUNITS lt slicesource gt VOLUMEZONES SURFACEZONES LINEARZONES SURFACESOFVOLUMEZONES lt slicesurface gt XPLANES YPLANES ZPLANES IPLANES JPLANES KPLANES lt sortby gt NONE BYSPECIFICVAR BYDEPENDENDTVAR BYINDEPENDENTVAR lt specifyrgb gt SPECIFYRGB SPECIFYRG SPECIFYRB SPECIFYGB
229. is ar ESE VERESO K OEA sites OTE PiE DETE Ea Iaras 230 Identifies variables in your data such as velocity pressure and temperature for use in analysis SETFLUIDPROPERTIES icira Ena EERE EREE dacs EEEE VEE EEEE EER 230 Set the fluid properties for use by other commands SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES Qi cceescsseseeseesecaeceseseaecessecsecsaeeessecsecseeaeesesaecaseeseessaeaeeaeeseeaeeas 232 Specify whether the data represent an axisymmetric flow solution 2D Cartesian plots only whether adja cent zones should be considered to be connected at coincident faces and specify zone boundaries and their corresponding boundary conditions Each line of the RAWDATA describes one boundary and appears in the same format as on the Geometry and Boundaries dialog For all boundaries list the boundary condi tion and the set of zones separated by a comma The index range type boundary follows this with the boundary face the first starting index the first ending index the second starting index and the second ending index All entries are separated by commas The boundary condition is one of INFLOW OUTFLOW WALL SLIPWALL SYMMETRY EXTRAPOLATED The boundary face is one of I 1 I IMAX J 1 J JMAX K 1 and K KMAX Refer to Section 22 4 Setting Geometry and Boundary Options in the User s Manual for more information on boundaries SETREFERENGE VALUES 0s sscsecsess eset asecs stvesesecssici vibes casts E naes ETENEE ELE EE EEEE EENE E E Ea 232 S
230. itted Example COLORMAPCONTROL REDISTRIBUTECONTROLPOINTS COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt COPYSTANDARD Syntax COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt COPYSTANDARD CONTOURCOLORMAP lt standardcolormap gt Descri ption Preset either the user defined color map or the raw user defined color map to be a copy of one of the standard color maps Tecplot 360 must currently be using either the user defined color map or the raw user defined color map in order to use this function Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURCOLORMAP LGRAINBOW The color map to copy lt standardcolormap gt Example The following example sets the current color map to be a copy of the small rainbow color map COLORMAPCONTROL COPYSTANDARD CONTOURCOLORMAP SMRAINBOW COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt RESETTOFACTORY Syntax COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt RESETTOFACTORY no parameters Descri ption Redistribute the control points and reset the RGB values for the currently active color map This is equivalent to clicking Reset on the Color Map dialog Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted Example COLORMAPCONTROL RESETTOFACTORY COMPATI BILITY Syntax COMPATIBILITY optional parameters 81 De
231. ix errors caused by hardware acceleration on buggy graphics card drivers SCREENRENDERING lt lt renderconfig gt gt Sets options for screen rendering IMAGERENDERING lt lt renderconfig gt gt Sets options for offscreen rendering for image exports or raster printing lt integer gt 2 Sets the maximum magnification by MAXFILTERMAGNIFICATL non texture resize filter before ON textures are used This keeps Tecplot 360 from creating textures which are too large Setting this above three is not recommended Setting below 1 0 will result in the use of a faster texture algorithm INCLUDEBACKBUFFERDUR lt boolean gt NO INGFRONTBUFFERDRAWS PERCENTAGEOFPOINTS lt integer gt 10 Sets the percentage of points to keep in a frame when a frame is TOKEEP approximated See also Section Best Practices For Rendering Performance in the User s Manual PICKHANDLEWIDTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 Value is in inches on the screen PLOTAPPROXIMATION AUTOMATIC Specifies the mode in which you MODE lt plotapproximationmode gt want the plots to be approximated See Section Plot Approximation in the User s Manual for a complete description of each mode PRINTDEBUG lt boolean gt NO If YES debugging information is sent to the standard output QUICKCOLORMODE lt quickcolormode gt LINECOLOR Choose objects for color changes made using the Quick Edit dialog ROTATION Settings for interactive rotations in ROTATIONMODE lt rotationm
232. ject at given location 167 objects in rectangle 168 objects of type 168 objects to delete 170 paste picked objects from buffer 173 pop picked objects 173 push picked objects back 173 Pick commands 167 174 PICKHANDLEWIDTH 148 Planes animate 62 Plot Approximation 263 Plot layers 109 160 field plots 109 Plot Type 263 Plot Types Vector 265 PLOTAPPROXIMATIONMODE 148 Plotting points 263 Points write to file 216 Points to plot 263 POINTTEXTSIZES 77 Polar axes attributes 175 Polar coordinates convert to rectangular 175 Polyline extracting data 108 raw data 269 Popping picked objects 173 Position text example 252 Precise dot grid 246 precisegrid subcommand 246 Preferences basic color 73 basic size 74 76 show coordinates 142 PREPLOTARGS 96 Print last file name printed 21 PRINTDEBUG 148 Printers 263 rendering 263 Printing attributes 176 to paper or file 176 Prompt commands 178 179 Push picked objects 173 view stack 211 Python scripting 277 arrays 283 convenience functions 286 290 import modules 279 input types 281 285 NULL pointers 283 opaque types 284 output types 285 Q Query dialogs 178 Query functions 124 127 Quick Edit colors 263 Quick Macro Panel 12 163 title 58 QUICKCOLORMODE 148 Quit command 180 R Range Parameters 59 228 Raster Metafile 106 Raw data 93 108 202 circle 270 color map 269 contour level 269 contour levels 270 geometry 269 line segment geometry 270 RGB values 270 section of
233. kinetic energy variable 5 and turbulent frequency variable 6 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION FUNCTION VISCOSITY VARTABLE1 5 ID2 FREQUENCY VARIABLE2 67 CALCULATE Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCULATE FUNCTION lt functionname gt optional parameters Descri ption calculate a Tecplot 360 variable using the specified function and add it to the current data set If the variable already exists in the current data set it will be recalculated 224 Macro Command Description Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes FUNCTION Indicates the function to be used to calculate the variable If it is lt functionname gt a vector function the components will be stored as X name Y name and Z name where name is the function name appearing in the interface Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes NORMALIZATION NONE May be NONE MAXIMUMMAGNITUDE or REFERENCEVALUES lt normalizationo ption gt VALUELOCATION lt valuelocation gt NODAL The location of new variables added to the data set Can be NODAL or CELLCENTERED CALCULATEONDEMAND lt boolean gt FALSE Example 1 Calculate the Jacobian for the grid of the current data set EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCULATE FUNCTION JACOBIAN
234. l Option Descri ption The different commands in the VIEW compound function family are described separately in the following sections The VIEW compound function family is VIEW AXISFIT VIEW AXISMAKECURRENTVALUESNICE VIEW AXISNICEFIT VIEW CENTER VIEW COPY VIEW DATAFIT VIEW FIT 208 VIEW FITSURFACES VIEW LAST VIEW MAKECURRENTVIEWNICE VIEW NICEFIT VIEW PASTE VIEW PUSH VIEW RESETTOENTIRECIRCLE VIEW SETMAGNIFICATION VIEW TRANSLATE VIEW ZOOM IVIEW AXISFIT Syntax VIEW AXISFIT optional parameters Descri ption Reset the range on a specific axis so that it equals the minimum and maximum of the data being plotted If the axis dependency is not independent then this action may also affect the range on another axis Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AXIS lt xyaxis gt x Default is T for polar plot type AXISNUM lt integer gt 1 Only XY frame mode allows for this to be a number greater than 1 Example Reset the range on the Y axis to fit the data being plotted VIEW AXISFIT AXIS Y VIEW AXI SMAKECURRENTAXI SVALUESNICE Syntax VIEW AXISMAKECURRENTAXISVALUESNICE optional parameters Descri ption Reset the axis line label values such that all currently displayed values are set to have the smallest number of significant digits possible Optional Parameters
235. lane FONTPATH lt string gt The operating system s One or more directories where font folder s TrueType fonts can be found e g PATH1 PATH2 PATH3 Note use of double quotes around each path and single quotes around the eniter string IDOTSPERSQUAREINCH lt double gt This along with JDOTSPERSQUAREINCH set the size and aspect of the screen If left unspecified Tecplot 360 will determine the value for you INTIALFIELDPROBE NODALVALUES NODALVALUES ZONECELLINFO DIALOGPAGE CELLCENTEREDVALUES or FACENEIGHBORS INITIALPLOTFIRSTZONEO lt boolean gt NO If YES only the first enabled zone is NLY activated Default shows all zones except from within a layout INITIALPLOTTYPE lt plottype gt AUTOMATIC INTERRUPTCHECKING lt integer gt Set the number of milliseconds between checks for a key or button FREQUENCY press by the user to interrupt processing in Tecplot 360 JDOTSPERSQUAREINCH lt double gt This along with IDOTSPERSQUAREINCH set the size and aspect of the screen If left unspecified Tecplot 360 will determine the value for you LISTCOMMANDSINMACRO lt boolean gt If NO macro commands are VIEWER displayed in full one at a time LOADADDONSUSING lt boolean gt YES If set to NO all add on symbols are LAZYRELOCATE loaded immediately 146 Parameter Syntax Default Notes MAXCUSTOMCOLORSIN lt integer gt 56 UNIX only Valid values are 1 to 56 Some UN
236. led Yes and the other No The lt macrovar gt is assigned the string Yes or No depending on the selection Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes INSTRUCTIONS lt string gt Null Include text at the top of the dialog with instructions Example ENDIF PROMPTFORYESNO goforit INSTRUCTIONS Do you want to go for it IF goforit YES code that goes for it Syntax PROPAGATELINKING optional parameters PROPAGATELINKING Descri ption Link multiple frames either within frame or between frames Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes FRAMECOLLECTION ALL PICKED LINKTYPE WITHINFRAME BETWEENFRAMES Example PROPAGATELINKING LINKTYPE BETWEENFRAMES FRAMECOLLECTION ALL PUBLISH Syntax PUBLISH lt string gt Descri ption Create an HTML file displaying one or more images A linked layout with packaged data may be included You must provide the file name 179 Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes IMAGESELECTION lt imagestyle gt ONEPERFRAME Choosing ONEPERFRAME will create one image per frame selecting WORKSPACEONLY creates one image which includes all your frames INCLUDELAYOUTPACKAGE lt boolean gt No Choose YES to create a linked layout file Example PUBLISH C TEC360 separate html INCLUDELAYOUTPACKAGE
237. les 3 and 5 This command branches the third variable from the second zone Variable 3 will still be shared by zones 1 and 4 while variable 5 will still be shared by all three zones BRANCHFIELDDATAVAR ZONE 2 VAR 3 BREAK Syntax BREAK no parameters Description Jump out of the current LOOP ENDLOOP or WHILE ENDWHILE Example LOOP 5 BREAK ENDLOOP COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt Required Control Option Descri ption tThe different commands in the COLORMAPCONTROL compound function family are described separately in the following sections Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted The COLORMAPCONTROL compound functions are COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt REDISTRIBUTECONTROLPOINTS COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt COPYSTANDARD COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt RESETTOFACTORY 80 COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt REDI STRI BUTECONTROLPOI NTS Syntax COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt REDISTRIBUTECONTROLPOINTS no parameters Descri ption Redistribute the control points for the currently active color map so they are evenly spaced across the color map This is equivalent to clicking Redistribute Control Points in the Color Map dialog This does not change the RGB values assigned at each control point Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when om
238. ligned with the contour lines otherwise they are horizontal AUTOLABELSPACING lt op gt lt dexp gt 30 AUTOLEVELSKIP lt op gt lt integer gt Value is in Y frame units COLOR lt color gt BLACK FILLCOLOR lt color gt WHITE GENERATEAUTOLABELS lt boolean gt YES If YES automatic labels are repositioned on each redraw ISFILLED lt boolean gt YES LABELWITHVALUE lt boolean gt YES If YES automatic labels show the contour value otherwise they show the contour level number MARGIN lt op gt lt dexp gt 5 NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt gt See Notes FORMATTING BESTFLOAT CUSTOMLABEL 1 PRECISION 4 SHOWDECIMALSON WHOLENUMBERS NO REMOVELEADINGZEROS NO SHOWNEGATIVESIGN YES TIMEDATEFORMAT yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 00 SHOW lt boolean gt NO TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Not allowed to change size units Helevetica ISBOLD NO _ parameter ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 1 5 LEGEND ANCHORALIGNMENT lt anchoralignment gt TOPRIGHT AUTORESIZE lt boolean gt NO AUTOSIZEMAXLIMIT lt double gt 0 5 BOX lt lt textbox gt gt See Notes BOXTYPE HOLLOW MARGIN 10 LINETHICKNESS 0 1 COLOR BLACK FILLCOLOR WHITE HEADERTEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD NO ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 2 5 INCLUDECUTOFFLEVELS lt boolean gt NO ISVERTICAL lt boolean gt YES LABELINCREMENT lt double gt 1 LABELLOCATION lt co
239. lines extending SCISSORING outside the borders of the frame There is a slight performance penalty when using this option USEQUADSTRIPS lt boolean gt If some shaded or contour flooded quads or triangles do not appear or are black try turning this off USETRIANGLE lt boolean gt As with USEQUADSTRIPS try turning off USEQUADSTRIPS STRIPS before turning USETRIANGLESTIPS off Turning off both options will result in reduced performance but may help fix errors caused by buggy graphics card drivers TRIANGULATE lt boolean gt As with USEQUADSTRIPS try turning on FILLEDPOLYGONS TRIANGULATEFILLEDPOLYGONS if you are still a ae problems even after sng off USETRIANGLESTRIPS and USEQUADSTRIPS USEGLCOLOR lt boolean gt Some graphics cards have problems with an OpenGL s MATERIALFUNCTION glColorMaterial function Higher performance especially for continuous contour flooded plots can be achieved when it is used However it may need to be turned off if you are experiencing problems MAXTEXTURESIZE lt integer gt FORCESMOOTHSHADI lt boolean gt NGFORLIGHTING ADJUSTRECTANGLE lt boolean gt RIGHTANDBOTTOM Example Force all line drawing to include the last point in the line Also make the size of the depth buffer to be at least 32 bits INTERFACE OPENGLCONF IG SCREENRENDERING DOEXTRADRAWFORLASTPIXEL TRUE DEPTHBUFFERSIZE 32 248 lt lt rgb gt gt Descri
240. lowable Values lt altmousebuttonmode gt REDRAW REVERTTOSELECT lt addonstyle gt V7STANDARD V7ACTIVEX lt anchoralignment gt TOPLEFT TOPCENTER TOPRIGHT MIDDLELEFT MIDDLECENTER MIDDLERIGHT BOTTOMLEFT BOTTOMRIGHT BOTTOMCENTER lt anglespec gt RADIANS DEGREES lt arrowheadattachment gt NONE ATBEGINNING ATEND ATBOTHENDS lt arrowheadstyle gt PLAIN FILLED HOLLOW lt axisalignment gt WITHVIEWPORT WITHSPECIFICANGLE WITHGRIDMIN WITHGRIDAREABOTTOM WITHGRIDMAX WITHGRIDAREARIGHT WITHGRIDAREATOP WITHGRIDAREALEFT WITHOPPOSINGAXISVALUE lt axismode gt INDEPENDENT XYDEPENDENT XYZDEPENDENT lt axistitlemode gt USEVARNAME USETEXT lt axistitleposition gt LEFT CENTER RIGHT lt backingstoremode gt REALTIMEUPDATE NOTUSED PERIODICUPDATE lt bitdumpregion gt CURRENTFRAME ALLFRAMES WORKAREA 257 Value Identifier Allowable Values lt boolean gt YES NO TRUE FALSE ON OFF lt borderlocation gt IBORDER JBORDER KBORDER lt boundarycondition gt FIXED ZEROGRADIENT ZERO2ND lt boxtype gt NONE FILLED HOLLOW lt charactersequence gt One or more printable characters lt clipping gt CLIPTOVIEWPORT CLIPTOFRAME lt clipplane gt BELOWPRIMARYSLICE eerie NONE lt color gt BLACK RED GREEN BLUE CYAN YELLOW PURPLE WHITE CUSTOMI to CUSTOM56 MULTI to MULTI4 RGBCOLOR lt colormap gt lt standardcolormap gt WILD USERDEF RAWUSERDEF lt colormapcontrol gt COPYSTANDARD REDISTRIBUTECO
241. lt dexp gt 12 SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWTEXT lt boolean gt YES TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See Notes Not allowed to change size units FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD YES ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 3 XYPOS lt lt xkye gt X 95 Y 80 Example Turn on the data labels and show the Line legend Use boldface Times font in the legend LEGEND SHOW YES TEXTSHAPE GLOBALLINEPLOT DATALABELS SHOWNODELABELS YES FONTFAMILY Times ISBOLD YES ISITALIC NO Syntax GLOBALLINKG LINKCOLORMAPS lt boolean gt GLOBALLI NKI NG Descri ptio N Set to YES to tie all colormaps together If you would like the settings in this command to persist Required Parameters add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes LINKCOLORMAPS lt boolean gt YES Syntax GLOBALPAPER optional parameters GLOBALPAPER Descri ptio N A SetValue command that sets the paper size characteristics If you would like the settings in this command to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory 133 Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these comman
242. ly frames text geometries and the grid area for 2D plots are allowed SIP TCH PUS eaaa AEO E E OESE E EE REEE EE EE 173 Change the order in which objects are drawn by pushing the currently picked objects back Only frames text geometries and the grid area for 2D plots are allowed SIPICK SETMOUSEMODE 6c ss isdvcsssiecactisevevsescesceqtntsnotevecueudcacescacte eves can ESATTE EEA 173 Prepare to pick objects by setting the mouse mode to SELECT ADJUST or ADVANCEADJUST ADVANCEADJUST is a combination of SELECT and ADJUST that allows an object s control points to be adjusted by dragging or the entire object to be selected by clicking away from the control points This command also clears the list of picked objects that is unpicks all picked objects SIPICK SHIFT i caicscsccccsteccscsnesesetacseavostatostsvostelesecdosvososvotonecsoxeeitusentnedvodese ducertansusd doataveseadosesie sv otosworestetosseduenes AEE 174 Shift the currently picked objects Objects are shifted relative to their starting position X and Y shift amounts are in paper units inches If snapping is in effect then it is applied after shifting in X and Y See the SetValue commands GLOBALFRAME SNAPTOGRID and GLOBALFRAME SNAPTOPAPER 42 SIPLOTOP TIONS aisne oir EN E EEES EEE EO EEEE E S 174 Change the plot option between subdividing all cells or using a quicker algorithm SIP LOT TY PE secooninnesipi Ennn ane EAE EEEE E S e ENTE E EEES ERE 174 Changes
243. m ple Extrapolate zones 3 4 and 5 which were calculated with a second order accurate solver 1 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND EXTRAPOLATESOLUTION ZONES 3 5 MAXACCURACY 2 INTEGRATE Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND INTEGRATE lt set gt optional parameters Descri ption Perform an integration over the specified zones or time strands if INTEGRATEBY is set to TIMESTRANDS If lt set gt is not specified the integration will be performed over all zones or time 227 strands If PLOTAS is set to TRUE the integration results will be plotted in a new frame Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes VARIABLEOPTION SCALAR lt variableoption gt XORIGIN lt double gt 0 0 For VARIABLEOPTION FORCESANDMOMENTS indicates the origin X location for moment calculations YORIGIN lt double gt 0 0 For VARIABLEOPTION FORCESANDMOMENTS indicates the origin Y location for moment calculations ZORIGIN lt double gt 0 0 For VARIABLEOPTION FORCESANDMOMENTS indicates the origin Z location for moment calculations SCALARVAR lt integer gt 1 For when VARIABLEOPTION AVERAGE MASSWEIGHTEDAVERAGE WEIGHTEDAVERAGE MASSFLOWWEIGHTEDAVERAGE or VECTORAVERAGE Indicates which variable s average will be calculated ABSOLUTE lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE the absolut
244. mPy or SciPy NumPy and SciPy are Python libraries created for scientific computations such as FFT and linear algebra You may find it useful to acquire and install these modules For more information please visit www scipy org 279 16 2 Basic Syntax Rules The Python Syntax for each TecUtil command is provided for you in the ADK Reference Manual If you are already familiar with the C syntax for the functions you wish to call you may apply the following syntax rules to the C syntax of the TecUtil functions e TecUtil function In Python a TecUtil function is referenced by TecUtil lt BaseFunctionName gt For example C Syntax Python Syntax TecUtilExportCancal TecUtil ExportCancel TecUtilFramePop 3 TecUtil FramePop 3 e Enumerated Type or Defined Value In Python prepend the enumerated type or defined value with TecVals For example C Syntax Python Syntax TecUtilFrameSetPlotType Plot TecUtil FrameSetPlotType TecVals Plot Type_Cartesian3D Type_Cartesian3D TecUtilDialogLaunch Dialog P TecUtil DialogLaunch TecVals Dialog_ robe Probe If you will be working extensively with enumerated types you can import the TecVals library into your script by adding the following directive a from TecVals import This will eliminate the need to append TecVals However you may encounter name conflicts between your pre existing values and items in the TecVals These errors may cau
245. macro commands 269 square 269 values 269 XY 270 XYZ 270 Raw User Defined color maps 240 RAWDATA example 270 Read data 181 rect subcommand 246 Rectangle 246 raw data 269 Rectangles 246 settings 246 Rectangular zones create 92 Redraw 183 Redraw All 184 Reference scatter symbol 137 attributes 247 Reference scatter symbols 247 refscatsymbol subcommand 247 Remove user defined macro variable 184 rendconfig subcommand 248 Rendering off screen 150 with OpenGL 248 Retaining macro function 11 RGB 249 components 73 rgb subcommand 249 Rotate 2D plot 186 3D plots 138 187 204 Rotate a 3D plot example 19 ROTATION details 148 Rotation 264 axis 264 origin location 264 reset rotation origin 185 rotation origin 185 Ruler 164 263 RULERPADDING 149 RULERTHICKNESS 149 RUNDISPLAYLISTSAFTERBUILDING 148 Running macro function 23 Running macros from the command line 11 from the Quick Macro Panel 12 from the tecplot interface 11 Tecplot 11 S Save color map 216 curve information 216 data set 216 stylesheet 217 SAVEINTEGRATIONRESULTS macro command 220 229 SCALE 149 Scale factors reset 186 Scatter legend 136 153 sizing by variable 136 153 Scatter attributes 111 Scatter plot show 109 Scatter plots 111 set global attributes 136 Scatter symbol attributes 247 Scatter symbols 247 Scope of text 70 Scratch data type 95 SCRATCHDATAFIELDTYPE 96 SCRBACKGROUNDCOLOR 149 SCREENRENDERING 148 Scripting Python 277 Sel
246. mand ANIMATESLICES uses the currently defined start and end slice position Use SLICE ATTRIBUTES to set these positions ANIMATESLICES then redefines how many intermediate slices are to be used then animates a sub set of those slices To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command SIANIMATESTREAM jc S205 a E A RARAN A EEEN E OANE AOAR daebe dices 66 Produce an animation of stream markers or dashes moving along the currently defined streamtrace paths To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command SIANIMATETIME soeren iinr sania innari aE A NEIE A A ces SuntachebychavbeveubetovdsvevbeuaubcuaubeuebbeunsoOeecbesoebe 66 Produce an animation of transient data To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command DIANE MATE ZONES r cuscs tos e aa e AE E SANN TOA EEA RR ENA ESAERA EN ARER ATA SAATES E ARENE ARETE 67 Produce an animation showing one zone at a time To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command This command will not work if the active frame contains a transient data set SIATTACHDATASE cunan op nancttuses sasevn satis ens dara vk gnbhs gn eseuasidindaundWatney vaddbeunds cubsbo4 OEO E E A 68 Attach the active frame to the data set of another frame Use PAGENUM if the other frame is on a differ ence page This command is usually found only in layout files generated by Tecplot 360 Note that the PLOTTYPE command automatically ex
247. ment Provides Macro and Python command syntax and information on working with Macro and Python files and commands e User s Manual Provides a complete description of working with Tecplot 360 features e Getting Started Manual New Tecplot 360 users are encouraged to work through the tutorials provided in the Getting Started Manual The tutorials highlight working with key features in Tecplot 360 e Quick Reference Guide Provides syntax for zone header files macro variables keyboard shortcuts and more e Data Format Guide Provides information on outputting your simulator data into Tecplot 360 file format e Add on Developer s Kit User s Manual Provides instructions and examples for creating add ons for Tecplot 360 e Add on Developer s Kit Reference Manual Provides the syntax for the functions included in the kit e Installation Instructions Provides detailed instructions on how to install Tecplot 360 on your machine e Release Notes Provides information about new and or updated Tecplot 360 features There are several methods available to extend or automate Tecplot 360 functionality including macros scripting with Python and developing add ons Choose your method based upon your end goal and level of technical experience Method General Usage Common Use Limitations Case Macros cannot add E anomale Tecplor so batch processing functionality to i Tecplot 360 S E Python
248. meter Syntax Default Notes Feature lt flowfeature gt SHOCKSURFACE Can be SHOCKSURFACES VORTEXCORES or SEPATTACHLINES S VCOREMETHOD lt vcoremethod gt EIGENMODES The vortex core extraction method Can be VORTICITY or EIGENMODES EXCLUDEBLANKED lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE vortex cores and separation attachment lines will not be calculated in blanked regions Example amp xtract vortex cores using the eigenmodes method EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE FEATURE VORTEXCORES VCOREMETHOD EIGENMODES EXTRAPOLATESOLUTI ON Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND EXTRAPOLATESOLUTION ZONES lt set gt MAXACCURACY lt double gt Descri ption Perform Richardson extrapolation to estimate the true solution from three input solutions on grids of successively finer resolution Two new zones are added to the current data set The first contains the extrapolated solution while the second contains the estimated error Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONES lt set gt Indicates the three zones from which to perform the accuracy calculation Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes MAXACCURACY lt double gt 2 0 The maximum theoretical accuracy of the solver which generated the solution Used to limit the calculated accuracy Exa
249. move the user defined variable using REMOVEVAR 7 3 Assigning Values to Macro Variables The VARSET command is used to assign a value to a macro variable The VARSET command has the following syntax VARSET lt macrovar gt lt op gt lt double gt where lt op gt can be one of s or 22 Assigning a String to a Macro Variable Examples Example 1 Add 2 to the macro variable ABC IVARSET ABC 2 Example 2 Set ABC to be equal to 37 IVARSET ABC 37 Example 3 Multiply ABC by 1 5 IVARSET ABC 1 5 7 4 Assigning a String to a Macro Variable Macro variables can be assigned to strings as well as to values When using strings only the operator may be used Example Assign the string myfile plt to the variable FNAME Use FNAME in the READDATASET command TVARSET FNAME myfile plt READDATASET FNAME Note that double quotes had to be used in the READDATASET command even though FNAME repre sents a string 7 5 Replacement Text Use You can assign replacement text to a macro variable This is useful for handling cases where a macro variable may not be initialized A macro variable with AAAA XXXXX will produce XXXXX if AAAA is not defined This does not work with intrinsic variables Example Read in a data file assigned to the variable FNAME If FNAME is unassigned read
250. n Conditionally process macro commands Examples Example 1 Process macro commands if the macro variable myvar is less than 73 2 IF myvar lt 73 2 ENDIF Example 2 Process macro commands if the macro variable response is YES IIF response YES ENDIF INCLUDEMACRO Syntax INCLUDEMACRO lt string gt Descri ption Insert the commands from another macro file Because the INCLUDEMACRO command is processed when the macro is loaded and not when the macro is executed you are not allowed to reference macro variables within the lt string gt parameter Example Include the macro file m2 mcr INCLUDEMACRO m2 mcr I NTERFACE Syntax INTERFACE optional parameters 142 Descri ption A SetValue command that sets attributes related to the Tecplot 360 interface Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes ALLOWDATAPOINTSELECT lt boolean gt YES If YES Tecplot 360 allows you to use the Adjustor tool to select and move data points ALLOWDATAPOINTADIJUST lt boolean gt YES ALWAYSPOPACTIVEFRAME lt boolean gt NO If YES whenever the active frame changes in the interface Tecplot 360 moves the active frame to the top of the draw order This makes Tecplot 360 run lik
251. n demand If set to AUTO Tecplot 360 will unload unused variables when the amount needed RAM begins to reach the maximum amount of RAM If set to NEVERUNLOAD Tecplot 360 will load variables on demand but will never attempt to unload them even if it is running low on memory If set to MINIMIZEMEMORYUSE Tecplot 360 will aggressively unload variables as soon as they are not needed regardless of the amount of memory available or in use TEMPFILEPATH lt string gt Set the directory where you want Tecplot 360 to store its temporary files File Name FilterS Valid characters are upper or lowercase A Z and 0 9 Each filter should be preceded by or it will not filter properly On Windows operating systems to allow more than one extension separate them with a semicolon On UNIX platforms multiple extensions will not filter correctly unless they follow the standard UNIX shell filter format Windows Exam ple This example filters all four extensions when opening a layout file FILECONFIG FNAMEFILTER INPUTLAYOUTFILE wsf dwr lay 1pk Windows Example this example filters both extensions when writing a layout file The default extension is ws because it is the first extension presented in the list FILECONFIG FNAMEFILTER OUPUTLAYOUTFILE wsf lay Motif Exam ple This example filters aek p1t and more FILECONFIG FNAMEFILTER INPUTDATAFILE ae el kt Motif Exam ple This ex
252. n 218 XY line plots coordinate scale 258 curve information 258 curve type 258 error bars 260 XY mapping function dependency 260 xy subcommand 255 XY vectors 255 XYZ raw data 270 vectors 255 xyz subcommand 255 Z Z clip 138 204 Zebra shading 255 attributes 255 zebrashade subcommand 255 Zone 306 animation 66 67 attach geometry 70 attributes 109 Zone boundaries finite element data 89 for finite element data 89 Zone numbers specify 60 Zones 21 70 animate 66 67 attributes 273 concatenate 95 create 87 88 94 95 create isozones command 90 create mirrors 90 create rectangular 91 defaults 273 delete 99 duplicate 101 FE surface 90 new 92 streamtraces 94 renaming 185 specify number 60 triangulate 206 Zoom picked objects 172 view 212 workspace view 215
253. n ANNA N N AO NE AOE E ATOE EAA 210 Fit the entire plot to the grid area This also takes into consideration text and geometries that are plotted using the grid coordinate system In 3D this also includes the axes SIVIEW FITSURFACES sriisnsnrssecisrssriniivetsiron sivri sii roiie SENEE EENE ENEE EENE EEEREN 211 Fits active plot surfaces to the grid area 3D volume zones are excluded when surfaces to plot are set to none See FIELDMAP for more information on setting surfaces to plot 48 GIVIE W LAS Tuair E A TENA KSEE EE A E a ra eure Lande Rie Gen a 211 Retrieve the previous view from the view stack Each frame mode within each frame maintains its own view stack VIEW LAST will not reverse alterations to data SIVIEW MAKECURRENTVIEWNICE ccccccccccccccccccsscccscescssssecesessessssesessseseeesecesssseesssecessssscesssssesssssessess 211 Shifts axis to make axis line values nice without changing the extents of the window Only works in Sketch XY 2D SIVIEW NICER me a eee cee cores actin cessation aces aes Sac cs se a ee Toe ve ae eat et een tse 211 Change view to make the extents of the frame neatly hold the plot with integer values for axis labels Only works in Sketch XY 2D GUVITE Wo PASTE aiena A lass bonsss dass SE uaa suvduecaaueul sasaidaods A AEA EE AE Se 211 Retrieve the view from the view paste buffer and assign it to the active frame GUVTEW FUSH o ani EN E O EEE A AET AE E SE a 211 Instruct Tecplot 360 to push t
254. n Chapter 4 Data Loaders in the User s Manual Examples FLUENT Loader Example The following example loads one case file and one data file with the FLUENT file loader Note that the DATASETREADER parameter is at the end of the command call READDATASET STANDARDSYNTAX 1 0 LoadOption MultipleCaseAndData FILELIST Files 2 triangular cas triangular dat UnsteadyOption ReadTimeFromDataFiles AssignStrandIDs Yes GridZones CellsAndBoundaries IncludeParticleData Yes AverageToNodes Yes AveragingMethod Arithmetic DATASETREADER Fluent Data Loader Ensight Loader Example The following example loads one Ensight case file Note that the DATASETREADER parameter is at the end of the command call READDATASET STANDARDSYNTAX 1 0 FILENAME _CASEFILE wing case ISkip ny Skip q KSkip i k DATASETREADER EnSight Loader Table 9 1 Parameters for loading data in a foreign file format Parameters Syntax Default Notes DATASETREADER lt string gt Used to specify an alternate data reader for Tecplot 360 Table 9 2 Parameters for loading data in Tecplot 360 format Parameters Syntax Default Notes ADDZONETOEXISTING lt boolean gt NO If YES Tecplot 360 will add the zones from the appended data STRANDS to any existing strands in the dataset If NO Tecplot 360 will append the strands from the appended data to any existing strands in the datas
255. n aner a a e IRE REE EE EAE R EE E AE R O ETA 244 Set an index range KKMNUM oLa 0I Nta AES gt 4206 55 A E E E E E TEE E E AN 245 Set the format used to draw a number SEP AP CLS LZ a SOE E dans oncditanasneaiy nslseet yanennsiuvisivonstuystbkatek aeshsnetan est stelonethe 246 Change dimensions or hardclip offsets for LETTER DOUBLE A3 A4 CUSTOM1 and CUSTOM2 paper sizes SEPTOCISE RULE gt i paein ca sdowstsc A EE ASA VE E A E E AL AE A E A AE ARA EEREN 246 Change settings for the precise dot grid 53 VOCE ih iis sicta A A ANENE T IES I sah dntdeda sue denieed subdeiode sus see beebsis eben EA deter GUA tab oviactastees 246 Change settings for a rectangle The rectangle is defined using two points X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 lt lt refscatsyMDbOl gt gt iscsi ned dash arenas EEEE EEE Ea E NEA AEE TSERE 247 Set the attributes for the reference scatter symbol STOMA EL COLDS SS na aaen ng donde den RAEE EEN ESEO TEELE ANA E EI be ube T TEAL AR 248 Set the attributes for OpenGL rendering SEED E E E esebeeerelestasechevenets 249 Set a color value by assigning values to its red green and blue components SSAC CMAPS gt geen innein a aana eh aKa EEEa E KE N ESS a aenar EE E aea eTa SEa ah i TNES ae 249 Map colors on the screen to shades of gray for monochrome hardcopy output lt ssymbolsha pes aiye e a e E Ee ei EA ERa E E R E ar a lei 250 Set a symbol shape Symbols can be a geometric shape circle square and so
256. n curved lines and defines the maximum angle to be approximated as a curved line to be 2 0 degrees GLOBALPOLAR DRAWSTRAIGHTLINES NO ANGLE 2 0 134 Syntax GLOBALRGB RGBMode lt rgbmode gt optional parameters Descri ption Allows RGB coloring for plots which have RGB values specified at each vertex This coloring option is valuable for plots with entities such as Gas Oil and Water RGB Coloring can be assigned to field plot objects such as zones iso surfaces and slices Required Parameter GLOBALRGB Parameter Syntax Default Notes RGBMODE lt specifyrgb gt SPECIFY Sets whether the user specifies all three color variables for RGB RGB Coloring or if Tecplot 360 calculates one variable while the user specifies two Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes REDCHANNELVAR lt integer gt Sets variable for the red channel GREENCHANNELVAR lt integer gt Sets variable for the green channel BLUECHANNELVAR lt integer gt Sets variable for the blue channel RANGEMIN lt double gt 0 0 RANGEMAX lt double gt 1 0 LEGEND ANCHORALIGNMENT lt anchoralignment gt TOPCENTER BLUECHANNELLABEL lt string gt BOX lt lt textbox gt gt See
257. n your data such as velocity pressure and temperature for use in analysis Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONVECTIONVARSA lt boolean gt TRUE Indicates whether the variables designated for Tecplot 360 vector plots are momentum variables density velocity If REMOMENTUM FALSE then the vector variables must represent velocity values UVar lt integer gt 0 Specify the variable by number to use for the first Vector Momentum variable War lt integer gt 0 Specify the variable by number to use for the second Vector Momentum variable WVar lt integer gt 0 Specify the variable by number to use for the second Vector Momentum variable ID1 lt varid gt NOTUSED Identification of the first data set variable from which the function will be calculated ID2 lt varid gt NOTUSED Identification of the second data set variable from which the function will be calculated VARTABLE1 lt integer gt 0 Position of the first variable in the data set VARIABLE2 lt integer gt 0 Position of the second variable in the data set SETFLUI DPROPERTIES Syntax XTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETFLUIDPROPERTIES optional parameters Descri ption set the fluid properties for use by other commands 230 Optional Parameters Macro Command Description Parameter
258. nal macro variable Loop Loops may be nested up to 10 levels deep MACROFUNCTION S ENDMACROFUNCTION ccc ccccecccseeeceeseesesseseecasseeesesaesesesessessssanessseeeees 162 Define a macro function All commands between a MACROFUNCTION and the ENDMACROFUNCTION are associ ated with the macro function NAME These commands are not executed when they are defined but are exe cuted when a RUNMACROFUNCTION command is processed Parameters can be passed to a macro function Use n to reference the nth parameter See RUNMACROFUNCTION In the user interface Crtl M must be pressed before using the keyboard shortcut specified by the KEYSTROKE option For example if the KEYSTROKE option is set to P the user must press CTRL M P SINE WLAY OUT os ecserin a uct chacccuvecchatecevecsndacnedeudcteun sted cvceeedaveeveece enscven sevens ckeneceveceeeueeventeneveievess 163 Clear the current layout and start again SIOPENLAY OUT iissccsisvesss cunts vests cvscseesctevsesnoacoevevenaeeqacuosdevecievecheue ieee ETE 163 Open and read in a new layout file The lt string gt is the name of the file to open DE PAGE oasis cacencs coscacsnsscekaesdusscsvievsucevoussaseseishesussuicasatsans esesusarsa ocescaseasa textebsneswsttey duns usucsveus euasasaueus di suesnsacsceiasateese 164 A SetValue command that sets the paper characteristics 40 PAGECONTROL Required Control Option 0 0 0 0 cece ee ceeeeeceeeeseecsseeseseeseee
259. nd streamtrace object types the basic color shading i e fill only follows the fill rules above if lighting effects are not being used SETSTYLEBASE Syntax SETSTYLEBASE lt stylebase gt no parameters Descri ptio Nilnstruct Tecplot 360 on how to initialize frame style values when a new frame is created During normal operation Tecplot 360 bases the style of a new frame on the factory defaults plus any changes assigned in the Tecplot 360 configuration file Layout files and stylesheet files however rely on Tecplot 360 basing new frames only on the factory defaults This command is typically not 190 used by the casual user Example Set the style base for frames to use the factory defaults ISETSTYLEBASE FACTORY SHARECONNECTIVITY Syntax SHARECONNECTIVITY SOURCEZONE lt integer gt DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt no optional parameters Descri ption Share the nodemap between the source and destination zones presuming that the zones are FE and have the same element type and number of nodes Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt SOURCEZONE lt integer gt Example Shares the connectivity of the second zone with the sixth zone SHARECONNECTIVITY SOURCEZONE 2 DESTINATIONZONE 6 SHAREFI ELDDATAVAR Syntax SHAREFIELDDATAVAR SOURCEZONE lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt DESTINATIONZONE lt inte
260. neNum varNum startI endI startJ endJ Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone containing data to be read varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be read startl Integer Optional 1 1 based value for the starting I index Optional Max endl Integer data I 1 based value of the last I index inclusive dimension start Integer Optional 1 1 based value of the first J index Optional Max endJ Integer data J 1 based value of the last J index dimension ptList List Retum object New reference 2 dimensional list containing the requested values 16 6 5 IjJOrderedDataValuesSet The IJOrderedDataValuesSet function updates data in the active frame in Tecplot 360 The zone and variable must already exist this simply populates the values The values are passed using a list object in a 2 dimensional format a list of J lists each containing a list of I values The data in the frame must be ordered data in at least 2 dimensions The function has the following syntax ptList TecUtil IJOrderedDataValuesSet zoneNum varNum ptList startI startJ Variable Type Optional Notes Default Return zoneNum Integer Required 1 based value of the zone containing data to be read varNum Integer Required 1 based index of the variable to be read ptList List Required aa oe the data values Must
261. ng image files from Tecplot 360 Exporting is usu ally intended as a means to transfer images from Tecplot 360 to be imported by other applications See PRINTSETUP and PRINT for generating output intended for printers and plotters SIEXPORTS TART ienen Ea EENEN EAE EEN NEE EEEE tavotecstnctven 106 Signals the start of an animation sequence and records the first frame of the animation This command is only valid for animation formats IEXTENDEDCOMMAND sonuni EE 107 Send a command to an add on The add on registers the name of a function that will be called when an EXTENDEDCOMMAND is processed Tecplot 360 knows which registered function to call based on the COMMAND PROCESSORID string See the function TecUtilMacroExtCommandCallback in the ADK Reference Manual SIEXTRACTTROM GEOM iecircooris iseer resien riie EEEE EREEREER REEERE EEEE EE EEEE E EEE EEEE 107 Extract data from a 2 or 3D field plot The locations at which to extract the data come from a polyline geometry that must be picked prior to issuing this command SIEX TRACT EROMPOLYEINE sssscstccsessviesexcesscisveceos ear eina SEE EEEE cases ESEE EAE AE PESEE 108 Extract data from a 2 or 3D field plot The locations of where to extract the data from come from a sup plied polyline in the form of lt xyzrawdata gt SIFTELDLAYERS oi cyciivsccesecscosestosceiossctostelesesieetencessndesdetiesnvansseacertavoneadobeatoves tosncvesssovesceseutose detasducsbsrtatdessvcntaves tsb
262. ngle 72 attach command 71 attributes 71 97 box 72 centering 73 character height 251 color 72 copy to another frame 218 default 97 defaults 97 display 167 fonts 72 252 260 frame 71 height 252 label box 251 label details 252 line spacing 72 prompt for 178 179 setting font and position 252 setting fonts 251 shape 251 spacing 115 subscript 115 superscript 115 text box 72 thickness 252 zone attach 72 Text box 72 Text boxes 251 265 Text shape 72 Textbox 72 textbox subcommand 251 textshape subcommand 251 Tick marks 253 attributes 253 axis 253 directions 265 label formatting 252 labels 252 253 setting attributes 254 ticklabeldetail subcommand 252 TICKLENGTHS 77 Tickmark labels alignment 261 tickmarkdetail subcommand 253 TIFF byte order 265 Time Animation 66 Title data set 189 Transform coordinates 205 polar to rectangular coordinates 175 Translate view 212 workspace view 214 Translate picked objects 174 TRANSLATION 149 Translucency 265 TRIANGLEKEEPFACTOR 143 ndo view only 211 NIXHELPBROWSERCMD 150 SEAPPROXIMATEPLOTS 150 SEDISPLAYLISTS 150 SEDOUBLEBUFFERING 150 ser input dialogs 178 ser interface launch dialog 155 set attributes 142 ser defined variables 22 SETECPLOTPRINTDRIVERS 150 Gee cele GE Ge vV Value blanking 77 265 cell mode 265 Values display 136 137 macro variables 19 set field value 189 Variable lists 161 Variables 3D axis 204 as
263. no parameters Descri ption rit the current set of data zones or line mappings being plotted within the grid area This does not take into consideration text or geometries VIEW FIT Syntax VIEw FIT no parameters Descri ption rit the entire plot to the grid area This also takes into consideration text and geometries that are plotted using the grid coordinate system In 3D this also includes the axes 210 VIEW FITSURFACES Syntax VIEW FITSURFACES no parameters Descri ption Fits active plot surfaces to the grid area 3D volume zones are excluded when surfaces to plot are set to none See FIELDMAP for more information on setting surfaces to plot VI EW LAST Syntax VIEW LAST no parameters Descri ption Retrieve the previous view from the view stack Each frame mode within each frame maintains its own view stack VIEW LAST will not reverse alterations to data VI EW MAKECURRENTVIEWNICE Syntax VIEW MAKECURRENTVIEWNICE no parameters Descri ptio N Shifts axis to make axis line values nice without changing the extents of the window Only works in Sketch XY 2D VIEW NICEFIT Syntax VIEW NICEFIT no parameters Descri ption Change view to make the extents of the frame neatly hold the plot with integer values for axis labels Only works in Sketch XY 2D VI EW PASTE Syntax VIEW PASTE no parameters Descri ption Retrieve the view from the view paste buffer and assign it to the ac
264. nt K May be VVELOCITY or ANGLEOFATTACK RVELOCITY2 lt double gt 0 0 The value of the second free stream velocity component NOTE RVELOCITY1 must be defined before using RVELOCITY2 RTHERMO1ID lt string gt DENSITY Identification of the first free stream thermodynamic variable May be PRESSURE or DENSITY RTHERMO1 lt double gt 1 0 The value of the first free stream thermodynamic variable RTHERMO2ID lt string gt SPEEDOFSOUND Identification of the second free stream thermodynamic variable May be TEMPERATURE or SPEEDOFSOUND RTHERMO2 lt double gt 1 0 The value of the second free stream thermodynamic variable SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDANALYZER3 COMMAND SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS SteadyState lt boolean gt RAWDATA lt timelevelrawdata gt Descri ption Identifies time levels for unsteady flow or specifies that the solution is steady state If the flow is unsteady the solution time levels are specified in the RAWDATA section The first line of the RAWDATA section must consist of a single integer indicating the number of solution time levels This must be followed by the time levels themselves Each time level must be on a separate line and must consist of a floating point number the solution time as well as one or more integers the zone numbers for that solution time Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes STEADYSTATE lt bo
265. ntour level to delete RANGEMAX lt dexp gt Maximum contour level to delete Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example Delete all contour levels between 0 1 and 0 7 RANGEMIN RANGEMAX CONTOURLEVELS DELETERANGE 0 1 0 7 Syntax CONTOURLEVELS NEW lt contourlevelrawdata gt optional parameters CONTOURLEVELS NEW Descri ption Replace the current set of contour levels with a new set 85 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes lt contourlevelrawdata Supply a list of contour levels to add gt Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Exam ple Replace the current set of contour levels with the levels 0 5 0 75 and 1 0 CONTOURLEVELS NEW RAWDATA rFOOwW onu ul CONTOURLEVELS RESET Syntax CONTOURLEVELS RESET NUMVALUES lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Reset the contour levels to a set of evenly distributed values spanning the entire range of the currently selected contouring variable Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes NUMVALUES lt integer gt New number of contour levels Optional Parameters Paramete
266. ntourlabellocation gt CONTOURLEVELS NUMBERTEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD NO ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 2 5 OVERLAYBARGRID lt boolean gt YES Thin line around each band in the color bar ROWSPACING lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 2 129 Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWHEADER lt boolean gt YES TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 95 Y 80 VAR lt integer gt 3 Variable used for contour levels COLORCUTOFF RANGEMIN lt double gt 1 x10150 RANGEMAX lt double gt 1x10 INCLUDEMIN lt boolean gt NO INCLUDEMAX lt boolean gt NO INVERTCUTOFF lt boolean gt NO COLORMAPFILTER GROUP lt integer gt 1 COLORMAPDISTRIBUTION BANDED CONTINUOUSCOLOR CMIN lt integer gt 0 CMAX lt integer gt 1 REVERSECOLORMAP lt boolean gt NO ZEBRA INCLUDE lt boolean gt NO ISTRANSPARENT lt boolean gt NO COLOR lt color gt BLACK COLORMAPCYCLES lt integer gt 1 USEFASTAPPROXCONTINUOU lt boolean gt NO SFLOOD COLORMAPOVERRIDEACTIVE lt boolean gt NO COLORMAPOVERRIDE lt boolean gt NO CONTOURLINESTYLE CONTOURL INEMODE lt contourlinemode gt USEZONELINETYPE LINESKIP lt integer gt 4 PATTERNLENGTH lt dexp gt 2 Example
267. o the bottom of the Line mapping list This in effect causes the selected Line mappings to be drawn last SISHIFTLINEMAPS TOT OP rreri ar anra RE EEA EA E E AS E aa ETE AE AE E 192 Shift a list of Line maps to the top of the Line map list This in effect causes the selected Line maps to be drawn first SI SHOWMOUSEPOINTER voiet nnair S Sea GEETE R ETAR EEA TL OAE AEAEE EA A E E 192 The mouse icon may be deactivated within a macro to enhance the on screen animation It must be reacti vated before exiting the macro SISKETCHA NIS merret ia ia E ne hon NAE E ANE EEEE AE NAN 192 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a sketch mode frame Axes are rarely used in sketch frames SISLICEA TE RIBULES i305 ccscsnegsovsitents sossvssszarenediesterevecibydgndauebet lgnducen EEEE O EE A E 193 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with slices GISEICEL AYERS a i ssh sensyfoe5s coneulSneadonelesnes rn dussedsvongurescunog S NEE A E R REE ESSA 196 Turn slicing on or off BES MOOTED on eaa e AAEN AEON AE REENE NE AET AET E 197 Smooth data reduce the spikes for selected variables in selected zones SISTREAM ATTRIBUTES uniin oiai a e a eiaa i ei edi ia RA aA 197 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with streamtraces 46 STREAMTRACE Required Control Option ee ecsee cs ceeeeececeesessssececsssesesesaesesseasaesesseesee 199 The different commands in the STREAMTRACE com
268. od letter or digit characters 188 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame linemap page NAME lt string gt VALUESTRING lt string gt Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes MAP lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION linemap VAR lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION var ZONE lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION zone Example Set the selected Auxiliary Data to Zone 2 SETAUXDATA ZONE 2 AUXDATALOCATION zone NAME VARIABLE DATA VALUESTRING WEST SECTOR SETDATASETTITLE Syntax SETDATASETTITLE lt string gt no optional parameters Descri ption Set the title for the current data set Example SETDATASETTIILE My data set SETFI ELDVALUE Syntax SETFIELDVALUE ZONE VAR INDEX FIELDVALUE AUTOBRANCH no optional parameters lt integer gt lt integer gt lt integer gt lt dexp gt lt boolean gt Descri ption Specify a field value data set value at a specified point index If the zone referenced is IJ or IJK ordered then the point index is calculated by treating the 2 or 3D array as a 1 D array 189 Required Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes AUTOBRANCH lt boolean gt Affects shared variables only
269. ode gt XYAXIS CURRENTANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 5 SMALLANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 1 MEDIUMANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 5 LARGEANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt 15 148 Parameter Syntax Default Notes ROTATEDEGPERFRAMEUNI lt integer gt T SHOWGEOMS lt boolean gt YES ROTATEDEGPERFRAME lt integer gt UNIT RULERPADDING lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 05 Distance between workarea ruler and clipping edge for the paper and frames Units are inches RULERTHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 15 Value is in inches on the screen SCALE Settings for interactive scaling STEPSIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt 10 SMALLSTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt MEDIUMSTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt 10 LARGESTEP lt op gt lt dexp gt 20 ZOOMSCALEPERFRAMEUNI lt op gt lt double gt 4 T SCRBACKGROUNDCOLOR lt color gt Set the workspace background color SECURESPOOLCOMMANDS lt boolean gt YES Set to NO to allow SPOOLER commands outside the configuration file SHOWCONTINUOUSSTATUS lt boolean gt YES SHOWCOORDINATES lt boolean gt YES SHOWCOORDINATESWITH lt boolean gt NO When YES running coordinates for both X amp Y are displayed in grid SELECTORADJUSTOR coordinates in the status line for all lot types except 3D If SIINTERFACE SHOWCOORDINATES is off the value of SHOWCOORDINATESWITHSELEC TORADJUSTOR is ignored This command is available via the config file tecplot
270. of raw data followed by the blocks of raw data themselves The following table lists the raw data sections found in Tecplot 360 macros Raw Data Name Value Type s per Block Notes lt arbfielddata gt NM p11 p12 p13 pIM p21 p22 p23 p2M pN1 pN2 pN3 pNM Where N is the number of points M is the number of variables per data point lt colormaprawdata gt lt integer gt Red lt integer gt Green lt integer gt Blue lt contourlevelrawdata gt lt dexp gt Contour level lt extendedcommandrawdata gt lt string gt Each line of the RAWDATA section contains an arbitrary text string The only requirement is that the character sequence a dollar sign followed by an exclamation mark cannot appear anywhere in the section Comments can be inserted by using the octothorp If encountered everything to the right of the including the itself will be ignored lt geometryrawdata gt Line segment geometry lt xyrawdata gt Each block contains a block of lt xyrawdata gt which forms a single polyline within the geometry lt geometryrawdata gt 3D Line segment lt xyzrawdata gt Each block contains a block of lt xyzrawdata gt which forms a single polyline within the geometry lt geometryrawdata gt circle a lt dexp gt Only one value supplied Value is the radius lt geometryrawdata gt ellipse lt geometryrawdata gt rectangle lt
271. olean gt NO Only boldface text objects will be selected ISITALIC lt boolean gt NO Only italicized text objects will be selected GEOMFILTER lt geomtype gt Not used Only geometry objects of this type will be selected LINEPATTERNFILTER lt linepattern gt Not used Only geometry objects with this line pattern will be selected SELECTCONTOUR lt boolean gt NO Select all contour labels in specified region LABELS SELECTFRAMES lt boolean gt NO Select all frame objects in the specified region SELECTGEOMS lt boolean gt NO Select all geometry objects in the specified region SELECTGRIDAREA lt boolean gt NO Select the grid area in specified region SELECTMAPS lt boolean gt NO Select all line map objects in the specified region SELECT lt boolean gt NO Select all streamtrace objects in the specified region STREAMTRACES SELECTTEXT lt boolean gt NO Select all text objects in the specified region SELECTZONES lt boolean gt NO Select all zone objects in the specified region a There is no default for this parameter If this parameter is omitted then the corresponding filter is not used Example Pick all circles using a dashed line pattern within the rectangle bounded by the points 0 0 and 3 5 SELECTGEOMS GEOMFILTER X1 Y1 X2 Y2 CIRCLE U Uw oO O IPICK ADDALLINRECT YES LINEPATTERNFILTER DASHED 169 PI CK CLEAR Syntax PICK CLEAR no parameters Descri ption
272. olean gt TRUE If TRUE indicates that the solution is steady state and the RAWDATA if any is ignored If FALSE indicates that the solution is unsteady with time levels identified in the RAWDATA section Example tThe unsteady solution contains three solution time levels of two zones each representing solution times 0 5 1 0 and 1 5 EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS STEADYSTATE FALSE RAWDATA 233 3 5 11 2 1o mA 1 5 5 6 10 3 Parameter Assignment Values Parameter assignments referenced in the previous section using single angle brackets lt gt not defined in the 12 are defined here Note that case is not important Value Identifier Allowable Values lt coeffsoption gt GENERAL DETAILED lt functionname gt IASPECTRATIO JASPECTRATIO KASPECTRATIO ISTRETCHRATIO JSTRETCHRATIO KSTRETCHRATIO IFACESKEWNESS JFACESKEWNESS KFACESKEWNESS CELLDIAGONAL1ISKEWNESS CELLDIAGONAL2SKEWNESS IJNORMALSSKEWNESS JKNORMALSSKEWNESS KINORMALSSKEWNESS MAXNORMALSSKEWNESS IORTHOGONALITY JORTHOGONALITY KORTHOGONALITY MINORTHOGONALITY INONPLANARITY JNONPLANARITY KNONPLANARITY MINNOPLANARITY JACOBIAN CELLVOLUME GRIDIUNITNORMAL GRIDJUNITNORMAL GRIDKUNITNORMAL DENSITY STAGDENSITY PRESSURE STAGPRESSURE PRESSURECOEF STAGPRESSURECOEF PITOTPRESSURE PITOTPRESSURERATIO DYNAMICPRESSURE TEMPERATURE S
273. olpoints gt gt USERDEFINED lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt USERDEFINED lt integer gt NUMCONTROLPOINTS Example Make the third control point for the small rainbow color map for the 4th Color Map group to be positioned 0 44 of the way across the color map Set the leading and trailing RGB red value to 90 GLOBALCOLORMAP 4 SMRAINBOW CONTROLPOINT 3 COLORMAPFRACTION 0 44 LEADRGB 127 R 90 TRAILRGB R 90 Sy ntaxX GLOBALCONTOUR lt contourgroup gt optional parameters GLOBALCONTOUR Descri ption a SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with contour plots or contour levels The optional parameter lt contourgroup gt refers to the defined contour groups 1 8 allowed in Tecplot 360 and takes an integer value of one through eight The lt contourgroup gt parameter is optional and if omitted Tecplot 360 will use contour group 1 If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory The NUMBERFORMAT setting for LABELS also controls the number format in the legend Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURLINESTYLE This is used to assign a
274. olution Example Calculate the accuracy using zones 3 4 and 5 along with data set variable 7 plotting the overall accuracy EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCULATEACCURACY ZONES 3 5 DATASETVAR 7 PLOTOVERALLACCURACY T RUE DISPLAYBOUNDARI ES Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND DISPLAYBOUNDARIES optional parameters RAWDATA lt boundaryrawdata gt Descri ptio N Displays boundaries corresponding to a geometry and boundaries specification without actually setting the geometry and boundaries This macro is generally not useful for those writing macro files but is recorded when the user clicks the Display Boundaries button in the Geometry and Boundaries dialog in order to duplicate the actions of Tecplot 360 that happen in response to that action See Section SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES on page 232 for a description of the parameters for this macro EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE optional parameters Descri ption extract and display shock surfaces vortex cores or separation and attachment lines Shock surfaces are displayed as iso surfaces of a new variable ShockSurface while vortex cores and separation and attachment lines are displayed as new zones 226 Macro Command Description Optional Parameters Para
275. ommand to execute a Python function via a macro file NOTE Before executing a Python func tion you must first load the module that contains it via the LOADPYFILE NAME command 55 56 Macro Commands This chapter lists Tecplot 360 s macro commands alphabetically Optional parameters are enclosed within square brackets Items within double angle brackets lt lt gt gt represent parameter sub commands listed and described in Chapter 11 Parameter Subcommands A ACTI VEFIELDMAPS Syntax AcTIVEFIELDMAPS lt op gt lt set gt no optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that changes the set of active field maps thus changing the active zones considered for plotting Examples Example 1 Make only field maps 1 3 4 and 5 active for plotting ACTIVEFIELDMAPS 1 3 5 Example 2 Add zones 33 34 35 and 36 to the set of active field maps ACTIVEFIELDMAPS 33 36 57 Example 3 Remove zones 1 2 3 9 10 and 11 from the set of active field maps ACTIVEFIELDMAPS 1 3 9 11 ACTI VELI NEMAPS Syntax ACTIVELINEMAPS lt op gt lt set gt no optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that changes the set of line mappings considered for plotting Examples Example 1 Make only line mappings 1 3 4 and 5 active for plotting ACTIVELINEMAPS 1 3 5 Example 2 Add line maps 33 34 35 and 36 to the set
276. on is IONMODE PIECEWISELINEAR piecewise linear and calculates for irst order accuracy This tri linear interpolation option calculates for second order accuracy EXTRACTSLICEFROMPLAN lt boolean gt NO ECOPYCELLCENTERS 143 Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTLINECREATEMODE ONEZONEPERCONTOU ONEZONEPERCONTOU RLEVEL RLEVEL ONEZONEPERINDEPEN DENTPOLYLINE POLYCELLINTERPOLATIO USECCVALUE AVERAGENODES This parameter only appears in the NMODE AVERAGENODES tecplot config file When using contour flooding contour lines or precise value blanking for polyhedral and polygonal data it chooses between using the cell centered value or using the average of the nodes This parameter also applies to the creation of iso surfaces for cell centered values in a polyhedral zone It does not apply to Primary Value contour flooding DIALOGPLACEMENT The DIALOGPLACMENT parameter may only appear in the tecplot config fil ify the pl ile You may specify the placement ADVANCED3DCONTROLDIA lt lt dialogplacement gt gt of the indicated dialogs Dialog LOG placement is relative to the main Tecplot 360 window AXISEDITDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt COLORMAPDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt CONTOURDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt CREATE1DLINEDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt CREATECIRCULARZONEDI lt lt dialogplacement gt gt ALOG CREATERECTANGULARZON lt lt dialogplacement gt gt EDIALO
277. on to load See Section 33 1 Add on Loading in the User s Manual for instructions on how to specify the add on Optional Parameters LOADADDON Parameters Syntax Default Notes ADDONSTYLE lt string gt V7Standard Style of the add on to load This can be either VSTANDARD or V7ACTIVEX Example 161 Load the Circle Stream add on It is a V7STANDARD add on stored in a library named cstream LOADADDON cstream LOADCOLORMAP Syntax LOADCOLORMAP lt string gt no parameters Descri ption Load a color map file The lt string gt is the name of the file to load Example LOADCOLORMAP mycolors map LOOP ENDLOOP Syntax Loop lt integer gt ENDLOOP Descri ption Process macro commands in a loop Within the loop you may access the current loop counter using the internal macro variable Loop Loops may be nested up to 10 levels deep Exam ple Process macro commands 3 times over LOOP 3 ENDLOOP MACROFUNCTION ENDMACROFUNCTION Syntax MAcROFUNCTION NAME lt string gt optional parameters ENDMACROFUNCTION Descri ption Define a macro function All commands between a MACROFUNCTION and the ENDMACROFUNCTION are associated with the macro function NAME These commands are not executed when they are defined but are executed when a RUNMACROFUNCTION command is processed Parameters can be passed to a macro function
278. oolean gt NO Select all line map objects in the active frame SELECTZONES lt boolean gt NO Select all zone objects in the active frame Example Add all text and geometries in the active frame to the list of picked objects PICK ADDALL SELECTTEXT YES SELECTGEOMS YES Syntax PICK ADDALLINRECT X1 lt dexp gt 168 PI CK ADDALLI NRECT Y1 lt dexp gt X2 lt dexp gt Y2 lt dexp gt optional parameters Descri ption Add objects defined within a specified region to the list of picked objects The region is defined in terms of the paper coordinate system Optional filters can be used to restrict the objects selected The region is defined by the two corner points X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 Required Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes X1 lt dexp gt X location in inches relative to the left edge of the paper Y1 lt dexp gt Y location in inches relative to the top edge of the paper X2 lt dexp gt X location in inches relative to the left edge of the paper Y2 lt dexp gt Y location in inches relative to the top edge of the paper Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes COLORFILTER lt color gt Not used Only objects of this color will be selected FONTFAMILYFILTER lt string gt Not used 2 Only text objects with this font will be selected ISBOLD lt bo
279. op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 1 ANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt X 80 Y 80 MAGNITUDELABEL 139 Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt NO TEXTCOLOR lt color gt BLACK TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD YES ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FR AME HEIGHT 3 NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt OFFSET lt double gt 2 RELATIVELENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 RELATIVELENGTHIN lt boolean gt YES If YES and USERELATIVE is YES then vectors are sized in Grid Units Magnitude If NO and USERELATIVE is YES then GRIDUNITS vectors are sized in cm magnitude SIZEHEADBY lt boolean gt YES If YES HEADSIZEASFRACTION is used to size arrowheads otherwise HEADSIZEINFRAMEUNITS is used FRACTION UNIFORMLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 Value is in Y frame units USERELATIVE lt boolean gt YES If NO vectors are all the same size UNIFORMLENGTH UVAR lt integer gt Variable number for the X vector component VVAR lt integer gt Variable number for the Y vector component WVAR lt integer gt Variable number for the Z vector component Example This example does the following e Makes all vectors be uniform in size 5 percent in Y frame units e Makes the arrowheads 0 2 times the size of the stems e Turns off the reference vector
280. ot e Set the contour variable by adding the following command to your macro file prior to calling ISOSURFACELAYERS GLOBALCONTOUR n VAR m where n is the contour group number and m is the number of the variable to use for contouring or e Set CONTOUR SHOW NO via the ISOSURFACEATTRIBUTES command If you choose this option you may want to turn on shading to improve the visibility of your slice K O KRI G Syntax KRIG DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Interpolate selected variables from a set of source zones to a destination zone using the kriging 154 method Required Parameter Parameters Syntax Default Notes DESTINATIONZONE lt integer gt Zone to interpolate to Optional Parameters Parameters Syntax Default Notes INTERPNPOINTS lt integer gt 8 INTERPPTSELECTION lt interpptselection gt OCTANTNPOINTS KRIGDRIFT lt krigdrift gt LINEAR KRIGRANGE lt dexp gt 0 3 KRIGZEROVALUE lt dexp gt 0 0 SOURCEZONES lt set gt All zones except the destination zone VARLIST lt set gt All variables except spatial Choose the variables to interpolate variables The spatial variables X Y and Z if 3D are not allowed Example Krig from zones 3 and 4 onto zone 2 Only interpolate variable 7 KRIG SOURCEZONES 3 4 VARLIST DESTINATIONZONE 2 7 Syntax LAUNCHDI
281. p gt 2 LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt SOLID Example GLOBALCONTOUR VAR 4 SLICEATTRIBUTES ENDPOSITION X 1 SLICEATTRIBUTES STARTPOSITION X 6 SLICEATTRIBUTES NUMINTERMEDIATESLICES 6 SLICEATTRIBUTES SHOWSTARTENDSLICE YES SLICEATTRIBUTES SHOWINTERMEDIATESLICES YES REDRAW CREATESLICEZONES SLICELAYERS Syntax SLICELAYER SHOW lt boolean gt Description Turm slicing on or off Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWMESH lt boolean gt YES SHOWCONTOUR lt boolean gt YES SHOWVECTOR lt boolean gt YES SHOWSHADE lt boolean gt YES SHOWEDGE lt boolean gt YES USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES Note When slices are activated they are colored using the contour variable by default When you activate slices via the macro language you must perform one of the following steps in order for the slices to be visible in your final plot e Set the contour variable by adding the following command to your macro file prior to calling SLICELAYER GLOBALCONTOUR n VAR m where n is the contour group number and m is the number of the variable to use for contouring or e Set CONTOUR SHOW NO via the SLICEATTRIBUTES command If you choose this option you may want to turn on shading to improve the visibility of your slice 196 Syntax smooTH ZO
282. paths configuration 112 Finite element create FE surface zones 90 Finite element data zone boundary creation 89 First line of macro file 17 Flooded contour plots 258 FNAMEFILTER 113 Font 98 260 Fonts 72 spacing 115 Formats in macro variables 24 Formatting numbers 245 FORTRAN like equations 58 Frame 68 activate frame by name 118 activate frame by number 118 activate frame by position 117 activate next frame 117 activate previous frame 117 activate top frame 117 always pop active frame 143 attach to data set command 68 create 91 delete 166 delete active frame 120 dynamic attributes 121 fit frames to paper 120 get name 124 invisible borders 149 move active frame to top 118 move frame to bottom by name 119 move frame to bottom by number 120 move frame to top by number 119 move to top by name 119 moves active frame to bottom 119 text attach 71 view last 211 Frame control commands 116 120 Frame coordinates 258 Frame manipulating 260 Frame modes 201 260 Frame style attributes 190 FRAMEHEADERFORMAT 131 FRAMEHEADERHEIGHT 131 Frames fit all into workspace view 214 fit selected frames in view 214 number of frames 21 setting global attributes 131 Frames with pick handles 214 FRAMETEXTSIZES 77 G Geometries copy to another frame 218 default attributes 96 Geometry attach command 69 attach to frame 69 attributes 96 color 70 defaults 96 extract data 107 Geometry attributes 69 Geometry raw data 269 Geometry t
283. pecify the reference free stream properties of the solution identify two variables in the current data set for use with other commands SETUNSTEADYFLOWOPTIONS iii cccccccssscccsscsenacsenessstepssusrsdasssennpadespansonesecsvessnnceesvabesncescuasspastebbosssdesdudsswnieeds 233 Identifies time levels for unsteady flow or specifies that the solution is steady state If the flow is unsteady the solution time levels are specified in the RAWDATA section The first line of the RAWDATA section must consist of a single integer indicating the number of solution time levels This must be followed by the time levels themselves Each time level must be on a separate line and must consist of a floating point number the solution time as well as one or more integers the zone numbers for that solution time lt lt a nC hOr POS gt gt uses esses N EERE RENSE E ENRE E E E AER 235 Assign attributes for positioning of objects lt area Sty LCS gt orror E E A A E E E hove E EN E A A E 236 Change settings for the axis grid area AN SCA Wea illo an e e E A A E E E E E A I E 236 Assign attributes for axes PLL E e A E E S E E A too cae vanes vsadasisossenecs 237 Assign attributes for axis lines ezari stiles a Se a a A a e 238 Assign attributes for titles 52 lt lt basiccolorcomtrG gt gt E E A A A dhs Sea cots T T IE ees he on bets oh stets 239 Assign name to a basic color Se DASICSUZOLES Cod sch iis xed oven sasha S odes
284. plot types between valid Tecplot 360 modes such as XYLine and Cartesian2D Valid options shown below SIPOLARANIS iore e enn EE ATEO RE EA E E E E EERE 175 A SetValue command that assigns attributes for axes in a polar frame SIPOLARTORECTANGULAR eonccresresireirrinirinrteiiri iisti eritti i asks ESAE SEE EE EEEE EEE EER EES EEr AAEREN 175 Treat the variables currently assigned to X and Y as referring to R and q and convert them to X and Y In 3D X Y and Z refer to R q and y Tecplot 360 has addition capabilities for transforming coordinates please see TRANSFORMCOORDINATES POLARY W erroa i EEEE EEE EEEE EAEE EE EEEE E EEEE EAEE RE E RES 176 Sets the viewing style for polar plots in a layout BIPRIN Too E EAEE EEEN EENEN EAEAN E NEET E ENOTA A ONEN ESERE 176 Print the current layout to a printer or send the print instructions to a file Use the PRINTSETUP SetValue command to configure printing SIPRINTSETUP ssssscsisccsisicssscesssicsisussasanassecesnstacsvesiastosastainstestieessacedseeeve saute vousd aise TA 176 A SetValue command that sets the attributes for printing Use PRINT to do the actual printing See EXPORTSETUP and EXPORT if you intend to create image files destined for desktop publishing pro grams SIPROMPTEFORFILENA ME ss sccsssecisscvsssezssecsesnccusncsusnzsasncsienss consstenss tenis ttesseesistaves obi neeasnidiseiaesebastiaansacncatnne ey 178 Instruct Tecplot 360 to launch a file selection dialog
285. pound function family are described separately in the following sections SISTREAMTRA GEA DD xori a aE e RES a cosa ons NE AER cava eae aaNet neste on 199 Add a single streamtrace or a rake of streamtraces to the active frame The frame must be a 2D or 3D field plot SISTREAMTRAGE DELETEALL pisiseeni iesin i en i SEa sue decduee Aa susuestesVasbavdonaicevae 201 Deletes all streamtraces in the active frame If the frame mode is 2D all 2D streamtraces are deleted If the frame mode is 3D all 3D streamtraces are deleted SISTREAM FRAGE DELETERANGE ssessesessisisirirerresststststrtttttstststststtttettestststsesitttttttststseststtteresestsese 201 Delete a range of streamtraces Streamtraces are numbered sequentially in the order they were created SISTREAMTRACE RESETDELTATIME eeeseeeseseeisesesriseserertrrestsestststtttttesesesesesitettteststseststetttetesesesese 201 Reset the time delta for dashed streamtraces The delta time is reset such that a stream dash in the vicinity of the maximum vector magnitude will have a length approximately equal to 10 percent of the frame width ISTREAMTRACE SETTERMINATIONLINE cc esssssessesesseseeesseeeeseeessceccaeecaceecaseecacecaeesaeeecneaeeeeaeneees 202 Set the position of the termination line for streamtraces SISTREAMTRACELAYERS neyt iri i Nar eN NE AEREO AAEE EE theses ENEE 202 Turn streamtraces on or off SSY STEM arannana a o ea A a a A A N E EAA 202 Instruct Tecplot 36
286. ptio N Set a color value by assigning values to its red green and blue components Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes R lt op gt lt integer gt G lt op gt lt integer gt B lt op gt lt integer gt Example Change the custo basic color to be light green lt lt shademap gt gt Descri ptio N Map colors on the screen to shades of gray for monochrome hardcopy output 249 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes Shade values can range from 0 black to 100 white BLACKSHADE lt dexp gt REDSHADE lt dexp gt GREENSHADE lt dexp gt BLUESHADE lt dexp gt CYANSHADE lt dexp gt YELLOWSHADE lt dexp gt PURPLESHADE lt dexp gt WHITESHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM1SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM2SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM3SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM4SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOMS5SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM6SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM7SHADE lt dexp gt CUSTOM8SHADE lt dexp gt Example Make blue flooded regions map to 50 percent gray PRINTSETUP MONOF LOODMAP BLUESHADE 50 lt lt symbolshape gt gt Descri ption set a symbol shape Symbols can be a geometric shape circle square and so forth or an ASCII 250 character Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes ISASCII lt boolean gt ASCIISHAPE USEBASEFONT lt boolean gt FONTOVERRIDE lt font gt ASCIICHAR lt string gt G
287. ption A SetValue command that sets sizes of various objects like line thicknesses line pattern length 76 font height and so forth Sizes can be assigned when interacting with Tecplot 360 by either entering an exact value or by choosing from a preset list of values The BASICSIZE command allows you to change the values in the preset lists Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ARROWHEADSIZES lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 1 0 Small 3 0 Medium 5 0 Large 8 0 Huge 12 0 FRAMETEXTSIZES lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 1 5 Small 2 0 Medium 3 0 Large 6 0 Huge 10 0 LINEPATLENGTHS lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 0 5 Small 0 8 Medium 2 0 Large 3 0 Huge 5 0 LINETHICKNESSES lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 0 02 Small 0 1 Medium 0 4 Large 0 8 Huge 1 5 POINTTEXTSIZES lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 8 Small 11 Medium 14 Large 28 Huge 50 SYMBOLSIZES lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 0 5 Small 1 0 Medium 2 5 Large 4 0 Huge 8 0 TICKLENGTHS lt lt basicsizelist gt gt See Notes Tiny 0 5 Small 1 2 Medium 2 0 Large 3 0 Huge 5 0 Example Change the medium line pattern length to be 2 5 percent BASICSIZE LINEPATLENGTHS MEDIUM 2 5 BLANKING Syntax BLANKING optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that changes settings for IJK or value blanking 77
288. r Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example Reset the contour levels to use 150 levels CONTOURLEVELS RESET NUMVALUES 150 CONTOURLEVELS RESETTONICE Syntax CONTOURLEVELS RESETTONICE APPROXNUMVALUES lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Reset the contour levels to a set of evenly distributed nice values spanning the entire range of the currently selected contouring variable with a specified number of entries 86 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes APPROXNUMVALUES lt integer gt Approximate number of contour levels desired Actual value may be different Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed Example Reset the contour levels to use 150 levels CONTOURLEVELS RESETTONICE APPROXNUMVALUES 10 CREATECI RCULARZONE Syntax CREATECIRCULARZONE IMAX lt integer gt JMAX lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Create a circular or cylindrical IJ or JK ordered zone CREATEBOUNDARYZONES Syntax CREATEBOUNDARYZONES lt boolean gt optional parameters Descri ptio N When YES boundary zones are created Use this command when working with StarCCM data to preserve backward compatibility StarCCM Loader ONLY 87 Required Par
289. r datasets 98 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes AUXDATALOCATION zone var dataset frame linemap page Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes NAME lt string gt NUM lt integer gt VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Only required if AUXDATALOCATION zone Example Delete the selected Auxiliary Data from Zone 2 DELETEAUXDATA AUXDATALOCATION zone ZONE 2 NAME VARIABLE DATA DELETELI NEMAPS Syntax DELETEMAPS lt set gt no parameters Descri ption Delete one or more Line mappings If lt set gt is omitted then all Line mappings are deleted Exam ple Delete Line mappings 2 3 4 and 8 DELETELINEMAPS 2 4 8 DELETEVARS Syntax DELETEVARS lt set gt no parameters Descri ption Delete one or more variables Example Delete variables 4 and 10 DELETEVARS 4 10 DELETEZONES Syntax DELETEZONES lt set gt no parameters Descri ption Delete one or more zones 99 Example Delete zones 3 7 8 9 and 11 IDELETEZONES 3 7 9 11 DOUBLEBUFFER Required Control Option Descri ptio NiThe different commands in the DOUBLEBUFFER compound function family are described separately in the following sections The DOUBLEBUFFER compound functions are DOUBLEBUFFER OFF DOUBLEBUFFER ON DOUBLEBUFFER SWAP
290. rameter Syntax Default Notes X lt dexp gt 0 0 Amount to translate in X frame units Y lt dexp gt 0 0 Amount to translate in Y frame units Example Translate the view 10 percent of the frame width to the right VIEW TRANSLATE X 10 Y 80 VI EW ZOOM Syntax vIEW Zoom X1 lt dexp gt Y1 lt dexp gt X2 lt dexp gt Y2 lt dexp gt no optional parameters 212 Descri ption Change the view by zooming into the data In Sketch XY and 2D frame mode plots Tecplot 360 will adjust the ranges on the axis to view the region defined by the rectangle with corners at X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 For 3D orthographic plots the view is translated and scaled to fit the region For 3D perspective plots the view is rotated about the viewer and scaled to fit the region X1 and so forth are measured in grid coordinates Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes x1 lt dexp gt Y1 lt dexp gt X2 lt dexp gt Y2 lt dexp gt Example Zoom so the rectangular region with corners at 1 0 and 7 9 are in view IVIEW ZOOM X1 1 Y1 X2 7 Y2 9 WHILE ENDWHILE Syntax WHILE lt conditionalexp gt ENDWHILE Descri ption Continue to execute a set of commands until a conditional expression is NO Exam ple Execute a set of commands until the macro variable myvar is greater than 1 0 IVARSET myvar 0 0
291. red for plotting SIACTIVELINEMAPS Soronia enr ten iEn EEEE SEENE E E tena nina EEEE EEE EOE 58 A SetValue command that changes the set of line mappings considered for plotting SADDMACROPANELTITLE ois ccvcscssds svssisassessiesseses sasasesascs sacezessin oxessis EEEIEE EREE EESE EE EEST r eE AEri 58 Add a title to the Quick Macro Panel SIALTERDATA siirast ors ikerin eii oeaan KEE EES AEAEE KENEEN AE EEE A AE EEES EEA EEEE ENEA 58 The ALTERDATA function operates on a data set within Tecplot 360 using FORTRAN like equations See Sec tion 21 1 Data Alteration through Equations in the User s Manual for more information on using equa tions in Tecplot 360 The lt zonelist gt parameter specifies the set of zones on which to operate where zonelist is a list of zones or zone ranges separated by a comma Zone ranges are separated by a hyphen If lt zonelist gt is omitted all zones are affected NOTE the values for the lt zonelist gt parameter must be enclosed in square brackets For example use ALTERDATA 1 3 to apply ALTERDATA to zones 1 and 3 STIANTIMATECONTOURLEVELS ocivscessscessecepecessectessctspscoecesoseueosceeobeuuescasbscasuodenp EEEE AE EEEE EEE EE ATENE EG 60 Produce an animation of a contour line plot by showing a single level at a time The animation varies according to the currently defined contour levels and is limited by the values in the START END and SKIP parameters To create a mo
292. red Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANGLE lt dexp gt Specify angle of rotation in degrees Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONELIST lt set gt All zones Zones to rotate X lt dexp gt 0 X origin to rotate about Y lt dexp gt 0 Y origin to rotate about Example Rotate zone 3 30 degrees about the point 7 2 TROTATE2DDATA ANGLE 30 ZONELIST 3 x 7 Y 2 ROTATE3DVI EW Syntax ROTATE3DVIEW lt rotateaxis gt ANGLE lt dexp gt optional parameters Descri ption Do a 3D rotation about a given axis The lt rotateaxis gt must be supplied Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANGLE lt dexp gt Angle to rotate in degrees Optional Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ROTATEORIGIN sa LOCATION ees VECTORX lt dexp gt Required when rotate axis is ABOUTVECTOR VECTORY lt dexp gt Required when rotate axis is ABOUTVECTOR VECTORZ lt dexp gt Required when rotate axis is ABOUTVECTOR Example ROTATE3DVIEW PSI ANGLE 10 RUNMACROFUNCTION Syntax RUNMACROFUNCTION lt string gt lt macroparameterlist gt Descri ption Execute commands defined in a macro function The lt string gt references the name of the macro function to run If the macro command requires parameters then include
293. rent API for Microsoft Visual Studio dirent h 2006 2006 Copyright 2006 Toni Ronkko Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so Toni Ronkko All Rights Reserved ICU 1995 2009 Copyright 1995 2009 International Business Machines Corporation and others All rights reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so provided that the above copyright notice s and this permission notice appear in all copies of the Software and that both the above copyright notice s and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation International Business Machines Corporation and others All Rights Reserved QsLog 2010 Copyright 2010 Razvan Petru All rights reserved QsLog Copyright c 2010 Razvan Petru All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or
294. rrently picked objects to the front Only frames text geometries and the grid area for 2D plots are allowed PICK PUSH Syntax PICK PUSH no parameters Descri ption Change the order in which objects are drawn by pushing the currently picked objects back Only frames text geometries and the grid area for 2D plots are allowed PI CK SETMOUSEMODE Syntax PICK SETMOUSEMODE MOUSEMODE lt mousemode gt Description Prepare to pick objects by setting the mouse mode to SELECT ADJUST or ADVANCEADJUST ADVANCEADIJUST is a combination of SELECT and ADJUST that allows an object s control points to be adjusted by dragging or the entire object to be selected by clicking away from the control points This command also clears the list of picked objects that is unpicks all picked objects Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes MOUSEMODE lt mousemode gt Set to SELECT or ADJUST Example Set the mouse mode so picked objects are adjusted PICK SETMOUSEMODE MOUSEMODE ADJUST 173 PI CK SHIFT Syntax PICK SHIFT X lt dexp gt Y lt dexp gt optional parameters Descri ption Shift the currently picked objects Objects are shifted relative to their starting position X and Y shift amounts are in paper units inches If snapping is in effect then it is applied after shifting in X and Y See the SetValue commands GLOBALFRAME SNAPTOGRID and GLOBALFR
295. s The following code snippet illustrates how this might be used in a call to TecUtilStyleSetLowLevelX Note For brevity we have omitted creation of the zoneSet variable The C code ArgList_pa arglist1 TecUtilArgListAlloc TecUtilArgListAppendString arglist1 SV_P1 SV_FIELDMAP TecUtilArgListAppendString arglist1 SV_P2 SV_EDGELAYER TecUtilArgListAppendString arglist1 SV_P3 SV_COLOR TecUtilArgListAppendSet arglist1 SV_OBJECTSET zoneSet TecUtilArgListAppendArbParam arglist1 SV_IVALUE ArbParam_t Blue_C TecUtilStyleSetLowLevelX arglist1 283 TecUtilArgListDealloc amp argList1 The equivalent code in Python argList dict argList TecVals SV_P1 TecVals AppendString TecVals SV_FIELDMAP argList TecVals SV_P2 TecVals AppendString TecVals SV_EDGELAYER argList TecVals Sv_P3 TecVals AppendString TecVals SV_COLOR argList TecVals SV_OBJECTSET TecVals AppendSet 2 argList TecVals SV_IVALUE TecVals AppendArbParam TecVals Blue_C TecUtil StyleSetLowLevelX argList Note that the name string second parameter in the C version of the TecUtilArgListAppend functions becomes the key string in the Python dictionary The value portion of the dictionary must be a tuple The first item in the tuple identifies the type of data using constants found in the TecVals module The type identifiers correspond to the ArgListAppend function that you would normally call in C
296. s The BASICSIZE command allows you to change the values in the preset lists PBEANKING radeau ietro tensnccenscascnlovas cooyscess Se eesteces cath TAE R EE AE E aves E S E ES AS O e E 77 A SetValue command that changes settings for IJK or value blanking SIBRANCHCONNECTIVITY eiernite AE A AN AE EAE EAER ERRETA 79 For zones where connectivity is shared this command allows for branching of connectivity information from the specified zone SIBRANCHFIELDDATAVA R ooi sA e EE A SERIEA E N E N AEAN A 80 Allows for branching of specified variable in the specified zone for zones that share variables GIBREAK T E T E E AE O OA ETA O E NE 80 Jump out of the current LOOP ENDLOOP or WHILE ENDWHILE COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt Required Control Option 0 ccc eee eee 80 The different commands in the COLORMAPCONTROL compound function family are described separately in the following sections Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt REDISTRIBUTECONTROLPOINTS 0 ees 81 Redistribute the control points for the currently active color map so they are evenly spaced across the color map This is equivalent to clicking Redistribute Control Points in the Color Map dialog This does not change the RGB values assigned at each control point Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omit
297. s it may help to realize that a command containing Activate changes the active frame a command containing MoveTo changes the frame drawing order The FRAMECONTROL compound functions following are FRAMECONTROL ActivateTop FRAMECONTROL ActivateNext 116 FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL FRAMECONTROL ActivatePrevious ActivateAtPosition ActivateByName ActivateByNumber MoveToTopActive MoveToTopByName MoveToTopByNumber MoveToBottomActive MoveToBottomByName MoveToBottomByNumber DeleteActive FitAllToPaper FRAMECONTROL ACTI VATETOP Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATETOP no parameters Descri ption Changes the active frame to the frame that is topmost in the frame drawing order Example FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATETOP FRAMECONTROL ACTI VATENEXT Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATENEXT no parameters Descri ption Changes the active frame to the next one up in the frame drawing order or to the bottom frame if the active frame is at the top Example FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATENEXT FRAMECONTROL ACTI VATEPREVI OUS Syntax FRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEPREVIOUS no parameters Descri ption Changes the active frame to the next one down in the frame drawing order or to the top frame if the active frame is at the bottom Example FR
298. s 83 vector plots 141 3D axes attributes 203 reset 185 3D plots global attributes 138 204 3D rotation 264 3D vector plot attributes 139 A Action commands 57 Active planes 261 Active zones 57 Add on loading 161 Add on commands send to add on 107 Add on style 257 ALIGNINGCONTOURLABELS 122 Alignment 262 axis 257 ALLOWDATAPOINTADJUST 143 ALLOWDATAPOINTSELECT 143 ALLOWHWACCELERATION 148 Alter data command 58 ALWAYSPOPACTIVEFRAME 143 Anchor 235 text 72 Angle rotate 3D 138 187 204 Angle units 257 Animate commands 60 68 ANIMATESTREAKLINES macro command 219 220 Animation contour levels 60 frames 65 IJK blanking 61 IJK planes 62 63 iso surface 63 line mappings 64 slice 65 stream markers 66 streamtraces 66 Time 66 zone 66 67 zones 67 Area style 236 Arrays for Python 283 295 INDEX Arrowhead angle 70 attachment 70 257 size 70 style 70 257 ARROWHEADSIZES 77 ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS macro command 219 221 automatic stranding 89 90 95 207 AUTOREDRAWISACTIVE 143 Auxiliary data 123 delete 98 macro variables 20 setting 188 Axes 209 210 236 237 238 2D settings 207 3D attributes 203 adjust to center data 210 adjust to nice fit 211 adjust to nice view 211 assign variables 175 203 207 attributes 235 236 237 238 253 dependent mode 257 fit to data 209 grid area 236 242 grid areas 242 gridlines 243 in Sketch frame mode 192 labels 245 nice fit 209 number 209 210 polar attr
299. s Reserved SciPy 2001 2009 Enthought Inc All Rights Reserved NumPy 2005 NumPy Developers All Rights Reserved VisTools and VdmTools 1992 2009 Visual Kinematics Inc All Rights Reserved NCSA HDF amp HDF5 Hierarchical Data Format Software Library and Utilities Contributors National Center for Supercomputing Applications NCSA at the University of Illinois Fortner Software Unidata Program Center netCDF The Independent JPEG Group JPEG Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler gzip and Digital Equipment Corporation DEC Conditions of Redistribution 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or materials provided with the distribution 3 In addition redistributions of modified forms of the source or binary code must carry prominent notices stating that the original code was changed and the date of the change 4 All publications or advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software are asked but not required to acknowledge that it was developed by The HDF Group and by the National Center for Supercomputing Applications at the University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign and credit the contributors 5 Neither the name of The HDF Group the name of the University nor the name of any Contributor may be use
300. s associated with Line plots If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add it to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Optional Parameters If you would like the settings in these commands to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory Parameter Syntax Default Notes DATALABELS These are text values that can be added to a plot to show the indices or values for the data points COLOR lt color gt BLACK COLORBYZONEMAP lt boolean gt NO DISTANCESKIP lt op gt lt dexp gt INCLUDEBOX lt boolean gt YES INDEXSKIP lt op gt lt integer gt NODELABELTYPE lt labeltype gt INDEX NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt SHOWNODELABELS lt boolean gt NO SKIPMODE lt skipmode gt BYINDEX TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt See Notes Not allowed to change size units parameter FONTFAMILY Helvetica ISBOLD NO ISITALIC NO SIZEUNITS FRAME HEIGHT 3 CELLLABELTYPE lt labeltype gt INDEX LEGEND Attributes for an optional legend added to a Line plot Entries in the legend are determined dynamically by Tecplot 360 depending on which mappings are turned on ANCHORALIGNMENT TOPRIGHT 132 lt anchoralignme nt gt Parameter Syntax Default Notes BOX lt lt textbox gt gt See Notes BOXTYPE HOLLOW MARGIN 10 LINETHICKNESS 0 1 COLOR BLACK FILLCOLOR WHITE ROWSPACING lt op gt
301. s rotated about the viewer and scaled to fit the region X1 and so forth are measured in grid coor dinates SEWHILE lt S ENDWHILE 52555 fess voces saves sons vasa sinen tesa supe v0vn IEE lon AAAA ASAE ARa 213 Continue to execute a set of commands until a conditional expression is NO WORKSPACEVIEW Required Control Option 00 0 0 eee eeeececeeseesseeececssseeceeaesesseenseseseeeeees 213 The different commands in the WORKSPACEVIEW compound function family are described separately in the following sections 49 SIWORKSPACEVIEW FITALLFRAMEG 0 scccssscsssecsnseccnsecensnsocenensunsosunsscunsscusoacansscssssasnescosssenssansoscoans 214 Change the view in the workspace so all frames are fit just inside the edges of the workspace SIWORKSPA CEVIEW FIT PAPER 5c sce ssscsesacensscaes 0cieis a0cncateucnscaconevesecenstexssedeseachsedcunnacuans qabbuchsnacunnacinsedateadinss 214 Change the view in the workspace so the entire paper is fit just inside the edges of the workspace S I WORKSPACEVIEW FITSELECTEDFRAMES eeeccecsesseceseseseseeenceseneescsceseneeseseesecessecessecessecesneseenesees 214 Change the view in the workspace so the currently selected frames that is the frames with pick handles are fit just inside the edges of the workspace SIWORKSPACE VIEW LAST VIEW sczssscesssssccucsossssocsszessesncscsedesencucoucuayncessscussncessscussuceap4cunsubesascunvs cans scunsatanvacieee 214 Return to the previous
302. s the total number of nodes MAXJ returns the total number of elements and MAXK returns the number of nodes per face cell based or total number of faces face based MAXn Maximum value of the variable assigned to the n axis where n is one of A R X Y or Z MAXS Maximum value of the scatter sizing variable in the active zones MAXUI IMAXVI MAXW Maximum value of the variable assigned to the X Y Z vector component of the active zones MAXVAR nnn Maximum value of the variable nnn 20 Internal Variables Variables Notes MINB Minimum value of the blanking variable MINCI Minimum value of the contour variable MINSI Minimum value of the scatter sizing variable for the active zones MINUI IMINVI Minimum value of the variable assigned to the X Y Z vector component for the MINWI active zones MINVAR nnn Minimum value of the variable nnn MINz Minimum value of the variable assigned to the n axis where n is one of A R X Y or Z NUMFRAMES Number of frames NUMFIELDMAPS Number of fieldmaps assigned to the active frame NUMLINEMAPS Number of linemaps assigned to the active frame Number of processors that Tecplot 360 uses This may differ from the total number NUMPROCESSORSUSED in the machine if the Limits MaxAvailableProcessors configures usage differently
303. s to declare a variable without an assignment It also does not have an equivalent to the amp address of operator in C When the C version of a TecUtil function includes output parameters they are not included in the argument list The desired values are packed into a tuple which becomes return value returnVals TecUtil FrameGetPosAndSize print X pos is returnVals print height is returnVals 3 Note that the function call did not include any arguments since all the parameters in this function were output values If the C function included both input and output parameters only the input values would be included in the argument list The output values would be in the returned tuple in the same order that they appeared in the original function CSyntax is void TecUtilTextGetAnchorPos Text_ID textId double xPos double yPos double zPos returnVals TecUtil TextGetAnchorPos textId only the Text_ID value is included in the arguments print X Pos is returnVals print Y Pos is returnVals 1 In this example the original function is void so the return parameters begin at the first item in the tuple index 0 If the function had both a return value and output parameters then the return value would be in index 0 and the output parameters would begin at index 1 285 16 4 2 Reference Counts ALL returns from TecUtil functions are new references The Python code is therefore the owner
304. scri ption Allow datasharing access and setting without warning Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ALLOWDATASHARING lt boolean gt YES If NO Tecplot 360 will not allow data sharing This may be necessary to use older add ons that cannot handle shared data ALLOWOLDTEXT lt boolean gt NO If NO allows Tecplot 360 to display text subscripts and superscripts created with older Tecplot 360 versions without FORMATTING automatically converting the text to the new formatting Example The following commands turn on datasharing COMPATIBILITY ALLOWDATASHARING YES CONTI NUE Syntax conTINUE Descri ption Transfer control back to nearest LOOP or WHILE Example LOOP 10 CONTINUE ENDLOOP CONTOURLABELS Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the CONTOURLABELS compound function family are described separately in the following sections The CONTOURLABELS compound functions are CONTOURLABELS ADD CONTOURLABELS DELETEALL CONTOURLABELS ADD Syntax CONTOURLABELS ADD optional parameters Descri ption Add contour labels to your plot 82 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTOURGROUP lt integer gt 1 Defines which contour group is changed ISALIGNED lt boolean gt YES If YES then align the contour label along the contour lin
305. scri ption cet the count of how many zones share the indicated variable with the specified zone Count includes the specified zone 124 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes VAR lt integer gt ZONE lt integer gt Example A data set contains 5 zones and 3 variables Zones 1 2 and 4 share variable 3 and zones 3 and 5 share variable 3 ZONE 2 VAR 3 This returns ABC 3 while GETFIELDVALUEREFCOUNT ABC GETFIELDVALUEREFCOUNT DEF ZONE 5 VAR 3 returns DEF 2 because the variable is not shared across all five zones Syntax GETNODEINDEX lt macrovar gt ZONE lt integer gt ELEMENT lt integer gt CORNER lt integer gt no optional parameters GETNODEI NDEX Descri ptio N This function only works for finite element zones Query for the node index in the specified location as described by the ZONE ELEMENT and CORNER parameters Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes ZONE lt integer gt Zone must be greater than or equal to one CORNER lt integer gt Possible values are 1 3 1 4 or 1 8 depending upon the element type ELEMENT lt integer gt Must be greater than or equal to one and less than or equal to IMAXJI Example Get the index for the node at corner 3 of the last element in zone number 1 IGETZONETYPE ZONETYPE ZONE 1 IF ZONETYPE FE BRICK GET
306. se the resulting zones are static Fourier transform result zones are named Fourier Transform followed by a mixture of text indicating the source zone independent variable and window function used Similarly the three variables created are given the names Frequency Amplitude and Phase followed by the dependent variable used Newly created zones are assigned passive variables for all variables that previously existed in the data set and all previously existing zones are assigned passive variables for all new variables created by the Fourier trans form Perform a Fourier transform on variables 2 through 11 of zones 1 through 10 obeying source zone blank ing applying the Hann window function and excluding conjugates from the output FRAMECONTROL Required Control Option 0 0 0 eee cece ce eeeececeesesesseececasseeesesaesesseanaeeeseeeeees 116 The different commands in the FRAMECONTROL compound function family are described separately in the fol lowing sections When working with the FRAMECONTROL commands it may help to realize that a command containing Activate changes the active frame a command containing MoveTo changes the frame draw ing order SIFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATE T OP a jcccsiccsesscceissussnsscucsscunsuosdincvns vevsi seven vasdivesaedesnstesdevesastevacvedatvasatvssatvavuevas 117 Changes the active frame to the frame that is topmost in the frame drawing order SIFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATENEX TD iscotss cavecscu
307. se unexpected behavior e In Out parameters The C syntax for the TecUtil functions includes both inputs and outputs in the argument list The Python syntax explicitly sets the outs from the C syntax as the result s for the Python version of the function The ins remain input parameters for the Python version of the function Given the following C syntax TecUtilMyFunction int vari int var2 int var3 OUT int var4 OUT The Python equivalent is Results TecUtil MyFunction var1 var2 where int var1 int var2 tuple Results int Results var3 int Results 1 var4 Refer to the following sections for additional syntax rules limitations and exceptions 280 Input Types 16 3 Input Types Variables in Python are not typed as they are in C Instead all variables are effectively pointers to Python objects When working with TecUtil functions note that the variables will not be cast to the type shown in the ADK Reference Manual but will be equivalent to the Python built in type as described in the following table C Type Python built in type Boolean_t bool Boolean int short char not char SetIndex_t ColorIndex_t EntIndex_t SmInteger_t Integer LgIndex_t NodeMap_t Strand_t FaceNodeOffset_t ElemFaceOffset_t FaceBndryltemOffset_t long UniquelD_t GeomID Text_ID Long integer unlimited size Int64_t UInt64_t FileOffs
308. sesassesesseaneessseeees 165 The different commands in the PAGECONTROL compound function family are described separately in the fol lowing sections SIPAGECONTROL CREATE creierii anei ian EA ER EEE EE EES A E EEEE ARARA 166 Create a new page The created page will include an initial frame PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTONEXT 0 0 ccececeseseecssseeecesaeseceeeseecsseesesesseeesesavsesssesanesasaesees 166 Set the next page to be the current page PAGECONTROL SETCURRENTTOPREVIOUSG 0 occ esse eesecseseceseeseecsseesesecaesesesassesssaeanessasenees 166 Set the previous page to be the current page SIPAGECONTROL SETCURRENT BY NAME oisisissnsssssissassosssissaes ncavitsavencasrisavriiaesisavsivanssaaes dees tivaniecubsibiaiicas 166 Set the current page to the page specified SIPAG ECON TROL DELETE ieiesseccciscdeassnciadsotecssuesdouscvssagtonssusvestonosusans vende sovesrdusdussnevasnedesndtestousansuadbodessousndoatenevte 166 Delete the current page If the command is operated on the only page then an initial page is created with an initial frame SIPAGECON TROL CLEAR bess sss cssceisscssascoussessaseasascasascaeseassecaicacestanentavandeseutaracsevassvrescsadivrsscoreasersscevedeasensecsuneets 166 Clears all frames in the current page and creates a default initial frame SIPAGEGETNA ME oissceiessnsscctastevssieviassenstonsisssuststaavsctaniseivaasaniscotestinds tovistanasestatvens andre enis oe EE anette 167 Action command to ge
309. sible The maximized work area occupies the entire Tecplot 360 process window WORKSPACEVI EW TRANSLATE Sy ntaxX WORKSPACEVIEW TRANSLATE X lt dexp gt Y lt dexp gt no optional parameters Descri ptio N Shift the view of the workspace This has no effect on the local view within any frame in your layout 214 Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes X lt dexp gt 0 Value is in inches Y lt dexp gt 0 Value is in inches Example Shift the workspace view to the left by 2 inches as measured by the workspace ruler WORKSPACEVIEW TRANSLATE ee Y WORKSPACEVI EW UNMAXI MI ZE Syntax WORKSPACEVIEW UNMAXIMIZE no parameters Descri ption Returns the workspace to its normal size after it has been expanded after WORKSPACE MAXIMIZE has been used WORKSPACEVIEW ZOOM Syntax woRKSPACEVIEW ZOOM X1 lt dexp gt Y1 lt dexp gt X2 lt dexp gt Y2 lt dexp gt no optional parameters Descri ption Change the view into the work area This has no effect on the local view within any frame in your layout Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes X1 lt dexp gt Y1 lt dexp gt X2 lt dexp gt Y2 lt dexp gt Example Make the region in the lower left corner of an 8 5 by 11 paper be viewable in the work area The paper is in portrait orientation WORKSPACEVIEW ZOOM X1 Y1 5
310. sign to 2D axis 175 207 assign to 3D axes 203 assigning values 208 contours 129 environment 22 initializing 208 internal 19 location 126 macro functions 23 remove user defined macro variable 184 renaming 184 scatter symbol sizing 136 153 variable number 126 vector 140 141 VECTDEFLEN 122 VECTMINLEN 122 Vector plot attributes 139 Vector plots 265 variables 140 vector format 111 Vector variables 141 minimum maximum as variables 20 Vectors length reset 186 reference vector 139 141 Vectors plot show 109 Vertical bars s 19 View axis fit 209 axis nice fit 209 center 210 copy 210 data fit 210 fit 210 211 fit all frames 214 fit paper in workspace 214 fit selected frames 214 last 211 305 INDEX magnify 212 maximize 215 maximize workspace view 214 nice fit 211 paste 211 return to last view 214 rotate 187 shift workspace 214 translate 212 zoom workspace 215 View commands 208 213 213 215 View compound function family 208 View mode 265 View stack 211 retrieve last view 211 Viewer Debugger 9 volume attributes 111 Volume objects 254 Volume surfaces create FE surfaces 90 VOLUMEMODE 111 volumeobjectstoplot subcommand 254 WwW While command 213 Workspace color map dialog 81 view 214 translate 214 unmaximize 215 view mode 265 Workspace commands 213 215 Write color map 216 data set 216 stylesheet 217 xX X axis gridlines 243 XORCOLOR 150 XY raw data 270 XY Line axes attributes assig
311. sional array as a 1 D array SIGETFIELD VALUEREFCOUN TF vesscccissccssccssscscsassoussnssacecussusuasecussncussseuteugusevautesgetevesusigessdosesuesnosacteusssensescusveonss 124 Get the count of how many zones share the indicated variable with the specified zone Count includes the specified zone SIGETNODEIN DEX esse sis iaste sacsasasteuasce sa asrasa oeri ra AEEA 125 This function only works for finite element zones Query for the node index in the specified location as described by the ZONE ELEMENT and CORNER parameters SIGET VARLOGATION 6 isessscesseviss teeseusvestoussia tccesczsvasctusessie EEEE Ei EAE vovssususaseustssira isustuonsa toutdtnasstseedndeandavoradvordsyee 126 Returns the location of the variable in the zone as either CELLCENTERED or NODAL and saves in the macro variable GIGET VAR INUIMB YINA MIE ocsscecscsscsccceats vac chvycessevesaicasseeezscssuissces cases soe EEE E EEEE SEEE TASEESEEN ESEE 126 Given a variable name get the number for that variable This variable number can then be used to assign attributes such as what variable to use for contouring SIGET ZONE TYPE oceesceaticsss ides can a E ETE nvav add avd biden veered aes 126 Query for the zone type of the specified zone The zone type will be assigned to lt macrovar gt SIGLOBALCOLORMAP a iis iescesiscasssvssascsusseasa sea saseasastavaseestassicacestunestavanseieutavacseadsvstssh vansansasorsasevsscovsdeesancevauseens 127 A SetValue command t
312. special line pattern scheme for contour line plots CONTOURLINEMODE lt contourlinemode gt LINESKIP lt op gt lt integer gt PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt COLORCUTOFF INCLUDEMAX lt boolean gt YES INCLUDEMIN lt boolean gt YES RANGEMAX lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 75 RANGEMIN lt op gt lt dexp gt 0 25 COLORMAPFILTER The global color map is defined using the COLORMAP command COLORMAPFILTER allows each frame to make adjustments to the global color map that will only apply to the active frame COLORMAPCYCLES lt op gt lt integer gt COLORMAPDISTRIBUTION lt colormapdistribution gt COLORMAPOVERRIDE lt integer gt Use lt integer gt to choose which override lt lt colormapoverride gt gt to operate on COLORMAPOVERRIDEACTIVE lt boolean gt NO CONTINUOUSCOLOR lt lt continuouscolor gt gt CMIN 0 CMAX 1 REVERSECOLORMAP lt boolean gt USEFASTAPPROXCONTINUOU lt boolean gt SFLOOD ZEBRA lt lt zebrashade gt gt 128 Parameter Syntax Default Notes DEFNUMLEVELS lt integer gt 15 Sets the target number of contour levels for situations where contour levels are automatically reset Tecplot 360 will attempt to create levels where the start end and increment values are all clipped floating point values LABELS ALIGNAUTOLABELS lt boolean gt YES If YES automatic labels are a
313. specified by name to the top of the frame drawing order IFRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNUMBER 0 ceccesecssssseseseseesesesesesseseeaescsaceecassecassecaseesaseeeatereate 119 Moves the frame specified by number to the top of the frame drawing order If no frame number is speci fied this command will move the bottom frame to the top of the frame drawing order SIFRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMACTIVE 0 cc ccsssssssssseecssescseeecseeecaesecaseecaseecaseecaeasateacaesaeats 119 Moves the active frame to the top of the frame drawing order IFRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNAME 0 ciecccsesesseseseseseeseeeeseeaesceaceecaseecaseecaseecaseeeaterente 119 Moves the frame specified by name to the bottom of the frame drawing order FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER 0 ceecccsesesseseseseseeteceeseesecaesesssseesesssseseseeaes 120 Moves the frame specified by number to the bottom of the frame drawing order SIFRAMECONTROL DELETEACTIVE 1c csccscccctssesnosccnescencicenesevncutestuastennencuavvesnoseatoncincrcenosevnescens ednontetvaesnes 120 Delete the active frame SIFRAMECONTROL FIVALETOPAPER ce cscccisccsceseecocsovsfu cbesdcvseecussuts covvececcghsevedvevenietenjnseesosuvtesscccsendeedsseveost 120 Resize all frames so that they fit inside the hardclip limits of the paper SIF RAMELAY QUT aiia eroa E EAEE E A Ea des cases denen seen eaa iena E a aa a Eee denon E AE 120 A SetValue command that sets the position border and b
314. ssessesheunines loccvsinevsuvevavesasveesevednvvnueeve suv vevseve iivve gneve buvulvseonvatess 117 Changes the active frame to the next one up in the frame drawing order or to the bottom frame if the active frame is at the top IFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEPREVIOUS 0 cc cccecesssseseesesseseeeesecesescsacsecassecassecassecaseecaseeeaseecaseaeateaeateas 117 Changes the active frame to the next one down in the frame drawing order or to the top frame if the active frame is at the bottom 35 IFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEATPOSITION 0 ccceccssescnsesesseseecsesesaesesaesesacscsaceecaesecaseecaseesaeesaseeeats 117 Activates the topmost frame at the specified position X and Y are in paper coordinates SIFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNAME 0 cccessscssssssseeesseseesescescsccassccassecaesecassecaseecaseecaseecaseasaeeeeaseeeate 118 Changes the active frame to the specified frame If no frame name is given this will activate the bottom frame IFRAMECONTROL ACTIVATEBYNUMBER 0 ec ceccsescssescseesesesenceaeseeaesesacsceacscsaceecaesecaseesaseesasereaeereas 118 Changes the active frame to the specified frame SIFRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPACTIVE 0 cc ccceccsssscssescsseseseesescesescsaescsacsceaesceaceecaesecaseecaseesaseesateeeaes 118 Moves the active frame to the top of the drawing order S IFRAMECONTROL MOVETOTOPBYNAMAE ccececseccssescssesesseseneeseseeaescsacscsacsesacsecaseecaseecaseesatereaseeeaes 119 Moves the frame
315. ssignment Values Expressions and Operators ese lash eas eS Sects aes gets la nt tn clean at 257 Assignment Value Table sis cist sacsadsitessasesteadadaatandcesascvassusassospasnsvacsuaabeasesaendadeesaasass 257 Assignment Value Expressions irec gien i R E RE E 266 RaW D l resniem Ae i a a Rance 269 Macro Language Limitations sssrin 273 Python Scripting Using Tecplot 360 s Python Interpreter s 277 Using Python Scripts with Tecplot 360 sisseseisisresssssrsrsssssrssssrssrsssssrsnnsnnsnnsns 277 Installation and Setup js Raina mea u ade din i dian 277 Python Syntax Rules 2 aschinnamiseaideeened aiccandaaun stats 279 Import Modules isiiginiiin E ERR A AREER ce Basic Syntax RULES aioe a a pE EE E E n Trp Types i s ates csiecss castes eth aes thei sencates icedet tpssateasaossegntasneatea eedespesaeeies issbea iaeiei eati Output Types Exceptions to the Rules Convenience PunctiOns ysn aA A a a n 286 Tecplot 360 Macro Commands for Python Modulles scccsesssssssessseecsseecsnes 290 Notes for Novice Python Users c scccsssssessssesssseecsnsessneesssecesseessseessnseeseesseessseessnes 291 EEEE T ESE E 293 Introduction Tecplot 360 is a powerful tool for visualizing a wide range of technical data It offers line plotting 2D and 3D surface plots in a variety of formats and 3D volumetric visualization The user documentation for Tecplot 360 is divided into nine books e Scripting Guide this docu
316. sts and parentheses are used to denote tuples Consider the following examples four 4 nine 9 0 xVals 1 0 2 3 0 4 5 Okay to mix integers and doubles yVals 1 four nine 16 25 This tuple references other objects four and nine numPoints len xVals success TecUtil CreateSimpleZone numPoints xVals yVals TecVals FieldDataType Double Note that some of the values being passed to CreateSimpleZone are integers even though the function expects doubles This is acceptable the values will be promoted to the expected type within the TecUtil glue function Also note that while lists and tuples in Python can point to objects of different types including other lists not all mixtures are acceptable to Tecplot 360 For example you cannot input strings or references to another list in a function that expects doubles 16 3 5 ArgList_pa Types ArgList_pa types are used in TecUtil functions that end with the letter X TecUtil functions that end in the letter X i e TecUtil X are TecUtil functions that require a flexible or extended argument list or a varied number of arguments Where appropriate a standard argument list function is provided along with the extended version so that common uses of the function are not burdened with the additional instructions required for the extended version The ArgList_pa type maps nicely to a Python dictionary native type Dictionaries are lists of key value pair
317. t Example Tum on the symbols layer for line plots LINKING Syntax LINKING optional parameters Description Link attributes in two or more frames so that changes to attributes of one frame effect all linked frames 160 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes BETWEENFRAMES LINKCONTOURLEVELS lt boolean gt NO LINKFRAMESIZEANDPOSI lt boolean gt NO TION LINKXAXISRANGE lt boolean gt NO LINKYAXISRANGE lt boolean gt NO LINKPOLARVIEW lt boolean gt NO LINK3DVIEW lt boolean gt NO LINKGROUP lt integer gt 1 LINKAXISPOSITION lt boolean gt NO LINKVALUEBLANKING lt boolean gt NO LINKSLICEPOSITIONS lt boolean gt NO LINKISOSURFACEVALUES lt boolean gt NO LINKSOLUTIONTIME lt boolean gt NO WITHINFRAME LINKAXISSTYLE lt boolean gt NO LINKGRIDLINESTYLE lt boolean gt NO LINKLAYERLINECOLOR lt boolean gt NO LINKLAYERLINEPATTERN lt boolean gt NO Example The following example will set the link attribute for all frames in the layout to LINK3DVIEW I LOOP NUMFRAMES LINKING BETWEENFRAMES LINK3DVIEW YES FRAMECONTROL MOVETOBOTTOMBYNUMBER FRAMECONTROL ATIVATETOP ENDLOOP Syntax LOADADDON lt string gt ADDONSTYLE lt addonstyle gt Description Load an add on into Tecplot 360 The lt string gt is the name of the add
318. t 50 USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt NO USECLIPPLANES lt set gt 1 6 DEFINITIONCONTOUR lt integer gt 1 Contour group from which iso GROUP surfaces are based MARCHINGCUBE classic or classicplus CLASSICPLUS ALGORITHM OBEYSOURCEZONE lt boolean gt NO BLANKING OBEYCLIPPLANES lt boolean gt YES Clip the iso surface by any clipping planes that intersect the iso surface SHADE COLOR lt color gt SHOW lt boolean gt NO USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES 153 Example TSOSURFACEATTRIBUTE ISOSURFACESELECTION ONESPECIFICVALUE ISOVALUE1 113 626812744 MESH SHOW YES MESH COLOR BLUE MESH LINETHICKNESS 0 4 CONTOUR SHOW YES SURFACEEFFECTS LIGHTINGEFFECT PANELED SURFACEEFFECTS SURFACETRANSLUCENCY 60 I SOSURFACELAYERS Sy ntax ISOSURFACELAYERS SHOW lt boolean gt Descri ption Tum iso surfaces on or off Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOW lt boolean gt NO SHOWMESH lt boolean gt YES SHOWCONTOUR lt boolean gt YES SHOWSHADE lt boolean gt YES USETRANSLUCENCY lt boolean gt YES USELIGHTINGEFFECT lt boolean gt YES Note When iso surfaces are activated they are colored using the contour variable by default When you activate iso surfaces via the macro language you must perform one of the following steps in order for the iso surfaces to be visible in your final pl
319. t FALSE ANIMATION ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS Descri ption Attach the text results of the previous integration as a text field in the active frame CALCPARTI CLEPATH Syntax EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID CFDAnalyzer3 COMMAND CALCPARTICLEPATH optional parameters Descri ption Calculate particle paths or streaklines starting from existing Tecplot 360 streamtraces 221 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes FUNCTION lt particlefunction gt PARTICLEPATH Can be PARTICLEPATH or STREAKLINE TIMESTEP lt double gt 1 The integration time step for the calculation MAXTIMESTEPS lt integer gt 1000 For steady state calculations only RELEASEFREQ lt double gt For FUNCTION STREAKLINE Indicates the number of particles to release in the indicated time period see the next parameter RELEASEOPTION lt releaseoption gt TIMELEVEL For FUNCTION STREAKLINE If TIMELEVEL indicates that RELEASEFREQ particles should be released every solution time level If UNITTIME indicates that this number of particles should be released in a unit amount of solution time HAVEMASS lt boolean gt FALSE If TRUE particles have mass specify the particle mass options below CREATESINGLEZ
320. t lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt lt lt dialogplacement gt gt Default Notes 145 Parameter Syntax Default Notes TRANSFORMCOORDINATES lt lt dialogplacement gt gt DIALOG TRANSLATEMAGNIFYDIAL lt lt dialogplacement gt gt OG TRIANGULATEDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt TWODDRAWORDERDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt VALUEBLANKINGDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt VECTORARROWHEADSDIAL lt lt dialogplacement gt gt OG VECTORLENGTHDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt VECTORREFERENCEVECTO lt lt dialogplacement gt gt RDIALOG VECTORVARSDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt WRITEDATADIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt ZONEMAPSTYLEDIALOG lt lt dialogplacement gt gt ENABLEDELAYS lt boolean gt YES Enable or disable delays in macro commands ENABLEINTERRUPTS lt boolean gt YES Enable or disable user interrupts ENABLEPAUSES lt boolean gt YES Enable or disable pause ENABLEWARNINGS lt boolean gt YES Enable or disable warning dialogs GLOBALPLACEMENTPLANE Use a placement plane SHOW Turn the placement plane on off PLACEMENTPLANEORIENT Specify the axis orientation of the ATION placement p
321. t the name of the current page SEAS IAIN EE cosine cance ona inceap can weedeat ven avantbanbesnt aes T teeta oom nenmen 167 Set the name of the page SIPA USE onions E o ENE EEEE ANENE ENAREN ETE OEE E OAE NE AASENS 167 Stop execution of a macro and optionally display a dialog with a message If lt string gt is set to then no dialog is displayed and the user must click in the work area to continue Pause and display the message This is the first example plot PICK Required Control Option e seeesseeeeseessseesrseesteeeerouteresteeereesereeeerreeeseseeresuereereresneresneresnesesseeereseereee 167 The different commands in the PICK compound function family are described separately in the following sections SPICKADDATPOSITION siseivesvacesseccsssccssvnsesudeepuasssedeasen REEE EEPE EEEN RAEE EEEE EEEE A EEEE 167 Attempt to pick an object at a specific location on the paper Does not pop or activate frames SIPICK A DDA Did viscisses ccsuscusns casacanap scssocuasnsacutsess iesovodecs sdoentiesstonsesaaeisegsakesdennseptocsa ssasceevevecosntvaasibbesneveie REET EELER a 168 Add all objects of a certain type to the list of picked objects 41 SIPICK ADDALLIN RECT si ssicssessdessucuee 4 ariii EEn E EEE RE EEEE ESSE EEE A EE A SEER 168 Add objects defined within a specified region to the list of picked objects The region is defined in terms of the paper coordinate system Optional filters can be used to restrict the objec
322. t visivi sSNA ESENIN EEVEE AEAEE ESAE 151 Interpolate selected variables from one or more zones onto a destination zone using the inverse distance method SISOSURFACEATTRIBUTES oii ies csccevssessnesstoscasvecevescainecsusaess Sudene EAEN EEEN EEEN EEEE EAEE 152 A SetValue command which changes attributes associated with iso surfaces The optional group parameter can range from 1 8 and defaults to 1 when absent SIISOSURFA CELAYERS ii cceisssessuevsssszsssenshcaseshscusncsusvs hasnsstanss coves EET E EEEE ESEE EEEE EEEE Eik 154 Turn iso surfaces on or off SUI REG S E E ET T EA T E E E N T E T vis uawiavsesstseetiex 154 Interpolate selected variables from a set of source zones to a destination zone using the kriging method SILAUNCHDIA LO Goes osc cisscedeiccloats eee e E EA AEEA N EAE NE NE ENAA EAEN EAEE 155 Launch a Tecplot 360 interface dialog This command is mainly useful for the Tecplot 360 demo cA D i io T E A E E N 155 A SetValue command that sets some of the internal limits in Tecplot 360 See Chapter F Limits of Tecplot Focus in the User s Manual for additional information The LIMITS command can only be used in the Tecplot 360 configuration file 39 SILINEARINTERP OLATE sisi secces civsvcvecsdzesvhacelentsvisdstestevesvescaiestsvssestexnsocestdautscdaessdieavenessdunsusacsleassubais EE 156 Interpolate selected variables from a set of source zones to a destination zone using linear interpolation The sour
323. tail gt gt YDETAIL lt integer gt The lt integer gt option specifies which axis to operate on 1 lt n lt lt lt axisdetail gt gt Exam ple Set the axis mode to be independent for the XY axes note that this affects only X1 versus Y1 XYLINEAXIS AXISMODE INDEPENDENT 218 Macro Commands for the Analyze Menu All of the macro commands associated with the Analyze menu are embedded within Tecplot 360 s EXTENDEDCOMMAND macro The syntax of this macro is shown below EXTENDEDCOMMAND COMMANDPROCESSORID lt string gt COMMAND lt string gt The first lt string gt is a text string should be set to CFDAnalyzer3 The second string is sent to one of the add ons listed below 10 1 Summary of Analyze Macro Commands ANIMATESTREAKLINES may be used following a streakline calculation to animate the streaklines either to the screen or to a file ATTACHINTEGRATIONRESULTS is used following an integration to create a text field and attach it to the current Tecplot 360 frame This macro has the same effect as clicking Make Text on the Integration Results text dialog Note It is not necessary to direct the macro to display the Integration Results dialog in order to attach or save the results CALCPARTICLEPATH calculates particle paths or streaklines for steady or unsteady flow solutions using the location of any existing streamtraces as starting locations for the particles Particles may ha
324. tax Default Notes ADDZONESTOEXISTING lt boolean gt NO If YES Tecplot 360 will add the zones from the appended data to any STRANDS existing strands in the dataset If NO Tecplot 360 will append the strands from the new data to any existing strands in the dataset ASSIGNSTRANDID lt boolean gt YES If YES Tecplot 360 will assign strand ID s to zones if time is supplied for the zones but not strand ID s If NO Tecplot 360 will not associate these zones with any strands DATAFILEVARLOADMODE lt varloadmode gt BYNAME Set the default loading mode for variables BYNAME loads variables based on their name If set to BYNAME then VARNAMELIST must be supplied as well BYPOSITION loads variables based on their position in the file To get Tecplot Version 7 0 behavior use BYPOSITION DOAUTOFNAMEEXTENSION lt boolean gt DOAUTOFNAMEEXTENSIONW lt boolean gt If YES a warning is displayed when ARNING attempting to save with an extension other than the default extension FNAMEFILTER COLORMAPFILE lt string gt Default extension for color map files EQUATIONFILE lt string gt Default extension for equation files IMPORTIMAGEFILE lt string gt Default extension for image files INPUTDATAFILE lt string gt Default extension for Tecplot 360 input data files INPUTLAYOUTFILE lt string gt Default extension for loading layout files MACROFILE lt string gt Default extension for macro files OUTPUTASCIIDATAFILE lt string
325. tcssssssstesatcossvscscneossnssteusatiascnsuessccssucssbocescvesestaeienasbenscoatnsdateos cuavsuvesede 224 Calculate a turbulence related function from two variables in the current data set Add the result to the data set as a new variable using the function s name or overwrite the variable if it already exists CALCULA TD a cccntscenesateunsexssucneSucsssacsapscses vases canseza oss sareassczsdsesnavechestenessbasisiy cs vsncauesipatien sieassonescasenciecs 224 Calculate a Tecplot 360 variable using the specified function and add it to the current data set If the vari able already exists in the current data set it will be recalculated CAL CULATEACCURACY necro ane ienne eNe TELEN ETEEN OEA EENE KE EES 225 Calculate the order accuracy of the solution contained in the listed zones Optionally plot the overall accu racy versus grid spacing and plot the accuracy at each grid node DISPLAYBOUNDARIES es cccsscicccscvevcccesgeuettedesvuteecsesonsvesanssteiedeventant ag SEEEN EOSS CES visideudagsodeyons vanguseapledesssbeedsess sues 226 Displays boundaries corresponding to a geometry and boundaries specification without actually setting the geometry and boundaries This macro is generally not useful for those writing macro files but is recorded when the user clicks the Display Boundaries button in the Geometry and Boundaries dialog in order to duplicate the actions of Tecplot 360 that happen in response to that action See Section SETGE OM
326. ted 29 COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt COPYSTANDARD cece cseseseeeeceneseseteceneeesesees 81 Preset either the user defined color map or the raw user defined color map to be a copy of one of the stan dard color maps Tecplot 360 must currently be using either the user defined color map or the raw user defined color map in order to use this function Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted COLORMAPCONTROL lt groupnumber gt RESETTOFACTORY 0 c cece ce cesesseseteceeesesesens 81 Redistribute the control points and reset the RGB values for the currently active color map This is equiva lent to clicking Reset on the Color Map dialog Group number is an optional parameter ranging from 1 to 8 which defaults to 1 when omitted SICOMPATIBILI TY rorirori rsin a T AE EET ET OE EEA ATE 81 Allow datasharing access and setting without warning SICONTINUE aoa ear S T R EES RE ERTA EEE E E A S E A cues acubeacbolaotasantals 82 Transfer control back to nearest LOOP or WHILE CONTOURLABELS Required Control Option sss sssssessessessessestestessesssstensessessentensisnisnssnsnsesnesnesneenees 82 The different commands in the CONTOURLABELS compound function family are described separately in the following sections SICONTOURLABELS AD I as east E E ER ERE E REE E EE REEE E REER 82 Add contour labels to your plot SICONTOURLABELS DELETEALL eee
327. ter location for the pick and note the coordinates Edit the macro file and replace the old X Y pick coordinates with those determined in step 6 16 Macro Command Syntax A macro file consists of one or more macro commands Comments may be inserted anywhere in the file except within a character string Comments start with an octothorp and extend to the end of the line The first line of a macro file contains a special comment that identifies the version number of the macro file For Tecplot 360 this line is MC 1120 A Tecplot 360 macro file has the form MC 1120 lt macrocommand gt lt macrocommand gt Each macrocommand in turn has the form commandname commandspecificmodifiers mandatoryparameters optionalparameters where commandspecificmodifiers These are optional command specific modifiers An example of a command that uses this is the FIELDMAP command The FIELDMAP command can be followed by a set If it is not followed by a set the FIELDMAP command applies to all enabled zones A supplied set in this case is used to limit the zones to which the FIELDMAP command applies mandatoryparameters commandparameter commandparameter optionalparameters commandparameter commandparametet commandparameter parameterassignment or parametersubcommand parameterassignment parametername op value op or or or or parametersubcommand p
328. tes START lt integer gt Starting contour level number to animate END lt integer gt Ending contour level number to animate Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands SKIP lt integer gt 1 Level skip Example The following command animates the first four contour levels to an AVI file EXPORTSETUP EXPORTFORMAT AVI EXPORTSETUP EXPORTFNAME contourlevels avi ANIMATECONTOURLEVELS START 1 END 4 CREATEMOVIEFILE YES ANI MATEI J KBLANKING Syntax ANIMATETIKBLANKING NUMSTEPS lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Produce an animation of different IJK blankings in your plot The animation starts at one IJK blanking setting and marches through intermediate steps to a second setting To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command 61 Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes NUMSTEPS lt integer gt Number of intermediate steps for the animation Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes IMINFRACT lt dexp gt 0 1 Minimum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for the I index Actual I index is equal to IMINFRACT IMAX IJMINFRACT lt dexp gt 0 1 Minimum fraction for blanking at the start of animation for
329. the visible desktop Note that not all window managers allow dialogs to be placed so that the portions of the dialog are not visible and in effect enforce a value of 100 IOFFSET lt integer gt IOFFSET and JOFFSET are in pixels They may be negative but ae will be truncated to the bounding rectangle of the Tecplot 360 JOFFSET lt integer gt main window POSITIONATANCHOR POSITIONATANCHOR specifies when to place it at the lt positionatanch anchor NEVER ONCE initial launch or ALWAYS or gt Example set the position of the Colormap dialog to always launch 10 pixels from Tecplot 360 s bottom right corner INTERFACE DIALOGPLACEMENT COLORMAPDIALOG ANCHORALIGNMENT BOTTOMRIGHT IOFFSET 100 JOFFSET 100 POSITIONATANCHOR ALWAYS lt lt gridarea gt gt Descri ption Change settings for the axis grid area 242 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes DRAWBORDER lt boolean gt Not available in 3D LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt COLOR lt color gt Not available for 3D or Polar Line ISFILLED lt boolean gt FILLCOLOR lt color gt USELIGHTSOURCETO lt boolean gt Only available for 3D FILL LABELSALLSIDES lt boolean gt TICKSALLSIDES lt boolean gt EXTENTS lt lt rect gt gt Not available in 3D Example Tum on the grid area border for a 2D plot and change the line thickness to be 2 percent Descri ption Change sett
330. this value when ASPECTRATIOLIMIT is exceeded AXISMODE lt axismode gt Set to INDEPENDENT XYDEPENDENT or XYZDEPENDENT BOXASPECTRATIOLIMIT lt op gt lt dexp gt 25 elias the aspect ratio of the axis Ox BOXASPECTRATIORESET lt op gt lt dexp gt 2 ee aspect ratio tor ee ie a exceeded DEPXTOYRATIO lt op gt lt dexp gt AXISMODE must be DEPENDENT to use this DEPXTOZRATIO lt op gt lt dexp gt AXISMODE must be DEPENDENT to use this EDGEAUTORESET lt boolean gt Make Tecplot 360 automatically choose edges to label FRAMEAXIS SHOW lt boolean gt SIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt COLOR lt color gt XYPOS lt lt xy gt gt GRIDAREA lt lt gridarea gt gt PRESERVEAXISSCALE lt boolean gt WHENRANGEISCHANGED XDETAIL lt s lt axisdetail gt gt XYDEPXTOYRATIO lt op gt lt dexp gt egestas Ula iis YDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt ZDETAIL lt lt axisdetail gt gt Example This example does the following e Changes the variable assigned to the Z axis to be variable number 2 e Turns off auto edge assignment and make axis labeling for the Y axis occur on edge 2 THREEDAXIS ZVAR 2 YEDGE 2 EDGEAUTORESET NO Syntax THREEDVIEW optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with the 3D view 204 THREEDVI EW Optional Parameters Parameter
331. those directories in turn If Tecplot 360 finds the file it loads the macro definitions and associates functions to buttons on the Quick Macro Panel dialog in the Scripting menu You can have Tecplot 360 load your own macro function file by using the qm flag on the command line The following command runs Tecplot 360 and installs the macro functions in the file myteccmd mcr into the Quick Macro Panel tec36 qm myteccmd mcr You can have a macro function add a button to the Quick Macro Panel dialog By default all macro functions defined in the tecplot mcr file will add a button to the Quick Macro Panel those defined elsewhere will not See the MACROFUNCTION ENDMACROFUNCTION command for more information If the macro file does not contain any function definitions it will not be loaded into the A Quick Macro Panel If you want Tecplot 360 to display the Quick Macro Panel at starting include the showpanel flag on the command line To see an example of a macro function file look at the file tecplot mcr located in the examples mcr sub directory below the Tecplot 360 home directory If this file is moved to the Tecplot 360 home directory the Quick Macro Panel will have options that include 3D Rotation Animation and Reset Center of Rotation 12 Writing Forward Compatible Macros In order to ensure forward compatibility of your macro commands please keep the following guidelines in mind These guidelines will allow you to cr
332. ting attributes of 2D vector plots 141 setting attributes of 3D vector plots 140 setting attributes of default font 98 setting attributes of Tecplot interface 150 setting character spacing and sizing for fonts 115 setting color map overrides 241 setting color values 249 setting grid area borders 236 243 setting I J and K indices 244 setting IJK blankings 79 setting numbers formats 245 setting reference scatter symbols attributes 247 setting scatter attributes 137 setting some Tecplot limits 156 setting symbol shapes 251 setting text shapes 252 setting the red green and blue components 74 text box 251 turning on scatter layers 109 Using value blankings 79 XY Line axis attributes 218 zebra shading attributes 256 Examples of macros 225 229 Exit command 180 Export 104 image attributes 105 Exporting layout to paper or file 176 Exporting images file types 260 formats 260 Expression 260 EXTENDEDCOMMAND macro 219 Extract 3D slice 93 isosurfaces 90 EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE macro command 220 226 EXTRAPOLATESOLUTION macro command 220 227 Eye distance 188 F FE boundary 89 FE surfaces 90 Field mappings number of field mappings 21 Field plots 109 contour attributes 128 plot layers 109 scatter attributes 136 Field value setting 189 Field variable query 124 Fieldmaps set active zones command 57 specify 57 File open data set 181 open layout 163 save data set 216 save layout 188 File name prompt for 178 File names 108 File
333. tion sequence and causes the animation file to be created You must call EXPORTSTART prior to using EXPORTFINISH This command is only valid for animation formats You may use the EXPORTISRECORDING intrinsic variable to make sure that an animation sequence has been initiated Example 104 EXPORTNEXTFRAME Syntax EXPORTNEXTFRAME no parameters Description Records the next frame of an animation You must call EXPORTSTART prior to calling EXPORTNEXTFRAME This command is only valid for animation formats You may use the EXPORTISRECORDING intrinsic variable to make sure that an animation sequence has been initiated Example EXPORTSETUP Syntax ExPoRTSETUP optional parameters Descri ptio N A SetValue command that sets the attributes for exporting image files from Tecplot 360 Exporting is usually intended as a means to transfer images from Tecplot 360 to be imported by other applications See PRINTSETUP and PRINT for generating output intended for printers and plotters 105 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANIMATIONSPEED lt double gt 10 Sets the animation speed in frames per second AVICOMPRESSION lt string gt COLOR Available values are LINEPRESERVING COLORPRESERVING PRESERVING Windows only or LOSSLESSUNCOMPRESSED CONVERTTO256COLORS lt boolean gt NO Used for TIFF BMP and PNG formats EXPO
334. tive frame VI EW PUSH Syntax VIEW PUSH no parameters Descri ptio N Instruct Tecplot 360 to push the current view onto the view stack A view will not be pushed if the current view is the same as the top view on the stack Note that commands VIEW AXISFIT VIEW CENTER VIEW DATAFIT VIEW FIT and VIEW ZOOM automatically push a view onto the stack Tecplot 360 automatically pushes the current view onto the stack when a REDRAW command is issued and the current view is different from the top view on the view stack 211 VIEW RESETTOENTI RECI RCLE Sy ntax VIEW RESETTOENTIRECIRCLE no parameters Descri ption Reset the Theta R Axis to initial settings For Polar plots only VIEW SETMAGNI FICATION Syntax VIEW SETMAGNIFICATION MAGNIFICATION lt dexp gt Descri ption set the magnification for the data being plotted A magnification of 1 will size the plot so it can fit within the grid area Required Parameter Parameter Syntax Default Notes MAGNIFICATION lt dexp gt Example Make the plot to be drawn one half as big as when it fits within the grid area VIEW SETMAGNIFICATION MAGNIFICATION 0 5 VIEW TRANSLATE Syntax VIEW TRANSLATE X lt dexp gt Y lt dexp gt no optional parameters Descri ption shift the data being plotted in the X and or Y direction The amount translated is in frame units Required Parameters Pa
335. tive frame and to all other frames that use the same data set with the new data set RESETSTYLE lt boolean gt YES Set to NO if you want Tecplot 360 to keep the current style This only applies if READDATA OPTION is not APPEND VARLOADMODE BYPOSITION Set to BYPOSITION to load variables based on their position in lt varloadmode gt the file Set to BYNAME to load variables based on their name If set to BY NAME then VARNAMELIST must be supplied as well VARNAMELIST lt string gt Use this to list the names of the variables to load into Tecplot 360 Names separated by a or a are joined together to forma set of aliases for a given variable VARPOSITIONLIST lt set gt All vars Use this to reduce the number of variables loaded ZONELIST lt set gt All zones Use this to reduce the number of zones loaded Example 1 Read in the data files t1 plt and t2 plt to form a single data set in Tecplot 360 READDATASET t1 plt t2 plt Example 2 Read in the datafile t1 p1t Only read in zones 1 and 4 Skip over every other I index READDATASET t1 plt ZONELIST 1 4 IJKSKIP 182 Example 3 Read in the data files t1 plt t2 plt and t3 plt Append the new data set to the current one READDATASET ti plt t2 plt t3 plt READDATAOPTION APPEND Example 4 Read in the data files t1 plt and t2 plt from directory users john testrun7 runb IVARSET BASEDIR users john testrun7 runb
336. to R and 6 and convert them to X and Y In 3D X Y and Z refer to R 0 and y Tecplot 360 has addition capabilities for transforming coordinates please see TRANSFORMCOORDINATES Example Convert zones 1 2 and 3 from polar to rectangular POLARTORECTANGULAR 1 3 175 POLARVI EW Syntax PoLaRVIEW optional parameters Descri ption Sets the viewing style for polar plots in a layout Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes EXTENTS lt lt rect gt gt X1 1 29771 View extents of transformed X amp Y in polar plots Numbers Y1 1 15352 listed are in the form of grid units X2 1 29771 Y2 1 15352 Example Setthe view of the polar plot to view the full extents of the plot area POLARVIEW EXTENTS X1 10 Y1 10 X2 90 Y2 90 PRINT Syntax PRINT no parameters Descri ption Print the current layout to a printer or send the print instructions to a file Use the PRINTSETUP SetValue command to configure printing Example PRINT PRINTSETUP Syntax PRINTSETUP optional parameters Descri ption a SetValue command that sets the attributes for printing Use PRINT to do the actual printing See EXPORTSETUP and EXPORT if you intend to create image files destined for desktop publishing programs 176 Optional Parameters
337. to launch a LaunchBrowser browser for add ons that use HTML for their help file UNIX only the Windows operating system automatically connects to primary browser For security reasons this command can only be used in the Tecplot 360 configuration file TRYTOUSEDOUBLEBUFFER lt boolean gt YES USEINITIALPLOTDIALOG lt boolean gt YES UNIXTRUETYPEFONTPATH lt string gt Path to where TrueType fonts are stored USEAPPROXIMATEPLOTS lt boolean gt NO Set to YES to use approximate plots See Section Plot Approximation in the User s Manual for further details USEDISPLAYLISTS lt boolean gt YES USEDOUBLEBUFFERING lt boolean gt USEDOUBLEFORDISPLAY lt boolean gt YES LISTS USEFASTAPPROX lt boolean gt CONTINUOUSFLOOD USEDISPLAYLISTS lt boolean gt Use stroke fonts for data labels and ASCII scatter symbols in 3D plots USEOFFSCREENBITMAP lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to render images off screen USEOPENGL lt boolean gt YES USESTROKEFONTSFOR3D lt boolean gt YES Set to YES to use Tecplot 360 s internal stroke fonts set to NO to use TEXT True Type fonts This option is only available on Windows platforms USESTROKEFONTSFOR lt boolean gt When using True Type fonts switch SMALLSCREENTEXT to stroke fonts for small characters USESTROKEFONTSON lt boolean gt NO Set to YES to use Tecplot 360 s printer drivers Set to NO to use your default SCREEN printer driver USETECPLOTPRIN
338. tring to draw Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHOR lt textanchor gt LEFT Specifies what part of the text to anchor to the frame ANCHORPOS lt lt anchorpos gt gt This assigns the anchor position for the text Units are dependent on POSITIONCOORDSYS ANGLE lt dexp gt 0 0 Text angle in degrees ATTACHTOZONE lt boolean gt NO If YES must include ZONE BOX BOXTYPE lt boxtype gt NONE COLOR lt color gt BLACK FILLCOLOR lt color gt WHITE LINETHICKNESS lt dexp gt 0 1 MARGIN lt dexp gt 20 The margin is the space between the text and box The margin is measured in terms of the percentage of the text height CLIPPING lt clipping gt CLIPTOVIEWP ORT COLOR lt color gt BLACK LINESPACING lt dexp gt 1 0 Line spacing to use if text contains multiple lines MACROFUNCTION lt string gt NULL Set the macro command to execute when you hover over the COMMAND geometry and press Ctrl right click POSITIONCOORDSYS lt coordsys gt FRAME values FRAME GRID or GRID3D TEXTSHAPE FONTFAMILY lt string gt Helvetica ISBOLD lt boolean gt YES ISITALIC lt boolean gt NO HEIGHT lt dexp gt 14 SIZEUNITS lt sizeunits gt POINT The following combinations of SIZEUNITS and POSITIONCOORDSYS are allowed FRAME FRAME POINT SCOPE lt scope gt LOCAL Set the scope to GLOBAL to include this text in all like frames ZONE lt integer gt 1 This is only used if ATTACHZONE YES This text
339. ts selected The region is defined by the two corner points X1 Y1 and X2 Y2 DIPICK CLEAR coreau eE AEE EGEE E E A EEEE E 170 Delete all objects that are currently picked These objects cannot be retrieved SIPICK COPY neiii o aE EE E weave tan EEE SO EEE e Eae rS et EEE NS 170 Copy all objects that are currently picked to the paste buffer SIPICK CUD scaisssies sosessaieseeosstuens ika uniri K Saa E ETET EEE Eas E EE RAEE E ETENEE EE EEE E EEEE EE ER 170 Copy all objects that are currently picked to the paste buffer and then delete them DEP TCI EDIT renien E E AA A EEE AE RANE E E TREE EEE EAA EEE R 170 Perform a global edit operation on the currently picked objects Only one edit operation is allowed per PICK EDIT command Objects are edited only if the supplied parameter is relevant Actions taken using the Quick Edit dialog in Tecplot 360 generate these commands SIPICK MAGNIFY oictccsccces cds asihvatsceaaiecevteseostntssecn vias ievecsiets ceca EEE AEA EA EA 172 Magnify all picked objects The objects will also be translated proportional to the distance between their anchor position and the anchor position of the first object picked SIPICK PAS VE rieni iosia EREE IENE NETE saves shed AEE EEE EOS AS 173 Paste the currently picked objects from the paste buffer to the work area SPICE POP egen E EEEE EEEE E EEE A e E 173 Change the order in which objects are drawn by popping the currently picked objects to the front On
340. ts the frame background to the specified color and surveys all basic color assignments in Tecplot 360 converting the all basic colors using the following rules to achieve the best contrast 45 SISETS TYLEBAS Ecou irut EE EE STR carey Sansataeda bonds E ngs tendivenda sing cunbed ah cures esdeh cone EAE 190 Instruct Tecplot 360 on how to initialize frame style values when a new frame is created During normal operation Tecplot 360 bases the style of a new frame on the factory defaults plus any changes assigned in the Tecplot 360 configuration file Layout files and stylesheet files however rely on Tecplot 360 basing new frames only on the factory defaults This command is typically not used by the casual user SISHARECONNEC TIVITY o aa a sa atesettesctsesduses cane dueusducs a aa a a a ai 191 Share the nodemap between the source and destination zones presuming that the zones are FE and have the same element type and number of nodes SISHAREFIELD DATAVAR srren ioiei an erie k in iKi ieri TAi AANE SN ANa ARAARA A EN Ah 191 Allows sharing of the specified variable from the source zone to the destination zone Zone must be of the same type ordered or FE and dimensions Cell centered variables in FE must have the same number of cells Sharing is not allowed if either zone has global face neighbors SISHIFTLINEMAPSTOBOTTOM iiss ccscticecchcessaten carescaazccudes na ENE A R AEEA kRAS an ENE r Ea ESET E EE 192 Shift a list of Line mappings t
341. ttributes associated with 3D plots SIGLOBALTHREEDVECTOR sonnas ioiics raisidir riris ine rrinin S ThE ETIANI ONEEN AENEA ASA AEAEE EE 139 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with 3D vector plots 38 SIGLOBALT IME visi ociedesistens auivis nha EEEE teas E EEEE TE O E EEE vant ben ales 140 A SetValue command for frames 2D and 3D ONLY Different frames can have different values of GLO BALTIME If you would like the settings in this command to persist add them to your tecplot cfg file located in your installation directory SIGLOBALTWODVECT OR ssccessdesteceseedunsisscasasssuesisiesioqsscsvesucesscevesucussece E EA EE PA EEEE EA EENE R EDR 141 A SetValue command that changes global attributes associated with 2D vector plots SELF BUEN DDE oiiaaie eNEAN E EERO AENEA OEKE NENANA ENE 142 Conditionally process macro commands SINCLUDEMACRO cisco ena KEE ENNA r AE A E NT EE bea EEE ER REEE 142 Insert the commands from another macro file Because the INCLUDEMACRO command is processed when the macro is loaded and not when the macro is executed you are not allowed to reference macro variables within the lt string gt parameter SIINTTEREFA CE ess ssess assscestacnssssnsosnnas ion sedevsvtasoetdeostonssdaerossgbuesesstsnsedancnnghansts Sa EE EER AES ER EE EEEE EEEE EE 142 A SetValue command that sets attributes related to the Tecplot 360 interface SINVERSEDISTINTERPOLATE assesriisssrisvrrisvrseiverisvisi
342. ual to KMAXFRACT KMAX CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands Example The following example produces an animation showing a band of I planes traversing the entire data field ANIMATELIKBLANKING NUMSTEPS 6 IMINFRACT 0 1 JMINFRACT 0 0 KMINFRACT 0 0 IMAXFRACT 1 0 JMAXFRACT 1 0 KMAXFRACT 1 0 IMINFRACT2 1 0 IJMINFRACT2 0 0 KMINFRACT2 0 0 IMAXFRACT2 1 0 JMAXFRACT2 1 0 KMAXFRACT2 1 0 ANI MATEI J KPLANES Syntax ANIMATEIIKPLANES 62 START END lt integer gt lt integer gt optional parameters Descri ption Produce an animation that cycles through I J or K planes in an IJK ordered data set To create amovie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command Required Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes START lt integer gt Starting plane index END lt integer gt Ending plane index Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes CREATEMOVIEFILE lt boolean gt NO If YES must be preceded by EXPORTSETUP commands PLANES lt ijkplane gt I Specify I J or K SKIP lt integer gt 1 Index skip Exam ple The following example generates an animation of the I planes 1 3 5 7 and 9 ANIMATEIJKPLANES PLANES I START 1 END 9 SKIP 2 ANI MATEI SOSURFACES Syntax ANIMATEISOSURFACES STARTVALUE lt dou
343. ult Syst mes or its subsidiaries in the U S and or other countries The Abaqus runtime libraries are a product of Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp Providence RI USA Dassault Syst mes 2007 FLOW 3D is a registered trademark or trademark of Flow Science Incorporated in the U S and or other countries Adobe Flash Flash Player Premier and PostScript are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U S and or other countries AutoCAD and DXF are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk Incorporated in the U S and or other countries Ubuntu is a registered trademark or trademark of Canonical Limited in the U S and or other countries HP LaserJet and PaintJet are registered trademarks or trademarks of Hewlett Packard Development Company Limited Partnership in the U S and or other countries IBM RS 6000 and AIX are registered trademarks or trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the U S and or other countries Helvetica Font Family and Times Font Family are registered trademarks or trademarks of Linotype GmbH in the U S and or other countries Linux is a registered trademark or trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U S and or other countries ActiveX Excel Microsoft Visual C Visual Studio Windows Windows Metafile Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 2000 and PowerPoint are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Firefox is a registered tra
344. unebnvncbouscbnuseboubsbnu insu saver dibeuedeibensvveverses 93 Create a new zone as a slice through existing 3D volume zones Use GLOBALTHREED to define the slic ing plane orientation SICREATESLI EZONE G ooir aE e sees cecsaacestessdasven en NEEESE EERE EEEE EENEN EE R NEEE SEE EEEE 94 Create a new zone for each slice defined on the Slice Details dialog Only creates slices from volume zones SICREATESPHERICAEZ ONE os ciscsscieiss veuseaceostcepedconsdcpseacenca tes EEE ERE AE EDERA EE EEN EEE UA EEEE EEEE E AREER ES 94 Create a spherical IJK ordered zone SICREA TES TREA MZONES wiv cs wcscvecsckevacutasceuecves haves vdvcs asst cicis casts ASEE EEEE 95 Create one or more zones out of the currently defined streamtraces The new zones have the same number of variables per data point as the other zones in the data set with all non coordinate variables interpolated at the positions along the streamtrace SIDATASE TUR onair acuta scanu sche seven seuss teuvekevesteeseicuscheusescusiunandbevsapoes env save bebnu vibev ANE 95 A SetValue command that sets miscellaneous parameters related to data SID EFA UL TGEOM recriar iei EE E N ERO gencazsesucascnca cea catia EEEE EEE EEEE EE ER EERE 96 A SetValue command that sets the attributes for the default geometry When a geometry is created interac tively its color line thickness and so forth are preset based on the default geometry This command is usually used only in the Tecplot 360 conf
345. uppercase E 24 Using Formats in Macro Variables e f floating point e g use e or f whichever is shorter e G use E or f whichever is shorter e u unsigned integer written out in decimal format e o unsigned integer written out in octal format e x unsigned integer written out in hexadecimal where a f are lowercase e X unsigned integer written out in hexadecimal where A F are uppercase Example 1 Suppose you want to pause a macro and display the message Maximum contour value is XXXXXX where XXXXXX only has two digits to the right of the decimal place You would use Pause Maximum contour value is MAXC 2f If MAXC currently has a value of 356 84206 then the dialog would show Maximum contour value is 356 84 Example 2 If in the above example you wanted to use exponential format you could use Pause Maximum contour value is MAXC 12 6e Here the result would be Maximum contour value is 3 568421e 2 25 26 Macro Command Summary This chapter presents a brief list of the major macro commands in Tecplot 360 All major macro commands are preceded by dollar sign exclamation mark SIAC TIVERIEL DMAP S se scacesescedvecetoctesuotetvedosveceseetvsvas biped onces obese sn igs tuvnste tu avacades despstedocdvsostedossvaebsGensd saben AREA 57 A SetValue command that changes the set of active field maps thus changing the active zones conside
346. values assigned here are dependent on the parent command Assignments here do not affect the plot These assignments are used only to configure drop down menus in the interface so the user can make quick selections Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes TINY lt op gt lt dexp gt SMALL lt op gt lt dexp gt MEDIUM lt op gt lt dexp gt LARGE lt op gt lt dexp gt HUGE lt op gt lt dexp gt percent Example cChange the medium line pattern length for drop down menus in the interface to be five BASICSIZE LINEPATLENGTHS MEDIUM 5 239 lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt Descri ptio N All contour color maps except the Raw user defined color map make use of control points to determine the color distribution Each control point has a position and a left and right color The lt lt colormapcontrolpoints gt gt subcommand can contain more than one CONTROLPOINT subcommand Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes CONTROLPOINT lt integer gt Use lt integer gt to specify which control point to modify COLORMAPFRACTION lt op gt lt dexp gt Positions the control point 0 sets the position to the lowest index and 1 to the highest index in the color map LEADRGB lt lt rgb gt gt TRAILRGB lt lt rgb gt gt Example Change the lead RGB values for control point 2 in the small rainbow color map to be 100 0 0 lt lt
347. values eliminated from the independent or dependent variables cause the data to be non uniform the values are interpolated appropriately Additionally all blanked data values up to the first non blanked data value and all blanked data values after the last non blanked data value are ignored providing a mechanism to constrain the domain over which the Fourier transformation is performed Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes REPLACEMATCHINGRE lt boolean gt NO If YES any existing result zones for the specified SULTZONES combination of source zone independent variable and window function are re used If NO new result zones are created REPLACEMATCHINGRE lt boolean gt NO If YES any existing result variables for the specified SULTVARIABLES dependent variables are re used If NO new result variables are created Exam ple Perform a Fourier transform on variables 2 through 11 of zones 1 through 10 obeying source zone blanking applying the Hann window function and excluding conjugates from the output FOURTERTRANSFORM INDEPENDENTVAR 1 WINDOWFUNCTION HANN DEPENDENTVARS 2 11 SOURCEZONES 1 10 INCLUDECONJUGATES NO OBEYSOURCEZONEBLANKING YES FRAMECONTROL Required Control Option Descri ption The different commands in the FRAMECONTROL compound function family are described separately in the following sections When working with the FRAMECONTROL command
348. ve mass or be massless CALCTURBULENCEFUNCTION calculates any of four turbulence related functions given any two in your data set CALCULATE calculates a PLOT3D function The name of this function must be specified in the shortened form listed in Section 10 3 Parameter Assignment Values 219 CALCULATEACCURACY uses Richardson extrapolation to estimate the order accuracy of the solution given the solution on three grids of successively finer resolution If either of the plotting options are set to TRUE the resulting Tecplot 360 frames will be in front after executing this command DISPLAYBOUNDARIES displays zone boundaries in a new frame according to settings made by the SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARIES macro Each boundary of each 3D zone in 3D Cartesian plots or 2D zone in 2D Cartesian plots is displayed and named according to the boundary condition applied to it Boundaries that are connected to the boundaries of adjacent zones are named as such EXTRACTFLOWFEATURE displays shock surfaces vortex cores or separation and attachment lines for 3D flow solutions Separation and attachment lines are only calculated on no slip wall boundaries identified by the SETGEOMETRYANDBOUNDARTES macro Shock surfaces are displayed as iso surfaces of a new variable ShockFeature while the remaining features are displayed as new zones EXTRAPOLATESOLUTION performs Richardson extrapolation to estimate the true solution from three input solutions on gr
349. ver it is often easier to have Tecplot 360 perform the action and record the relevant command than look up individual commands and their required parameters An important feature of Tecplot 360 s macro command language is its Viewer Debugger Often you will have a well developed macro that needs some modification You can use the Debugger to step through the macro to the point where you want the change to be made and then start recording to a new file Using a text editor you can insert macro commands from a new file into an existing macro file 10 Managing Macros Tecplot 360 macros are stored in files These files are processed by loading them into Tecplot 360 and running them 3 1 Macros vs Macro Functions vs Macro Commands A Tecplot 360 macro is a file containing one or more macro commands These files start with the following special comment line to notify Tecplot 360 that what follows is a Tecplot 360 macro MC 1120 Any number of macro commands or comments may follow Tecplot 360 macro functions are defined in Tecplot 360 macros by using the MACROFUNCTION ENDMACROFUNCTION commands Between the MACROFUNCTION and ENDMACROFUNCTION commands you may use any valid macro command except MACROFUNCTION When a Tecplot 360 macro is loaded all macro functions are extracted and the attached commands are not executed until a RUNMACROFUNCTION command is encountered Macro functions may be retained if desired A retained
350. vie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command 27 SIA NIMATEITJIR BLA NICEN Gooooscs co vesai ven cons epee dean yee sh cana yeanea bandas soda Santunsnss can dOpenbs vay bev bebeubcsonos cebeebsgutbiaetoliodalan cols 61 Produce an animation of different IJK blankings in your plot The animation starts at one IJK blanking set ting and marches through intermediate steps to a second setting To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command SIA NIMATEIPK PLANES cscesycctsscs covsscivon Enr e hens ach EREE ESA i E aN SEEGE AKANE 62 Produce an animation that cycles through I J or K planes in an IJK ordered data set To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command SIA NIMATEISOSURFACES insontes raana rn Eine nap nssr SAS AIER EA EAEAP APA SNIN a A E e R E 63 The macro command ANIMATEISOSURFACES produces an animation of a series of iso surfaces beginning with the iso surface defined by STARTVALUE and ending with the iso surface defined by ENDVALUE To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command SIA NIMATELINEM ARS ie ge nE cosa veges esas RENEE EA EE E EK SE oup env bebeus AR A EEEE 64 Produce an animation of one Line mapping at a time To create a movie file add EXPORTSETUP commands before this command DIA NEMA TESLICES a aaea anean icvs evi ane Ses svasesv ie AAO ERNE AARAA RAAVE ote tvscvs dav bay hove AEEA EAE EE Seuocsbeesteeseons 65 The macro com
351. with multiple frames you cannot use Pick to change the active frame Instead give each frame a meaningful name such as Full View and Zoom Frame in the layout Then use the command FrameControl ActivateByName Name Full View to access the frame you want This will also simplify later changes to the macro e If you must pick an item make the pick as precise as possible For example clicking on the center not the edge of a zone or slice will increase the chances that the pick will be successful when the macro is replayed When selecting text or geometries while recording a macro click and drag in the widest possible area around the objects to select The command will be recorded as PICK ADDALLINRECT SELECTTEXT YES X1 1 56075949367 X2 3 97088607595 Y1 2 29556962025 Y2 3 91582278481 The x and y ranges can be expanded if needed 4 Use plenty of comments in your macro Debugging Macros In general the best way to debug a macro is to use the Macro Viewer and find which command is causing the problem Here are some tips for specific problems Problem The macro was created with a previous version of Tecplot 360 to make the plot needed With a newer version of Tecplot 360 the macro will run without error but the plot looks different Solution Run the macro with the old version of Tecplot 360 then save a frame style to a file Begin your macro by loading the data then pasting the frame style
352. without modification are permitted provided that the following onditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The name of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Razvan Petru All Rights Reserved VTK 1993 2008 Copyright 1993 2008 Ken Martin Will Schroeder Bill Lorenson All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and bin
353. workspace view SIWORKSPACEVIEW MAXIMIZE ois sczsiscsssscsuvscaavecensucosaceocacansacs cexssecasancasnccusayeknescdna veunas ana stuestcassaedesacanvagiess 214 Temporarily expand the work area as large as possible The maximized work area occupies the entire Tec plot 360 process window SIWORKSPACEVIEW TRANSLATE iisccsscccsseetintsceseecostoesteocssevesieecessocesvoesvcosestonesconsiveashconeecentereassveseb coanveestores 214 Shift the view of the workspace This has no effect on the local view within any frame in your layout SIWORKSPACEVIEW UNMAXIMIZE 00 cceecccsssssssscscseceeseceenececuceecucescncescnaesesascseesesaesecessecessecesseneeseseseesees 215 Returns the workspace to its normal size after it has been expanded after WORKSPACE MAXIMIZE has been used SIWORKS PACE VIEW ZOOM orin scessssecsucnssnccseacerescdevacevedsdveates ENEE NEA EE RENERE E EE EEE EAEE EEEE EEES EE AENEA 215 Change the view into the work area This has no effect on the local view within any frame in your layout SIWRITECOLORMAP seoprnonspiioirn rian eia ein eiii EE EEEE REAT EES EE SEEE E EEE EEE EE EE ELE E 216 Write the current color map to a file The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to SIWRITECURVEINEO iori ioiaren E VEEE EAE 216 Write out the curve details or the calculated data points for the equation s used to draw the curve for a selected line mapping The lt string gt is the name of the file to write to SIWRITEDATA SE
354. y SHOWONGRIDBORDERMAX lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWONOPPOSITEEDGE lt boolean gt FALSE 3D only SHOWONALLAXES lt boolean gt TRUE Polar R only SHOWATAXISINTER lt boolean gt SECTION SKIP lt integer gt ERASEBEHINDLABELS lt boolean gt NUMFORMAT lt lt numberformat gt gt TEXTSHAPE lt lt textshape gt gt Not allowed to change size units parameter OFFSET lt op gt lt dexp gt LABELALIGNMENT lt labelalignment gt ANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt COLOR lt color gt Exam ple change the color for X axis tick mark labels in a 2D plot to be red TWODAXIS XDETAIL TICKLABEL COLOR RED lt lt tickmarkdetail gt gt Descri ption Assign attributes for axis tick marks 253 Expands to Parameter Syntax Default Notes SHOWONAXISLINE lt boolean gt TRUE SHOWONGRIDBORDERMIN lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWONGRIDBORDERMAX lt boolean gt FALSE Non 3D only SHOWONOPPOSITEEDGE lt boolean gt FALSE 3D only SHOWONALLAXES lt boolean gt TRUE Polar R only TICKDIRECTION lt tickdirection gt LENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt NUMMINORTICKS lt integer gt MINORLENGTH lt double gt MINORLINETHICKNESS lt double gt Example set the tick mark length to 2 percent for the second Y axis in an XY plot Descri ptio N Specifies what volume objects are to be displayed Expan
355. y This command is usually used only in the Tecplot 360 configuration file 96 Optional Parameters Parameter Syntax Default Notes ANCHORPOS lt lt XYZ gt gt ARROWHEADANGLE lt op gt lt dexp gt ARROWHEADATTACHMENT lt arrowheadattachment gt ARROWHEADSIZE lt op gt lt dexp gt ARROWHEADSTYLE lt arrowheadstyle gt ATTACHTOZONE lt boolean gt COLOR lt color gt DATATYPE lt fielddatatype gt DRAWORDER lt draworder gt AFTERDATA DRAWORDER lt draworder gt AFTERDATA FILLCOLOR lt color gt ISFILLED lt boolean gt LINEPATTERN lt linepattern gt LINETHICKNESS lt op gt lt dexp gt MACROFUNCTIONCOMMAND lt string gt Set the macro command to execute when you hover over the geometry and press Ctrl right click MAINTAINASPECTRATIO lt boolean gt YES NUMELLIPSEPTS lt op gt lt integer gt PATTERNLENGTH lt op gt lt dexp gt PIXELASPECTRATIO lt double gt 0 A value of 0 allows Tecplot 360 to select the aspect ratio Use only if your circles or squares due to the aspect ratio of your monitor POSITIONCOORDSYS lt coordsys gt SCOPE lt scope gt ZONE lt integer gt Example Make the default geometry line thickness 0 2 percent DEFAULTGEOM LINETHICKNESS 2 Syntax DEFAULTTEXT optional parameters Descri ption A SetValue command that sets the attributes for the
356. ype 70 261 circle 261 ellipse 261 rectangle 261 square 261 Global attributes 127 133 Global edit on picked objects 170 Graphics turn drawing on or off 101 Gray scale output 249 Grid precise dot 246 Grid area 242 Grid area border 236 243 Grid area example 247 Grid coordinates 258 Grid lines 243 gridarea subcommand 242 gridlinedetail subcommand 243 Gridlines 243 I L J or K indices setting 244 If command 142 IJK Blanking 79 IJK blanking 77 animation 61 blanking domain 261 IJK index 244 ijk subcommand 244 IJK indices minimum maximum as variables 20 IJK planes animation 62 Image export 104 attributes 105 Image style 261 IMAGERENDERING 148 Import Modules 279 Index ranges 244 setting 244 indexrange subcommand 244 Infinite see Loop Initial dialog placement 242 INITIAL3DSCALE 122 initialdialogplacement subcommand 242 INITIALPLOTFIRSTZONEONLY 146 INPUTDATAFILE 113 INPUTLAYOUTFILE 113 299 INDEX Integer 261 INTEGRATE macro command 220 227 Integration accessing results 229 Interface Data 143 launch dialog 155 render 150 set attributes 142 Internal macro variables 22 INTERPNPOINTS 143 Interpolation inverse distance method 151 kriging 154 linear method 156 ointer selection 263 INTERPPTSELECTION 143 INTERRUPTCHECKINGFREQUENCY 146 Intrinsic values 262 INVDISTEXPONENT 143 INVDISTMINRADIUS 143 Inverse distance interpolation 151 I ordered zones 207 ISFILLED 70 Iso surface anim

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PGPLOT Graphics Subroutine Library  Geemarc TravelClock User's Manual  GG001-Hitch Instructions (FR - outlined)  PM5500 user manual      「姫路 今むかしpartⅡ」 正社員・就職面接会in HIMEJI 平成27  DriveClone 10  Mixman DM2 User Manual  CURSO DE PRODUCTIVIDAD PERSONAL WEB 2.0 (8 HORAS)  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file